TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 21, 2020
Registration No. 333-234159​
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 4 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
3861
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
20-0232845
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
17760 Newhope Street,
Fountain Valley, California 92075
(714) 751-7998
(Address, including zip code and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Glenn H. Sherman, PhD
President and Chief Executive Officer
17760 Newhope Street,
Fountain Valley, California 92075
(714) 751-7998
(Name including zip code and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
With copies to:
Thomas J. Poletti, Esq.
Katherine J. Blair, Esq.
Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP
695 Town Center Drive, 14th Floor
Costa Mesa, California 92626
(714) 371-2501
Ralph V. De Martino, Esq.
Cavas S. Pavri, Esq.
Schiff Hardin LLP
901 K Street, NW, Suite 700
Washington, DC 20001
(202) 724-6848
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of  “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☒ Smaller reporting company ☒
Emerging growth company ☒
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each class of securities to be registered
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
Amount of
Registration Fee(3)
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share(4)
$ 11,902,500 $ 1,544.95
Underwriters’ Warrants
$  — $
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Underwriters’ Warrants(4)(5)
$ 743,907 $ 96.56
Total
$ 12,646,407 $ 1,641.51*
*
Previously paid.
(1)
In accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the number of shares being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per share are not included in this table.
(2)
The proposed maximum aggregate offering price has been estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act, and includes shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Moving iMage Technologies, Inc. (the “Common Stock”), that the underwriters have an option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the securities registered hereunder.
(4)
Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, the shares registered hereby also include an indeterminate number of additional shares as may from time to time become issuable by reason of stock splits, distributions, recapitalizations, or other similar transactions.
(5)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. We have agreed to issue upon the closing of this offering, warrants to the underwriters entitling them to purchase up to 5.0% of the aggregate shares of Common Stock sold in this offering (the “Underwriters’ Warrants”). The Underwriters’ Warrants are exercisable at a per-share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of Common Stock.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
    
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED FEBRUARY 21, 2020
PROSPECTUS
2,300,000 Shares
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_MIT.JPG]
Common Stock
This Prospectus (the “Prospectus”) relates to the initial public offering of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”).
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $4.00 and $4.50 per share.
We have applied to list our Common Stock on the NYSE American (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “MITQ.”
We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.
The offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted a 45-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to an aggregate of 345,000 additional shares of Common Stock from us at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions on the same terms as set forth in this prospectus.
Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” on page 10 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus or the accompanying prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Per Share
Without
Over-allotment
option
With
Over-allotment
option
Public Offering Price
$       $       $      
Underwriting discounts and commissions paid(1)
$ $ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$ $ $
(1)
We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 77 of this prospectus for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Common Stock to purchasers on or before             , 2020.
Westpark Capital, Inc.
Boustead Securities, LLC​
The date of this Prospectus is            , 2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: TV515785_IMG1.JPG]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: TV530972_IMG2.JPG]
(*)
We are Digital Cinema Implementation Partners’ distributor of Cinergy in the Americas.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We are licensed resellers and distributors of products of the following companies*:
[MISSING IMAGE: TV515785_IMG3.JPG]
*
We are a licensed reseller and distributor of the aforementioned products under existing contractual arrangements. All of these agreements are terminable at will by the manufacturer of such products, although we are not substantially dependent on any such agreement. The companies in the graphic taken as a whole make up a large majority of the technology products distributed and resold by us. NEC, Dolby, Barco, QSC (which merged with USL, inc.), GDC and Harkness Screens (which merged with JBL) are within our top ten providers during 2018 and 2019, two of which consisted of an aggregate of 27% of our purchases. Phillips/LTI and Osram are our second and third largest lamp suppliers, respectively. Severtson is the specialty screen provider used by us; every projector sold by us includes technology from DLP/Texas Instruments; Meyer Sound is a small vendor of high quality systems; and Real D is an important technology supplier to the industry, including our company. Please note that while the entities displayed above represent a list of the major manufacturers under contract, other than as specifically set forth above, the graphic is not an indication that sales of products manufactured by any of them is a significant portion of our business at any one time.

TABLE OF CONTENTS​​
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
1
6
10
26
29
30
31
33
40
51
59
65
68
70
72
75
77
81
81
81
F-1
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus and does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire Prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and related notes included herein.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information set forth in this Prospectus gives effect to a reorganization transaction (the “Reorganization Transaction”) to be effected immediately prior to the effective date of this offering. Further to the Reorganization Transaction, the Company will (i) effectuate a reverse stock split and (ii) acquire all of the outstanding membership interests of Moving iMage Technologies LLC, a California limited liability company, in exchange for shares of Common Stock of the Company such that the number of outstanding shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering on a fully-diluted basis will be 5,000,000 and former members of Moving iMage Technologies LLC will own approximately 87% of such outstanding shares of common stock on a fully-diluted basis. For more information regarding the Reorganization Transaction, see “— Summary of the Reorganization Transaction” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information”.
Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “MiT”, “Company”, “we”, “us” and “our” in this Prospectus to refer to Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiary to be acquired further to the Reorganization Transaction, Moving iMage Technologies LLC.
General
We are a digital cinema company who designs, manufactures, integrates, installs and distributes a full suite of proprietary and custom designed equipment as well as other off the shelf cinema products needed for contemporary cinema requirements. We also offer single source solutions for cinema design, procurement, installation and service to the creative and production communities for screening, digital intermediate and other critical viewing rooms. We offer a wide range of technical, design and consulting services such as custom engineering, systems design, integration and installation, and digital technology, as well as software solutions for operations enhancement and theatre management. We also provide turnkey furniture, fixture and equipment services, or FF&E, to commercial cinema exhibitors for new construction and remodels, including design, consulting, installation and project management as well as procurement of seats, lighting, acoustical treatments, screens, projection and sound.
MiT’s products and services focus on the integration needs associated with high quality motion picture exhibition. We provide products for digital cinema, 3D, pre-show/alternative content and a variety of entertainment and educational applications. As a hybrid manufacturer and reseller, MiT offers turnkey custom solutions for a variety of applications. Our staff of mechanical and electrical engineers work closely with end users as well as OEM manufacturers, and can participate in every phase of the process from conceptual design and development to production. MiT personnel have designed, specified and installed thousands of commercial cinemas, post-production, screening and high-end residential rooms.
Competitive Strengths
We believe the following strengths allow us to compete effectively:
Consistent innovation and product expansion.   Over the past 15 years we have substantially expanded our suite of proprietary products while maintaining high quality, adding major service categories, and expanding our end-to-end solutions to include network monitoring and analytics. For example, we have internally developed a full line of cinema specific LED lighting and developed one of the first commercially available lines of products that can be used without a traditional projection booth. We also partnered with Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd (“Samsung”) and Harman International Industries (“Harman”) in the first LED Direct View DCI Compliant installation in the United States and have developed solutions to facilitate this new phase in movie presentation. In addition, in April 2019 we received an $800,000 purchase order to install the first commercial Direct View LED Screen in the United States in the Houston area, and completed the installation in June 2019. Our in house engineering team affords us the on-site presence we feel is necessary to allow us to regularly introduce new products and product features, positioning us to acquire new customers, increase sales to existing customers and improve the customer experience.
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Experienced management and extensive relationship network.   Our management team, led by Chairman Phil Rafnson, President and Chief Executive Officer Glenn H. Sherman, PhD, Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing Jose Delgado, and Executive Vice President, Operations, Bevan Wright, has over 100 combined years of industry experience. Our operations team has extensive relationships with major industry participants in each of the markets in which we currently operate. Their local presence and reputation in these markets have enabled them to cultivate key relationships with major participants in the cinema industry.
Quality customer base.   Our customer base includes many of the top national chains as well as many smaller chains in our industry. We are developing new products we believe will be appealing to these theater chains, such as our multi-language ADA product. We believe there exists a significant opportunity to drive sales to these enterprises, including expanding relationships with existing customers and attracting new customers. We do not have long-term contracts with our customers.
Design expertise and speed of execution.   We provide complete and comprehensive solutions to the needs of the rapidly evolving digital cinema industry We believe we have developed a reputation of being able to quickly execute, as well as able to design and integrate product and service offerings to help exhibitors execute their strategies quickly and effectively.
Growth Strategy
Key elements of our growth and product and service offering strategy are to:
Continue to offer synergistic products and services addressing identifiable market trends.   With advances in technology, we seek to offer more efficient and higher-end products and services into the market to cater to the various requirements of consumers. We believe technological advances drive consumer demand and higher average selling prices for these technologically superior product and service offerings. We seek to offer products and services with high growth potential while combining performance, reliability and functionality at competitive prices that address identifiable market trends and satisfy existing and emerging consumer demands and preferences.
Enhance profitability.   While we have continued to grow our revenue base, our goal is to take substantial steps to enhance profitability. We believe it will be necessary to (i) drive sales of current and continuously introduce new proprietary products and services, (iii) reduce selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales, and (iii) improve gross profit margin by shifting our product and service offering mix. While revenues from distribution of off the shelf products manufactured by others helped build our brand, we believe our future success depends on large part on our ability to substantially increase sales of our proprietary products and service offerings as a percentage of revenues.
Increase our customer base.   We have significantly expanded our direct sales force to focus on sales to major cinema customers and have aligned our sales team’s compensation structure to fit this objective. We intend to pursue a greater proportion of large scale, recurring business transactions and to more effectively drive business customer engagement throughout the life of the relationship.
Geographic expansion.   Although a majority of our focus has been on the United States and Mexico markets, we believe geographic expansion represents a significant growth opportunity. Our goal is to replicate our United States and Mexico success across other international markets. We have customers in over 12 countries and plan to build our sales teams in Europe and Asia to further address these large markets.
Strategic acquisitions.   We believe the digital cinema equipment and software markets are highly fragmented and that we can materially increase our revenues and scope by acquiring a number of specialized manufacturers, software developers and value added resellers that are focused on market segments synergistic with our existing product and service offerings.
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Backlog
Moving iMage Technologies, LLC manages and assesses the performance of its business in part by evaluating a number of key metrics, including backlog. The following table sets forth backlog data of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC for the financial periods presented herein:
As of December 31,
2018
2019
(in thousands)
$ 10,000 $ 11,000
In general, backlog at any particular date represents orders to be shipped substantially in the next six months. The changes in backlog from fiscal period to fiscal period were primarily due to ordinary course fluctuations in our business. Our backlog is expected to fluctuate in any given period and there can be no assurance that our backlog will result in any actual revenue in any particular period.
Recent Developments
Caddy Acquisition
On September 18, 2018, we signed a Term Sheet to acquire the assets of Caddy Products, Inc. (“Caddy”) for approximately $2.0 million. Caddy designs, causes to be manufactured and distributes patented cup holders, trays, advertising displays and theater step and aisle lighting. Caddy products are utilized in over 270,000 facilities throughout more than 91 countries worldwide. Its markets include the cinema, sports stadiums, grocery, performing arts, worship and retail industries. On October 3, 2018, we signed a Management Services Agreement in which we manage Caddy until we complete the financing required to finalize the purchase of the Caddy assets, or June 30, 2019, whichever comes first. Subsequently, Caddy agreed to self-finance and extend the Management Services Agreement until closing. At that time, an Asset Purchase Agreement was executed, the terms of which made the purchase effective January 1, 2019. Of the purchase price of approximately $2.0 million, approximately $400,000 was due by October 24, 2019. All amounts due to Caddy by the Company further to the acquisition of Caddy are secured by all assets of Caddy and are personally guaranteed by Phil Rafnson, our Chairman of the Board. The acquisition closed in July 2019. In October 2019, the Company executed a loan agreement with an unaffiliated lender to provide a $1.0 million asset-based bridge loan to be used for working capital purposes. Approximately $400,000 of the net proceeds of the loan were used to pay the approximately $400,000 loan amount due to Caddy on October 24, 2019. The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to repay such approximately $400,000 amount due to the unaffiliated lender; no portion of the net proceeds of this offering will be used to repay any other portion of Caddy’s self-financed loan.
Summary of the Reorganization Transaction
Moving iMage Technologies, Inc. was originally incorporated in Delaware in 2017 as MD Holding Co., Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Monster Digital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Monster Digital”). In July 2017, Monster Digital agreed to effect a reverse merger with Innovate Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Innovate”). As a condition precedent to the reverse merger with Innovate, Monster Digital was required to (i) form MD Holding Co., Inc. and transfer to MD Holding Co., Inc. all of its business and assets and all liabilities not assumed by Innovate further to the reverse merger and (ii) spin off MD Holding Co., Inc. as a separate, independent corporation immediately prior to the reverse merger with Innovate. In September 2017, Monster Digital effected the aforementioned transfer of assets and liabilities and in January 2018, immediately prior to the effectiveness of the reverse merger with Innovate, distributed all of the shares of MD Holding Co., Inc. common stock held by it on a pro rata basis to its stockholders of record immediately prior to the closing of the reverse merger; each holder of Monster Digital stock received one share of MD Holding Co., Inc. stock for every one share of Monster Digital stock held of record immediately prior to the closing of the reverse merger.
In December 2017, MD Holding Co., Inc. changed its name to NLM Holding Co., Inc. Since its inception in September 2017, NLM Holding Co., Inc. has been winding down and ultimately discontinued its existing operations such that it currently has no current operations and no significant assets or liabilities.
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In January 2019, NLM Holding Co., Inc. and Moving iMage Technologies, LLC executed an Exchange Agreement further to which immediately prior to the effective date of this offering, NLM Holding Co., Inc. will (i) effectuate a 1-for-150.20843 reverse stock split and (ii) acquire all outstanding membership interests of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC held by its members (the “Former Members”) in a share exchange to be treated as a reverse merger whereby the Former Members would become the substantial holders of the outstanding Common Stock of NLM Holding Co., Inc., owning approximately 88% of the shares on a fully-diluted basis on the date of such exchange. In October 2019, the parties executed Amendment No. 1 to the Exchange Agreement whereby the Former Members will own 87% of the shares of NLM on a fully-diluted basis on the date of such exchange.
As a condition precedent to the reverse merger with Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, NLM was required to (i) transfer to SDJ Technologies, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary (“SDJ”), all of its liabilities (with the exception of liabilities associated with the reverse merger with Moving iMage Technologies, LLC) and all of its assets (with the exception of cash) and all liabilities other than legal expenses for this offering and (ii) spin off SDJ as a separate, independent corporation immediately prior to the reverse merger with Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. In October 2018, NLM effected the aforementioned transfer of assets and liabilities. Prior to the effective date of this offering, NLM will distribute all of the shares of SDJ common stock held by it on a pro rata basis to its stockholders of record on the date of distribution; each holder of NLM stock will receive one share of SDJ stock for every one share of NLM stock held of record. In connection with the Reorganization Transaction, NLM Holding Co., Inc. will change its name to Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.
Unless otherwise indicated, all historical financial and business information of the issuer set forth herein is that of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. For financial reporting purposes, Moving iMage Technologies, LLC is the predecessor of Moving iMage Technologies, Inc. Moving iMage Technologies, Inc. will continue to be the financial reporting entity following this offering. Accordingly, this Prospectus contains the following historical financial statements:

Moving iMage Technologies, LLC   Historical financial information for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018.

Caddy Products, Inc.   Historical financial information for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, balance sheet as of June 30, 2019 and statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018. Caddy’s financial results after July 28, 2019 (date of acquisition) are presented as part of those of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.

Moving iMage Technologies, Inc. (formerly NLM Holding Co., Inc.)   Historical financial information for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
As a result of the Reorganization Transaction and immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our Common Stock will be held as follows:

4,350,000 shares (on a fully-diluted basis) or 87% of the outstanding Common Stock by the Former Members; and

650,000 shares (on a fully-diluted basis) or 13% of the outstanding Common Stock by the remaining stockholders of the Company.
The unaudited pro forma financial information presented in this Prospectus has been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical financial statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC included elsewhere in this Prospectus resulting from (i) the Caddy Acquisition, (ii) the Reorganization Transaction, and (iii) the sale and issuance of shares of our Common Stock by us in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
See the sections titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information — The Reorganization Transaction” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional information.
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Corporate Information
Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, organized under the laws of Delaware, commenced operations in September 2003. Our corporate office is located at 17760 Newhope Street, Fountain Valley, CA 92708. Our telephone number is (714) 751-7998. Our website address is www.movingimagetech.com. We do not incorporate information on or accessible through our website into this Prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through our website as a part of this Prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this Prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
“Moving iMage Technologies,” our logo, and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks, or trade names appearing in this Prospectus are the property of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this Prospectus are the property of their respective owners.
Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. These reduced reporting requirements include:

an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

an exemption from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

extended transition periods for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues; (ii) the date we qualify as a large accelerated filer, with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting burdens in this Prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.
The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period until we are no longer an emerging growth company or until we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The Offering
Common Stock offered by the Company 
2,300,000 shares
Common Stock outstanding after this offering
7,223,654 shares(1)
Over-allotment option
The underwriters have an option for a period of 45 days to purchase up to 345,000 additional shares of our Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any.
Unless otherwise indicated, the information presented in this Prospectus assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option will not be exercised.
Use of proceeds
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, with the balance added to working capital which may include the funding of strategic acquisitions. We have not yet identified any acquisition candidates.
Dividend policy
We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock at any time in the foreseeable future.
Listing and trading symbol
We have applied to list our Common Stock on the NYSE under the symbol “MITQ”.
Risk factors
You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this Prospectus before deciding to invest in our Common Stock.
(1)
Excludes 17,522 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, 12,444 at a per share exercise price of  $1.63 and 5,078 at a per share exercise price of  $3.25. Also excludes shares underlying a warrant to acquire $250,000 of shares of Common Stock at a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; 58,824 shares underlying said warrant at the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
Selected Risks Associated with Our Business
Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

General political, social and economic conditions can adversely affect our business.

Interruptions of, or higher prices of, products from our suppliers may affect our results of operations and financial performance.

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to timely introduce new products and services or enhance existing products and services.

Our operating results could be materially harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.

Our sales and contract fulfillment cycles can be long, unpredictable and vary seasonally, which can cause significant variation in the number and size of transactions that close in a particular quarter.
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are substantially dependent upon significant customers who could cease purchasing our products and services at any time.

Our business and financial results may be harmed if events occur that damage our brand.

We may not convert all of our backlog into revenue and cash flows.

We operate in a highly competitive market.

We have limited human resources and we may be unable to manage our growth with our limited resources effectively.

We depend on our founders, senior professionals and other key personnel.
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Summary Financial Data
The summary financial data set forth below is for Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. As a result of the Reorganization Transaction, Moving iMage Technologies, LLC will be the predecessor of the issuer, Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., for financial reporting purposes. The following selected financial data for Moving iMage Technologies, LLC should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2018 and 2019 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 from the unaudited financial statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC appearing elsewhere in this offering circular. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future periods and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected for any full year.
Six Months Ended
December 31,
Year Ended
June 30,
2019
2018
2018
2019
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales
$ 10,402 $ 8,958 $ 25,335 $ 20,269
Cost of sales
7,609 6,589 20,013 15,032
Gross profit
2,793 2,369 5,322 5,237
Expenses:
Research and development
141 184 425 318
Selling, general and administrative
2,520 2,358 4,338 4,958
Other expense (income), net
95 (4) (18) (4)
Total expenses
2,756 2,538 4,745 5,272
Net income (loss)
$ 37 $ (169) $ 577 $ (35)
Pro Forma C Corporation Information (Unaudited)
Historical net income (loss) before income taxes
$ 37 $ (169) $ 577 $ (35)
Pro forma provision (benefit) for income taxes
10 (47) 162 (10)
Pro forma net income (loss)
$ 27 $ (122) $ 415 $ (25)
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share basic(1)(2)
$ .01 $ (.03) $ .08 $ (.01)
Pro forma shares outstanding basic(2)
4,923,654 4,923,654 4,923,654 4,923,654
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share diluted(1)(2)
$ .01 $ (.03) $ .08 $ (.01)
Pro forma shares outstanding diluted(2)
5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
As of December 31, 2019
l
Actual(1)(3)
As Adjusted(4)
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash
$ 824 $ 8,774
Working capital
(732) 7,218
Total assets
6,355 13,958
Total stockholders’ equity
(49) 7,554
(1)
Gives effect to the Reorganization Transaction to be effected immediately prior to the effective date of this offering.
(2)
The basic shares outstanding on a pro forma basis were calculated based on the conversion ratio established in the Exchange Agreement and the expected amount of outstanding shares of MiT and NLM immediately prior to the Reorganization Transaction based on the Members’ equity/outstanding shares of each company as of December 31, 2019; diluted shares outstanding on a pro forma basis also include shares of MiT and NLM issuable pursuant to warrants outstanding immediately prior to the closing date of this offering. See Note 11 of Notes to Financial Statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.
(3)
Caddy’s financial results after July 28, 2019 (date of acquisition) are presented as part of those of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.
(4)
As adjusted amounts reflect the sale of 2,300,000 shares of our Common Stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering circular of  $4.25 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this Prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $2.001 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this Prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $3.698 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. Prospective investors should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included or referred to in this Prospectus, before purchasing shares of our Common Stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us might also impair our operations and performance. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our Common Stock, if a trading market develops, could decline and investors in our Common Stock could lose all or part of their investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
General political, social and economic conditions can adversely affect our business.
Demand for our products and services depends to a significant degree on spending in our markets. Commercial movie exhibitors generate revenues from consumer attendance at their theatres, which depends on the willingness of consumers to visit movie theaters and spend discretionary income at movie theatres. In the event of declining box-office and concession revenues, whether as a result of an economic downturn or political or other economic event, commercial exhibitors may be less willing to invest capital in building or refurbishing theaters. Worsening economic and market conditions, downside shocks, or a return to recessionary economic conditions could serve to reduce demand for our products and services and adversely affect our operating results. These economic conditions may also impact the financial condition of one or more of our key suppliers, which could affect our ability to secure product to meet our customers’ demand. In addition, a downturn in the cinema market could impact the valuation and collectability of certain long-term receivables held by us. We could also be adversely affected by such factors as changes in foreign currency rates and weak economic and political conditions in each of the countries in which we sell our products.
Interruptions of, or higher prices of, products and services from our suppliers may affect our results of operations and financial performance.
A significant portion of our revenue is generated from the distribution to the theater exhibition industry of digital cinema equipment and services manufactured or developed by third party OEMs or software developers. These OEMs include companies such as NEC, Barco, JBL, Dolby and Samsung. If we fail to maintain satisfactory relationships with these entities, or if these entities experience significant financial difficulties, we could experience difficulty in obtaining needed goods and services which would have an adverse effect on our business. Even if we are able to secure alternative arrangements with OEMS or software developers of similar products, products or software services sourced from alternative sources may not be as functional or desirable to potential customers which could cause such customers to meet their digital cinema needs elsewhere.
With respect to those other products and components which we offer but do not manufacture in-house, the loss of, or substantial decrease in the availability of, products from our suppliers, or the loss of our key supplier agreements, could adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and cash flows. In addition, supply interruptions could arise from shortages of raw materials, labor disputes or weather conditions affecting products or shipments, transportation disruptions, adjustments to our inventory levels or other factors within and beyond our control.
Short- and long-term disruptions in our supply chain would result in a need to maintain higher inventory levels as we replace similar product, a higher cost of product and ultimately a decrease in our net sales and profitability. A disruption in the timely availability of our products by our key suppliers would result in a decrease in our revenues and profitability. Although in many instances we have agreements with our suppliers, these agreements are generally terminable by either party on limited notice. Failure by our suppliers to continue to supply us with products on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, would put pressure on our operating margins and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, operating
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
results and cash flows. Short-term changes in the cost of these materials, some of which are subject to significant fluctuations, are sometimes, but not always passed on to our customers. Our inability to pass on material price increases to our customers could adversely impact our financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
If we are unable to timely introduce new products and services or enhance existing products and services, our business may be adversely affected.
New technological innovations continue to impact our industry. Our success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences in a timely manner. As we operate in a dynamic environment characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry and legal standards, our products and services are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. We must continually introduce new products and services, identify future products and product lines that complement existing products and product lines and that respond to our customers’ needs and improve and enhance our existing products and services to maintain or increase our sales. We may not be able to compete effectively unless our product selection keeps up with trends in the markets in which we compete or trends in new products. In addition, our ability to integrate new products and product lines into our distribution network could impact our ability to compete. The success of new or enhanced products and services may depend on a number of factors including, anticipating and effectively addressing consumer preferences and demand, the success of our sales and marketing efforts, timely and successful research and development, effective forecasting and management of product demand, purchase commitments, and inventory levels, effective management of manufacturing and supply costs, and the quality of or defects in our products. Problems in the design or quality of our products or services may also have an adverse effect on our brand, business, financial condition, and operating results. It is also possible that competitors could introduce new products and services that negatively impact consumer preference for our products and services, which could result in decreased sales and a loss in market share. Accordingly, if we are unable to respond to the technological preferences of our customers, or if we fail to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences in a timely manner, our business may be adversely affected.
We depend in part on distributors, dealers and resellers to sell and market our products and services, and our failure to maintain and further develop our sales channels could harm our business.
In addition to our in-house sales force, we sell our products and services through distributors, dealers and resellers. As we do not have long-term contracts with most of them, these agreements may be cancelled at any time. Any changes to our current mix of distributors could adversely affect our gross margin and could negatively affect both our brand image and our reputation. If our distributors, dealers and resellers are not successful in selling our products, our revenue would decrease. In addition, our success in expanding and entering into new markets internationally will depend on our ability to establish relationships with new distributors. If we do not maintain our relationship with existing distributors or develop relationships with new distributors, dealers and reseller our ability to grow our business and sell our products and services could be adversely affected and our business may be harmed.
Our operating results could be materially harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.
To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and expenses and place orders sufficiently in advance with our suppliers and contract manufacturers based on our estimates of future demand for particular products. Our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products and services could be affected by many factors, including an increase or decrease in customer demand for our products and services or for products and services of our competitors, product and service introductions by competitors, unanticipated changes in general market conditions, and the weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. If we fail to accurately forecast customer demand, we may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale.
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would cause our gross margin to suffer and could impair the strength of our brand. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand for our products and services, our suppliers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements, and this could result in damage to our brand and customer relationships and adversely affect our revenue and operating results.
Our operating margins may decline as a result of increasing product costs.
Our business is subject to significant pressure on pricing and costs caused by many factors, including intense competition, the cost of components used in our products, labor costs, constrained sourcing capacity, inflationary pressure, pressure from customers to reduce the prices we charge for our products and services, and changes in consumer demand. Costs for the raw materials used in the manufacture of our products are affected by, among other things, energy prices, consumer demand, fluctuations in commodity prices and currency, and other factors that are generally unpredictable and beyond our control. Increases in the cost of raw materials used to manufacture our products or in the cost of labor and other costs of doing business in the United States and internationally could have an adverse effect on, among other things, the cost of our products, gross margins, operating results, financial condition, and cash flows.
Our sales and contract fulfillment cycles can be long, unpredictable and vary seasonally, which can cause significant variation in revenues and profitability in a particular quarter.
The timing of our sales and related customer contract fulfillment is difficult to predict. Many of our customers are large enterprises, whose purchasing decisions, budget cycles and constraints and evaluation processes are unpredictable and out of our control. Further, the timing of our sales is difficult to predict. The length of our sales cycle, from initial evaluation to payment for our products and services, can range from several months to well over a year and can vary substantially from customer to customer. Our sales efforts involve significant investment in resources in field sales, marketing and educating our customers about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our products and services. Customers often undertake a prolonged evaluation process. As a result, it is difficult to predict exactly when, or even if, we will make a sale to a potential customer or if we can increase sales to our existing customers. Large individual sales have, in some cases, occurred in quarters subsequent to those we anticipated, or have not occurred at all. In addition, the fulfillment of our customer contracts is partially dependent on other factors related to our customers’ businesses that are not in our control. as with the sales cycle, this can also cause revenues and earnings to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. If our sales and/or contract fulfillment cycles lengthen or our substantial upfront investments do not result in sufficient revenue to justify our investments, our operating results could be adversely affected.
We have experienced seasonal and end-of-quarter concentration of our transactions and variations in the number and size of transactions that close in a particular quarter, which impacts our ability to grow revenue over the long term and plan and manage cash flows and other aspects of our business and cost structure. In addition, our operating results can vary from quarter to quarter as a result of seasonality in consumer spending and payment patterns. A large part of our business is concerned with new theatre builds, which often see substantial delays due to weather, but also financing timing, permits and governmental delays, and other unpredictable problems often associated with large real estate projects. Specifically, our revenue growth generally is higher during the first and fourth quarters of the fiscal year as the weather improves, the digital cinema market becomes more active and consumers begin new theater builds or remodels projects. During these periods, we tend to experience increased transaction volume. Conversely, our revenue growth generally slows during the second quarter of the fiscal year, as spending on new theater construction and theater improvement projects tends to slow leading up to the holiday season and through the winter months. As a result, growth in transaction volume also tends to slow during these periods. We expect this seasonality to continue for the foreseeable future, which may cause fluctuations in our operating results and financial metrics. However, our seasonality trends may vary in the future as we introduce new products to new industry verticals and we become less concentrated in the new theater construction and improvement sector. If expectations for our business turn out to be inaccurate, our revenue growth may be adversely affected over time and we may not be able to adjust our cost structure on a timely basis and our cash flows may suffer.
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We are substantially dependent upon significant customers who could cease purchasing our products and services at any time.
Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 57%, 47% and 43% of net revenues for six months ended December 31, 2019 and the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Trade accounts receivable from these customers represented approximately 29%, 42% and 32% of net receivables at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Most arrangements with these customers are made by purchase order and are terminable at will by either party. A significant decrease or interruption in business from our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our success depends on our ability to maintain our brand. If events occur that damage our brand, our business and financial results may be harmed.
Our business, results of operations and prospects depend, in part, on our ability to maintain the value of our brand and reputation for providing high quality products and services. Maintaining, promoting, and positioning our brand depends largely on the success of our marketing efforts and our ability to provide consistent, high quality products and services. Our brand could be harmed if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image or brand were to be tarnished by negative publicity. We also believe that our reputation and brand may be harmed if we fail to maintain a consistently high level of customer service. If we fail to successfully maintain, promote, and position our brand and protect our reputation or if we incur significant expenses in this effort, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.
Any failure to offer high-quality customer support may harm our relationships with our customers and our results of operations.
Our customers depend on our customer support teams to resolve technical and operational issues if and when they arise. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for customer support. Customer demand for support may also increase as we expand the features available in our products. Increased customer demand for customer support, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and harm our results of operations. In addition, as we continue to expand our business customer base, we need to be able to provide efficient and effective customer support that meets our business customers’ needs and expectations globally at scale. The number of our business customers has grown significantly, which puts additional pressure on our support organization. If we are unable to provide efficient and effective customer support, our ability to grow our operations may be harmed and we may need to hire additional support personnel, which could harm our margins and results of operations. Our sales are highly dependent on our business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality customer support, could harm our reputation, our ability to sell our products and services to existing and prospective customers, our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
The nature of our business exposes us to product liability claims as well as other legal proceedings.
We rely in part on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with many of the products we sell and distribute. As we do not have direct control over the quality of the products manufactured or supplied by such third-party suppliers, we are exposed to risks relating to the quality of the products we distribute and install. It is possible that inventory from a manufacturer or supplier could be sold to our customers and later be alleged to have quality problems or to have caused personal injury, subjecting us to potential claims from customers or third parties. We have been subject to such claims in the past, which have been resolved without material financial impact. From time to time, we are involved in product liability claims relating to the products we distribute and manufacture and relating to products we have installed. In certain situations, we have undertaken to voluntarily remediate any defects, which can be a costly measure.
While we currently maintain insurance coverage to address a portion of these types of liabilities, we cannot make assurances that we will be able to obtain such insurance on acceptable terms in the future, if at all, or that any such insurance will provide adequate coverage against potential claims. Further, while we
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
seek indemnification against potential liability for product liability claims from relevant parties, including but not limited to manufacturers and suppliers, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to recover under such indemnification agreements. Moreover, if we increase the number of private label products we distribute, our exposure to potential liability for products liability claims may increase. Product liability claims can be expensive to defend and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for significant time periods, regardless of the ultimate outcome. An unsuccessful product liability defense could be highly costly and accordingly result in a decline in profitability. Finally, even if we are successful in defending any claim relating to the products we distribute, claims of this nature could negatively impact customer confidence in our products and our company.
We may not convert all of our backlog into revenue and cash flows.
At December 31, 2019, our sales backlog was approximately $11.0 million, which represented orders to be shipped substantially in the next six months. We list signed contracts for theatre construction or refurbishing for which revenue has not been recognized as sales backlog prior to the time of revenue recognition. The total value of the sales backlog represents all signed agreements that are expected to be recognized as revenue in the future and includes initial fees along with the present value of fixed minimum ongoing fees due over the term, but excludes contingent fees in excess of fixed minimum ongoing fees that might be received in the future and maintenance and extended warranty fees. Notwithstanding the legal obligation to do so, not all of our customers with which we have signed contracts may complete theatrical construction or refurbishing systems that are included in our backlog. This could adversely affect our future revenues and cash flows. In addition, customers with obligations in backlog sometimes request that we agree to modify or reduce such obligations, which we have agreed to in the past under certain circumstances. Customer requested delays in the construction or refurbishing of theatres in backlog remain a recurring and unpredictable part of our business.
We operate in a highly competitive market. If we do not compete effectively, our prospects, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
The markets for our products and services are highly competitive, with companies offering a variety of competitive products and services. In addition, we face competition for consumer attention from other forms of entertainment that may be more attractive to consumers than those utilizing our technologies. We expect competition in our markets to intensify in the future as new and existing competitors introduce new or enhanced products and services that are potentially more competitive than our products and services. We believe many of our competitors and potential competitors have significant competitive advantages, including longer operating histories, ability to leverage their sales efforts and marketing expenditures across a broader portfolio of products and services, larger and broader customer bases, more established relationships with a larger number of suppliers, contract manufacturers, and channel partners, greater brand recognition, and greater financial, research and development, marketing, distribution, and other resources than we do. Our competitors and potential competitors may also be able to develop products or services that are equal or superior to ours, achieve greater market acceptance of their products and services, and increase sales by utilizing different distribution channels than we do. Some of our competitors may aggressively discount their products and services in order to gain market share, which could result in pricing pressures, reduced profit margins, lost market share, or a failure to grow market share for us. If we are not able to compete effectively against our current or potential competitors, our prospects, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
We are subject to competitive pricing pressure from our customers.
Certain of our largest customers historically have exerted significant pressure on their outside suppliers to keep prices low because of their market share and their ability to leverage such market share in the highly fragmented digital cinema products and services industry. The economic downturn resulted in increased pricing pressures from our customers. If we are unable to generate sufficient cost savings to offset any price reductions, our financial condition, operating results and cash flows may be adversely affected.
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Our international operations subject us to risks, which could adversely affect our operating results.
Our international operations are exposed to the following risks, several of which are out of our control:

political and economic instability, international terrorism and anti-American sentiment, particularly in emerging markets;

preference for locally-branded products, and laws and business practices favoring local competition;

unusual or burdensome foreign laws or regulations, and unexpected changes to those laws or regulations;

import and export license requirements, tariffs, taxes and other barriers;

costs of customizing products for foreign countries;

increased difficulty in managing inventory;

less effective protection of intellectual property; and

difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations.
Any or all of these factors could adversely affect our ability to execute any geographic expansion strategies or have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We are undertaking and may enter into new lines of business and these new business initiatives may not be successful.
We have recently undertaken some new lines of business and intend to continue to opportunistically pursue new lines in the future. For example, Caddy’s product line consists of products we have not previously offered to our customer base. These initiatives represent new areas of growth for us and could include the offering of new products and services that may not be accepted by the market. If any new business which we acquire, invest in or attempt to develop does not progress as planned, we may be adversely affected by investment expenses that have not led to the anticipated results, by the distraction of management from our core business or by damage to our brand or reputation.
In addition, these initiatives may involve the formation of joint ventures and business alliances. While we would intend to seek to employ the optimal structure for each such business alliance, the alliance may require a high level of cooperation with and reliance on our partners and there is a possibility that we may have disagreements with its relevant partner with respect to financing, technological management, product development, management strategies or otherwise. Any such disagreement may cause the joint venture or business alliance to be terminated.
We may need to raise additional capital required to grow our business, and we may not be able to raise capital on terms acceptable to us or at all.
Growing and operating our business will require significant cash outlays and capital expenditures and commitments. We have utilized cash on hand and cash generated from operations as sources of liquidity. If cash on hand and cash generated from operations are not sufficient to meet our cash requirements, we will need to seek additional capital, potentially through equity or debt financing, to fund our growth. Our ability to access the credit and capital markets in the future as a source of liquidity, and the borrowing costs associated with such financing, are dependent upon market conditions. In addition, we have agreed for a period of 365 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our Common Stock either owned as of the date of the underwriting agreement or thereafter acquired without the prior written consent of the representative. The existence of this provision may delay or prevent us from raising additional capital for the 365 day period following this offering.
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In addition, any equity securities we issue, including any preferred stock, may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our stockholders, and the prices at which new investors would be willing to purchase our securities may be lower than the offering price per share of our Common Stock. The holders of any equity securities we issue, including any preferred stock, may also have rights, preferences or privileges which are senior to those of existing holders of Common Stock. If new sources of financing are required, but are insufficient or unavailable, we will be required to modify our growth and operating plans based on available funding, if any, which would harm our ability to grow our business.
Our issuance of additional capital stock in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, our equity incentive plans, or otherwise will dilute all other stockholders.
We expect to issue additional capital stock in the future that will result in dilution to all other stockholders. We expect to grant equity awards to employees, directors, and consultants under our equity incentive plans. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products, or technologies, and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. Any such issuances of additional capital stock may cause stockholders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock to decline.
We may make acquisitions that are dilutive to existing stockholders. In addition, our limited experience in acquiring other businesses, product lines and technologies may make it difficult for us to overcome problems encountered in connection with any acquisitions we may undertake.
We intend to evaluate and explore strategic opportunities as they arise, including business combinations, strategic partnerships, and the purchase, licensing or sale of assets. In connection with any such future transaction, we could issue dilutive equity securities, incur substantial debt, reduce our cash reserves or assume contingent liabilities.
Our experience in acquiring other businesses, product lines and technologies is limited. Our inability to overcome problems encountered in connection with any acquisitions could divert the attention of management, utilize scarce corporate resources and otherwise harm our business. Any potential future acquisitions also involve numerous risks, including:

problems assimilating the purchased operations, technologies or products;

costs associated with the acquisition;

adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;

risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience;

potential loss of key employees of purchased organizations; and

potential litigation arising from the acquired company’s operations before the acquisition.
Furthermore, acquisitions may require material charges and could result in adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation, deferred compensation charges, in-process research and development charges, the amortization of amounts related to deferred compensation and identifiable purchased intangible assets or impairment of goodwill, any of which could negatively affect our results of operations.
We have limited human resources; we need to attract and retain highly skilled personnel; and we may be unable to manage our growth with our limited resources effectively.
The expansion of our business has placed a significant strain on our limited managerial, operational, and financial resources. We have been and will continue to be required to expand our operational and financial systems significantly and to expand, train and manage our work force in order to manage the expansion of our operations. Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract, train, and retain additional highly skilled executive level management with experience in the digital cinema industry. Competition is intense for these types of personnel from more established organizations, many of which have significantly larger operations and greater financial, marketing, human, and other resources than we have. We may not be successful in attracting and retaining qualified personnel on a timely basis, on
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
competitive terms or at all. To date we have had to limit the engagement of critical management and other key personnel due in part to limited financial resources. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining these personnel, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results would be materially adversely affected. Further, our ability to manage our growth effectively will require us to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures, to install new management information and control systems and to train, motivate and manage employees. If we are unable to manage growth effectively and new employees are unable to achieve adequate performance levels, our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results will be materially adversely affected.
We depend on our founders, senior professionals and other key personnel, and our ability to retain them and attract additional qualified personnel is critical to our success and our growth prospects.
We depend on the diligence, skill, judgment, business contacts and personal reputations of our founders, executive officers and other key personnel. In addition, certain of our officers have built highly regarded reputations in the digital cinema industry, and they aid in attracting and identifying opportunities and negotiating for us with large and institutional clients. As we continue to grow, our success will largely depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel in all areas of business. We may be unable to continue to hire and retain a sufficient number of qualified personnel to support or keep pace with our planned growth.
If we are unable to maintain and protect our intellectual property, or if third parties assert that we infringe their intellectual property rights, our business could suffer.
Our business depends, in part, on our ability to identify and protect proprietary information and other intellectual property such as our, client lists and information and business methods. We rely on a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality policies, non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements and copyright and trademark laws to protect our intellectual property rights. However, we may not adequately protect these rights, and their disclosure to, or use by, third parties may harm our competitive position. Our inability to detect unauthorized use of, or to take appropriate or timely steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights may harm our business.
Also, third parties may claim that our business operations infringe on their intellectual property rights. These claims may harm our reputation, cost us money to defend, distract the attention of our management and prevent us from offering some services.
Confidential intellectual property is increasingly stored or carried on mobile devices, such as laptop computers, which increases the risk of inadvertent disclosure where the mobile devices are lost or stolen and the information has not been adequately safeguarded or encrypted. This also makes it easier for someone with access to our systems, or someone who gains unauthorized access, to steal information and use it to our disadvantage. Advances in technology, which permit increasingly large amounts of information to be stored on mobile devices or on third-party “cloud” servers, may exacerbate these risks.
Our business could be adversely affected by security breaches through cyber attacks, cyber intrusions or otherwise.
We face risks associated with security breaches, whether through cyber attacks or cyber intrusions over the internet, malware, computer viruses, attachments to e-mails, persons inside our organization or persons with access to systems inside our organization, and other significant disruptions of our information technology networks and related systems. These risks include operational interruption, private data exposure and damage to our relationship with our customers, among others. A security breach involving our networks and related systems could disrupt our operations in numerous ways that could ultimately have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Natural disasters and other catastrophic events beyond our control could adversely affect our business operations and financial performance.
The occurrence of one or more natural disasters, such as fires, hurricanes, tornados, tsunamis, floods and earthquakes; geo-political events, such as civil unrest in a country in which our suppliers are located or terrorist or military activities disrupting transportation, communication or utility systems; or other highly
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
disruptive events, such as nuclear accidents, pandemics, unusual weather conditions or cyber attacks, could adversely affect our operations and financial performance. Such events could result, among other things, in operational disruptions, physical damage to or destruction or disruption of one or more of our properties or properties used by third parties in connection with the supply of products or services to us, the lack of an adequate workforce in parts or all of our operations and communications and transportation disruptions. These factors could also cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States and global financial markets and economy. Such occurrences could have a material adverse effect on us and could also have indirect consequences such as increases in the costs of insurance if they result in significant loss of property or other insurable damage.
Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock
We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our Common Stock or what the market price of our Common Stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our Common Stock.
Prior to this offering there has been no market for the shares of our Common Stock and an active trading market for these securities may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price for our Common Stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. The market value of our Common Stock may decrease from the initial public offering price. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our Common Stock at or above the initial public offering price. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our Common Stock and may impair our ability to enter into collaborations or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration. The market price of our Common Stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Our operating results and share price may be volatile and the market price of our Common Stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.
Our quarterly operating results have in the past fluctuated and are likely to do so in the future. As a result, the trading price of the shares of our Common Stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Prospectus, these factors include:

the success of competitive products or technologies;

actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the level of expenses;

changes in our backlog in a given period;

seasonality in our business, specifically our second fiscal quarter which is traditionally weaker;

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

sales of our common stock by us, our insiders or our other stockholders;

market conditions in the digital cinema sector; and

general economic, industry and market conditions.
These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that operating results for any particular quarter are not necessarly a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, the stock market in general, and companies in our markets in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of these risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in these “Risk Factors,” could have a dramatic and material adverse impact on the market price of the shares of our common stock.
We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.
The market price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their securities have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
If you purchase shares of Common Stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of the shares of our Common Stock.
The proposed initial public offering price of the shares of our Common Stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Common Stock after giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction. Investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of  $3.36 per share. Further, investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering will contribute approximately 98% of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own, as a result of such investment, only approximately 32% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following this offering.
As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. Further, because we may need to raise additional capital to fund our anticipated level of operations, we may in the future sell substantial amounts of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock. These future issuances of equity or equity-linked securities, together with the exercise of outstanding options and any additional shares issued in connection with acquisitions, if any, may result in further dilution to investors.
Insiders will exercise significant control over our company and all corporate matters.
Our directors and executive officers beneficially owned, in the aggregate, approximately 68.3% of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2019, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction. Upon the completion of this offering, and assuming they do not purchase shares in this offering, it is expected that this same group will continue to hold a majority of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, if they act together, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as (i) making changes to our certificate of incorporation whether to issue
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
additional Common Stock and preferred stock, including to itself, (ii) employment decisions, including compensation arrangements; and (iii) whether to enter into material transactions with related parties. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control of our company which could adversely affect the price of our Common Stock.
We are an “emerging growth company” and we intend to take advantage of reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could result in our shares of common stock being less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares of common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares of common stock and the market price of such securities may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company, which in certain circumstances could be for up to five years. We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities, and (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Exchange Act.
Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.
Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company” we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, our administrative staff will be required to perform additional tasks. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we will need to adopt additional internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures and bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the securities laws. We intend to invest resources in connection with such adoption, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and may divert management’s time and attention from the marketing and sale of our products. In connection with this offering, we are securing directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage at a level that we believe is customary for similarly situated companies and adequate to provide us with insurance coverage for foreseeable risks, which will increase our insurance cost. In the future, it may be more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.
In addition, in order to comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, including implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring new accounting or internal audit staff. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or Commission, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that our internal control over financial reporting is perceived as inadequate, or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the price of our common stock could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on NYSE.
We are not currently required to comply with the Commission’s rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not yet required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with certain of these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report. This assessment will need to include the disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.
Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the Commission following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls in the future.
We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future that may cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements of our financial statements. If we fail to remediate any material weaknesses or if we fail to establish and maintain effective control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial results could be adversely affected.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of preparing for this offering, we determined that we had a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019 relating to our financial reporting processes.
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
For a discussion of our remediation plan, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” The actions we have taken are subject to continued review, supported by confirmation and testing by management. While we have implemented a plan to remediate this weakness, we cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate this weakness, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Our failure to remediate the material weakness identified above or the identification of additional material weaknesses in the future, could adversely affect our ability to report financial information, including our filing of quarterly or annual reports with the Commission on a timely and accurate basis. Moreover, our failure to remediate the material weakness identified above or the identification of additional material weaknesses could prohibit us from producing timely and accurate financial statements, which may adversely affect our the market price of shares of our common stock and we may be unable to maintain compliance with NYSE listing requirements.
Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of potential gain.
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our shares of Common Stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market could cause the market price of shares of our Common Stock to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our shares of our Common Stock. After giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction and this offering, we will have outstanding 7,223,654 shares of Common Stock. This includes 4,923,654 shares of our Common Stock outstanding prior to this offering and the 2,300,000 shares that we are selling in this offering, all of which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates. All holders of Common Stock to be issued to prior holders of membership interests in MiT have entered into lock-up agreements pursuant to which they agreed not to sell any of our shares for a period of 12 months from the effective date of this offering. As representative of the underwriters, Westpark Capital, Inc. may, in its sole discretion, allow early releases under the referenced lock-up restrictions.
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.
Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the market price of our shares of common stock to decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. If we do not invest the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause the price of our shares of Common Stock to decline.
Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us or increase the cost of acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders, or remove our current management. These include provisions that:

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 additional shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate;
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide that all vacancies on our board of directors, including as a result of newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and not be taken by written consent;

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also satisfy requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice; and

not provide for cumulative voting rights, thereby allowing the holders of a plurality of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election.
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, who are responsible for appointing the members of our management. Because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Under Delaware law, a corporation may not, in general, engage in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of its capital stock unless the holder has held the stock for three years or, among other things, the board of directors has approved the transaction. Any provision of our Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of Common Stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our shares of Common Stock.
Our Bylaws have an exclusive forum for adjudication of disputes provision which limits the forum to the Delaware Court of Chancery for certain actions against the Company.
Section 6 of Article VII of our Bylaws dictates that the Delaware Court of Chancery is the sole and exclusive forum for certain actions including derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; an action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by an officer, director, employee or to the shareholders of our company; any claim arising under Delaware corporate law; and any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. These exclusive-forum provisions do not apply to claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. While management believes limiting the forum is a benefit, shareholders could be inconvenienced by not being able to bring an action in another forum they find favorable.
A Delaware corporation is allowed to mandate in its corporate governance documents a chosen forum for the resolution of state law based shareholder class actions, derivative suits and other intra-corporate disputes. Our management believes limiting state law based claims to Delaware will provide the most appropriate outcomes as the risk of another forum misapplying Delaware law is avoided, Delaware courts have a well-developed body of case law and limiting the forum will preclude costly and duplicative litigation and avoids the risk of inconsistent outcomes. Additionally, Delaware Chancery Courts can typically resolve disputes on an accelerated schedule when compared to other forums.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the trading price of our common stock and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our shares of our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our shares of common stock. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our shares of our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our securities or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
business, the price of our shares of common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our securities could decrease, which might cause the trading price of our shares of common stock and trading volume to decline.
Risks Related to Benefit Plan Investors
Fiduciaries investing the assets of a trust or pension or profit sharing plan must carefully assess an investment in our company to ensure compliance with ERISA.
In considering an investment in our company of a portion of the assets of a trust or a pension or profit-sharing plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from tax under Section 501(a), a fiduciary should consider (i) whether the investment satisfies the diversification requirements of Section 404 of ERISA; (ii) whether the investment is prudent, since the shares sold hereunder are not freely transferable and there may not be a market created in which the shares sold hereunder may be sold or otherwise disposed; and (iii) whether interests in our Company or the underlying assets owned by our company constitute “Plan Assets” under ERISA. See “ERISA Considerations.”
YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN ATTORNEYS, ACCOUNTANTS AND OTHER PROFESSIONAL ADVISORS AS TO THE LEGAL, TAX, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN MIT COMMON STOCK.
PURSUANT TO INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE CIRCULAR NO. 230, BE ADVISED THAT ANY FEDERAL TAX ADVICE IN THIS COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS OR ENCLOSURES, WAS NOT INTENDED OR WRITTEN TO BE USED, AND IT CANNOT BE USED BY ANY PERSON OR ENTITY TAXPAYER, FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING ANY INTERNAL REVENUE CODE PENALTIES THAT MAY BE IMPOSED ON SUCH PERSON OR ENTITY. SUCH ADVICE WAS WRITTEN TO SUPPORT THE PROMOTION OR MARKETING OF THE TRANSACTION(S) OR MATTER(S) ADDRESSED BY THE WRITTEN ADVICE. EACH PERSON OR ENTITY SHOULD SEEK ADVICE BASED ON ITS PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES FROM AN INDEPENDENT TAX ADVISOR.
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “ Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations and expenses, business strategies and plans, competitive position, business environment, and potential growth opportunities. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.
Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Those risks include those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements in this Prospectus. Also, forward-looking statements represent our beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Prospectus. You should read this Prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.
Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Prospectus speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Except as required by law, we disclaim any obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward- looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future. All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
We expect to receive approximately $7.95 million of net proceeds (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this Prospectus) from the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $1.8 million payable by us.
We currently intend to use up to approximately $6.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to fund the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, with the balance added to working capital which may include the funding of strategic acquisitions. We have not yet identified any acquisition candidates. In October 2019 the Company executed a loan agreement with an unaffiliated lender to provide a $1.0 million asset-based bridge loan to be used for working capital purposes. Approximately $400,000 of the net proceeds of the loan were used to pay the $400,000 loan amount due to Caddy on October 24, 2019. The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to repay such $400,000 amount due to the unaffiliated lender. None of the net proceeds of this offering will be used for the repayment of any other financing provided by Caddy. The $1.0 million loan is an asset-based bridge loan. Funds are available on a borrowing base formula with an advance rate of 75% of Moving Image Technologies, LLC’s accounts receivable, less than 90-days in age (excluding Caddy’s receivables). Funds borrowed bear interest at 13% per annum and are due and payable one year from the origination date of the loan. The loan is secured by all assets of the Company and is personally guaranteed by Phil Rafnson, our Chairman of the Board. Sound Management Investors, LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Rafnson, pledged all shares of the Company held by it as further security for the repayment of such loan.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, received by us to increase or decrease, respectively, by approximately $2.001 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, remains the same. If the proceeds increase due to a higher initial public offering price, we would use the additional net proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the proceeds decrease due to a lower initial public offering price, then we would first reduce by a corresponding amount the net proceeds directed to general corporate purposes.
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRIOR LLC STATUS
Prior to the effective date of this offering, MiT was a limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes with all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of MiT being passed through to the members. As such, there is no recognition of federal or state income taxes provided for in the accompanying financial statements.
In accordance with the operating agreement of MiT, to the extent possible without impairing MiT’s ability to continue to conduct its business and activities, and in order to permit its members to pay taxes on the taxable income of MiT, MiT makes distributions to members in the amounts equal to the estimated tax liability of its members computed as if members paid income tax at the highest marginal federal and state rate applicable to an individual resident of Fountain Valley, CA. Distributions of approximately $77,000 and $613,000 were made to the members in the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Upon the effective date of this offering, MiT will be acquired by NLM and we will declare a final tax distribution consisting of income taxes payable on LLC earnings from January 1, 2019 through the effective date of this offering (the “Final Tax Distribution”). Purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will not receive any portion of the Final Tax Distribution. On and after such date, we will be fully subject to Federal and state income taxes.
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVIDEND POLICY
We anticipate that after the Final Tax Distribution, all earnings will be retained for the foreseeable future for use in the operations of our business. Purchasers of shares of Common Stock in this offering will not receive any portion of the Final Tax Distribution. Any future determination as to the declaration or payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2019:

on an actual basis;

on a pro forma basis, to reflect the Reorganization Transaction; and

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the Reorganization Transaction and (ii) the sale and issuance of 2,300,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read the information in this table together with Moving iMage Technologies, LLC financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus and the sections titled “Selected Financial Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
As of December 31, 2019(1)(2)
Actual
Pro Forma
Pro Forma
As Adjusted
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 824 $ 824 $ 8,774
Stockholders’/members’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,0000 authorized, no shares issued or outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
$ $ $
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 4,923,654 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 7,223,654 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
5 7
Members’ equity (deficit)
(11,660)
Additional paid-in capital
(11,665) (4,064)
Accumulated earnings
11,611 11,611 11,611
Total stockholders’/members’ equity (deficit)
(49) (49) 7,554
Total capitalization
$ (49) $ (49) $ 7,554
(1)
Caddy’s financial results after July 28, 2019 (date of acquisition) are presented as part of those of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.
(2)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $2.001 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $3.698 million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DILUTION
We have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share both before and after this offering assuming the effectiveness of the Reorganization Transaction and in order to more meaningfully present the potential dilutive impact on the investors in this offering. Caddy’s financial results after July 28, 2019 (date of acquisition) are presented as part of those of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.
Purchasers of our Common Stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value (tangible assets less total liabilities) per share of our Common Stock for accounting purposes. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, or total tangible assets less total liabilities, by our shares of Common Stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2019 was approximately $(1.77) million, or $(.36) per share, based on 4,923,654 shares outstanding.
Assuming an initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus), after giving effect to the sale of the shares in this offering and further assuming the receipt of the estimated net proceeds (after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2019 would have been approximately $6.2 million, or $.86 per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of  $1.22 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of  $3.39 per share, resulting from the difference between the offering price and the pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value after this offering. The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering:
Assumed initial public offering price per share
$ 4.25
Pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2019
$ (.36)
Increase attributable to new investors in this offering
$ 1.22
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after this offering
$ .86
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering
$ 3.39
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, would increase (decrease) our as-adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering by $.28 and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors in this offering by $.72 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The table below summarizes, as of December 31, 2019, after giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction and the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering, the number of shares of our common stock, the total consideration, and the average price per share (i) paid to us by our existing stockholders, which include the owners of the membership interests in Moving iMage Technologies LLC, and (ii) to be paid by new investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Shares
Acquired
Total
Consideration
Average
Price
Per Share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing stockholders
4,923,654 68.2% $ 223,529 2.2% $ 0.05
New investors in this offering
2,300,000 31.8% 9,775,000 97.8% $ 4.25
Total
7,223,654 100.0% $ 9,998,529 100.0%
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables present the selected historical financial information and other data for Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. As a result of the Reorganization Transaction, Moving iMage Technologies, LLC will be the predecessor of the issuer, Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., for financial reporting purposes. The following selected financial data for Moving iMage Technologies, LLC should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected statements of operations data for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the selected balance sheet data as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, are derived from the audited financial statements and related notes of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC included elsewhere in this Prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 from the unaudited financial statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC appearing elsewhere in this offering circular. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in any future periods and our results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of results that should be expected for any full year.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands)
Six Months ended
December 31,
Year Ended
June 30,
2019
2018
2018
2019
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
Net sales
$ 10,402 $ 8,958 $ 25,335 $ 20,269
Cost of sales
7,609 6,589 20,013 15,032
Gross profit
2,793 2,369 5,322 5,237
Operating expenses:
Research and development
141 184 425 318
Selling and marketing
1,361 1,212 2,290 2,455
General and administrative
1,159 1,146 2,048 2,503
Total expenses
2,661 2,542 4,763 5,276
Operating income (loss)
132 (173) 559 (39)
Other expense (income)
Interest expense
95 1
Interest and other income
(4) (19) (4)
Total other expense (income)
95 (4) (18) (4)
Net income (loss)
$ 37 $ (169) $ 577 $ (35)
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)
December 31,
2019
June 30,
(Unaudited)
2018
2019
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash
$ 824 $ 597 $ 582
Accounts receivable, net
1,456 2,181 2,128
Inventories, net
1,934 2,199 1,683
Prepaid expenses and other
200 73 99
Due from related party
267
Total Current Assets
4,414 5,317 4,492
Long-Term Assets:
Property, plant and equipment, net
213 45 32
Intangibles, net
1,078
Goodwill
287
Other assets
363 17 188
Total Long-Term Assets
1,941 62 220
Total Assets
$ 6,355 $ 5,379 $ 4,712
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 2,990 $ 3,682 $ 2,926
Accrued liabilities
460 687 793
Customer deposits
647 840 1,011
Line of credit
900
Current portion – notes payable
90
Unearned warranty revenue
59 44 68
Total Current Liabilities
5,146 5,253 4,798
Long-Term Liabilities:
Notes payable, less current portion
1,243
Deferred rent
15
Total Long-Term Liabilities
1,258
Members’ Equity (Deficit)
(49) 126 (86)
Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity (Deficit)
$ 6,355 $ 5,379 $ 4,712
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data presents the pro forma financial position and results of operations of:
(1)
Combined business based on the historical financial statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC and Caddy after giving effect to acquisition accounting;
(2)
NLM based on the historical consolidated financial statements of NLM, after giving effect to the proposed spin-off of all of the business, assets and certain liabilities of NLM; and
(3)
the combined business based on the historical financial statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, Caddy and NLM, after giving effect to the Caddy Acquisition and the Reorganization Transaction.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is based on assumptions and adjustments that are described in the accompanying notes. Accordingly, the pro forma adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information are preliminary and based on estimates, subject to further revision as additional information becomes available and additional analyses are performed, and have been made solely for the purpose of providing the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. Differences between the preliminary adjustments reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information and the final application of the acquisition method of accounting, which is expected to be completed as soon as practicable after the closing of the Merger, may arise and those differences could have a material impact on the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and the combined company’s future results of operations and financial position.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to the potential impact of current financial conditions, regulatory matters, operating efficiencies or other savings or expenses that may be associated with the integration of the two companies. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position or results of operations in future periods or the results that actually would have been realized had NLM, Caddy and Moving iMage Technologies, LLC been a combined company during the specified periods.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information, including the notes thereto, should be read in conjunction with the separate historical financial statements of NLM, Caddy and Moving iMage Technologies, LLC included elsewhere in this Prospectus and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Summary of the Reorganization Transaction and Caddy Acquisition
Reorganization Transaction
Moving iMage Technologies, Inc. was originally incorporated in Delaware in 2017 as MD Holding Co., Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Monster Digital, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Monster Digital”). In July 2017, Monster Digital agreed to effect a reverse merger with Innovate Biopharmaceuticals, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Innovate”). As a condition precedent to the reverse merger with Innovate, Monster Digital was required to (i) form MD Holding Co., Inc. and transfer to MD Holding Co., Inc. all of its business and assets and all liabilities other than legal expenses in connection with this offering and (ii) spin off MD Holding Co., Inc. as a separate, independent corporation immediately prior to the reverse merger with Innovate. In September 2017, Monster Digital effected the aforementioned transfer of assets and liabilities and in January 2018, immediately prior to the effectiveness of the reverse merger with Innovate, distributed all of the shares of MD Holding Co., Inc. common stock held by it on a pro rata basis to its stockholders of record immediately prior to the closing of the reverse merger; each holder of Monster Digital stock received one share of MD Holding Co., Inc. stock for every one share of Monster Digital stock held of record immediately prior to the closing of the reverse merger.
In December 2017, MD Holding Co., Inc. changed its name to NLM Holding Co., Inc. Since its inception in September 2017, NLM Holding Co., Inc. has been winding down and ultimately discontinued its existing operations such that it currently has no current operations and no significant assets or liabilities.
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In January 2019, NLM Holding Co., Inc. and Moving iMage Technologies, LLC executed an Exchange Agreement further to which immediately prior to the effective date of this offering, NLM Holding Co., Inc. will (i) effectuate a reverse stock split and (ii) acquire all outstanding membership interests of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC held by its members (the “Former Members”) in a share exchange to be treated as a reverse merger whereby the Former Members would become the substantial holders of the outstanding Common Stock of NLM Holding Co., Inc., owning approximately 88% of the shares on a fully-diluted basis on the date of such exchange. In October 2019, the parties executed Amendment No. 1 to the Exchange Agreement whereby the Former Members will own 87% of the shares of NLM on a fully-diluted basis on the date of such exchange.
As a condition precedent to the reverse merger with Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, NLM was required to (i) transfer to SDJ Technologies, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary (“SDJ”), all of its liabilities (with the exception of liabilities associated with the reverse merger with Moving iMage Technologies, LLC) and all of its assets (with the exception of cash) and all liabilities not assumed by Innovate further to the reverse merger and (ii) spin off SDJ as a separate, independent corporation immediately prior to the reverse merger with Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. In October 2018, NLM effected the aforementioned transfer of assets and liabilities. Immediately prior to the effective date of this offering, NLM will distribute all of the shares of SDJ common stock held by it on a pro rata basis to its stockholders of record on the date of distribution; each holder of NLM stock will receive one share of SDJ stock for every one share of NLM stock held of record. In connection with the Reorganization Transaction, NLM Holding Co., Inc. will change its name to Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.
In the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data, the Reorganization Transaction has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting under the provisions of ASC 805. MiT has preliminarily concluded that the Reorganization Transaction will be accounted for as a reverse acquisition with MiT being deemed the acquiring company for accounting purposes.
Caddy Acquisition
On September 18, 2018, we signed a Term Sheet to acquire the assets of Caddy Products Inc. (“Caddy”) for approximately $2.0 million. On October 3, 2018, we signed a Management Services Agreement in which we manage Caddy until we complete the financing required to finalize the purchase of the Caddy assets, or June 30, 2019, whichever comes first. Subsequently, Caddy agreed to self-finance and extend the Management Services Agreement until the closing. At that time, an Asset Purchase Agreement was executed, the terms of which made the purchase effective January 1, 2019. Of the purchase price of approximately $2.0 million, approximately $400,000 was due by October 24, 2019. All amounts due to Caddy by the Company further to the acquisition of Caddy are secured by all assets of Caddy and are personally guaranteed by Phil Rafnson, our Chairman of the Board. The acquisition closed in July 2019. In October 2019 the Company executed a loan agreement with an unaffiliated lender to provide a $1.0 million asset-based bridge loan to be used for working capital purposes. Approximately $400,000 of the net proceeds of the loan were used to pay the approximately $400,000 loan amount due to Caddy on October 24, 2019. The Company intends to use a portion of the net proceeds of the offering to repay such approximately $400,000 amount due to the unaffiliated lender; no portion of the net proceeds of this offering will be used to repay any other portion of Caddy’s self-financed loan. The transaction is referred to herein as the “Caddy Acquisition”.
Pro forma adjustments are necessary to reflect the acquisition consideration exchanged and to adjust amounts related to the tangible assets and liabilities of Caddy to reflect the preliminary estimate of their fair values, and to reflect the impact on the statements of operations of the acquisition as if the companies had been combined during the periods presented therein. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information includes pro forma adjustments that are (i) directly attributable to the transaction, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of operations of the combined company. The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are as follows:
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(a)
An entry to record the preliminary estimated consideration to be paid and the assets acquired, related to the Caddy Acquisition.
(b)
An entry to record the loan associated with the Caddy Acquisition.
Financial Statement Presentation
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information was prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and pursuant to the rules and regulations of SEC Regulation S-X. MiT has preliminarily determined that it is the accounting acquirer based on an analysis of the criteria outlined in ASC 805 and the facts and circumstances specific to the Reorganization Transaction, including: (1) equity holders of MiT will own approximately 87% of NLM and MiT at closing of the equity securities of the combined company on a fully-diluted basis immediately following the closing of the transaction; (2) all of the board of directors of the combined company will be composed of directors designated by MiT under the terms of the Reorganization Transaction; and (3) existing members of MiT’s management will be the management of the combined company.
Because Moving iMage Technologies, LLC has been determined to be the accounting acquirer in the Reorganization Transaction, but not the legal acquirer, the Reorganization Transaction is deemed a reverse acquisition under the guidance of ASC 805. As a result, upon consummation of the Reorganization Transaction, the historical financial statements of MiT will become the historical financial statements of the combined company.
Income Statement Pro Forma
Six Months ended December 31, 2019
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data for the six months ended December 31, 2019 is based on the unaudited financial statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC and NLM as of December 31, 2019 and the unaudited financial statements of Caddy as of June 30, 2019 and the interim period from July 1, 2019 through July 28, 2019, the date of the acquisition of Caddy. Caddy’s financial results after July 28, 2019 (date of acquisition) are presented as part of those of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data for the six months ended December 31, 2018 is based on the unaudited financial statements of each of Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., NLM and Caddy for the six months ended December 31, 2018. The acquisition accounting rules assume that each of the Caddy Acquisition and Reorganization Transaction occurred on July 1, 2018, and (i) does not provide a reasonable estimate of the assets of the combined company on or following the date of the closing and (ii) do not reflect the reduction in either Moving iMage Technologies, LLC’s, Caddy’s or NLM’s cash, resulting from the operations of such entities since July 1, 2018, and as such, the financial data set forth below is not a prediction or estimate of the amounts that would be reflected in either Caddy’s or NLM’s balance sheet as of the day of closing of the transactions. The pro forma data also gives effect to the proposed spin-off transaction whereby immediately prior to the effective date of this offering, all of the business, assets and substantially all of the liabilities of NLM will be spun off in distribution of all shares of its subsidiary to its stockholders. Other than as disclosed in the footnotes thereto, the unaudited pro forma combined financial data does not reflect any additional liabilities, off-balance sheet commitments or other obligations that may become payable after the date of such financial data.
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations — Six Months Ended December 31, 2019
(in thousands, except share data and per share data)
12/31/2019
Historical
MiT(1)
Period from
July 1, 2019
through
July 28, 2019
Historical
Caddy(1)
12/31/2019
Historical
NLM
Spin-co
Adjustments
Proforma
Adjustments
(2)
Pro Forma
Combined
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue
$ 10,402 $ 158 $ $ $ $ 10,560
Cost of sales
7,609 106 9 7,724
Gross profit
2,793 52 (9) 2,836
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
2,661 46 93 (93) 8 2,715
Total operating expenses
2,661 46 93 (93) 8 2,715
Other (income) expense:
Interest and other expense
95 8 103
Interest and other (income)
Total other (income) expense
95 8 103
Net income (loss)
$ 37 $ 6 $ (93) $ 93 $ (25) $ 18
(1)
Caddy’s financial results after July 28, 2019 (date of acquisition) are presented as part of those of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.
(2)
Represents (i) additional interest on acquisition debt at Prime plus 2.75% (8.25%) over and above what is already recorded on the books and additional depreciation and intangible amortization over and above what is already recorded on the books — of the $1,904,899 of acquisition cost, $150,000 of such debt was non-interest bearing. Interest expense is calculated on the remaining notes issued (on aggregate of  $1,754,899) for 180 days.
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Balance Sheet — at December 31, 2019
(in thousands, except share data and per share
data)
NLM
Holding
Consolidated(*)
Spin-co
Adjustments(A)
NLM
Merger
Sub
Historical
MiT
Further
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Ref
Pro Forma
Combined
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash
$ 10 $ (10) $ $ 824 $ $ 824
Accounts receivable
1,456 1,456
Inventory
1,934 1,934
Prepaid and other
200 200
Due from related party
10 (10) 4,414 4,414
Intangibles, net
1,078 1,078
Goodwill
287 287
Property and equipment, net
213 213
Deposits and other
363 363
Total $ 10 $ (10) $  — $ 6,355 $  — $ 6,355
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(in thousands, except share data and per share
data)
NLM
Holding
Consolidated(*)
Spin-co
Adjustments(A)
NLM
Merger
Sub
Historical
MiT
Further
Pro Forma
Adjustments
Ref
Pro Forma
Combined
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$ 41 $ (41) $  — $ 2,990 $ 2,990
Accrued expenses
90 (90) 460 460
Customer deposits
647 647
Line of credit
900 900
Current portion – notes payable
262 (262) 90 90
Deferred revenue
59 59
393 (393) 5,146 5,146
Deferred rent
15 15
Notes payable, less current portion
1,243 1,243
Members’/Shareholders’ equity:
Common Stock/APIC
(11,660) i (11,660)
Members’ equity
(11,660) 11,660 i
Retained Earnings (accumulated deficit)
(1,784) 1,784 11,611 i 11,611
Common stock
10 10 (10) i
Additional paid-in capital
1,391 (1,401) (10) 10 i
(383) 383 (49) (49)
Total $ 10 $ (10) $ $ 6,355 $ $ 6,355
(*)
Caddy’s financial results after July 28, 2019 (date of acquisition) are presented as part of those of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.
Year ended June 30, 2019
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data is based on the audited financial statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC and NLM as of June 30, 2019 and that of Caddy as of December 31, 2018 and the unaudited financial statements of Caddy as of June 30, 2019. The acquisition accounting rules assume that each of the Caddy Acquisition and Reorganization Transaction occurred on July 1, 2018, and (i) does not provide a reasonable estimate of the assets of the combined company on or following the date of the closing and (ii) do not reflect the reduction in either Moving iMage Technologies, LLC’s, Caddy’s or NLM’s cash, resulting from the operations of such entities since July 1, 2018, and as such, the financial data set forth below is not a prediction or estimate of the amounts that would be reflected in either Caddy’s or NLM’s balance sheet as of the day of closing of the transactions. The pro forma data also gives effect to the proposed spin-off transaction whereby immediately prior to the effective date of this offering, all of the business, assets and substantially all of the liabilities of NLM will be spun off in distribution of all shares of its subsidiary to its stockholders. Other than as disclosed in the footnotes thereto, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial data does not reflect any additional liabilities, off-balance sheet commitments or other obligations that may become payable after the date of such financial data.
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations — Year Ended June 30, 2019
(in thousands, except share data and per share data)
6/30/2019
Historical
MiT
6/30/2019
Historical
Caddy
6/30/2019
Historical
NLM
Spin-co
Adjustments
Proforma
Adjustments
(*)
Pro Forma
Combined
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue
$ 20,269 $ 1,877 $ 9 $ (9) $ $ 22,146
Cost of sales
15,032 1,240 10 (10) 120 16,392
Gross profit
5,237 637 (1) 1 120 5,754
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative
5,276 651 1,106 (1,106) 84 6,011
Total operating expenses
5,276 651 1,106 (1,106) 84 6,011
Other (income) expense:
Interest and other expense
115 115
Other expense (income)
(4) 26 22
Total other (income) expense
(4) 26 115 137
Income (loss) before income taxes
(35) (40) (1,107) 1,107 (319) (394)
Provision for income taxes
Net Loss
$ (35) $ (40) $ (1,107) $ 1,107 $ (319) $ (394)
Net loss per share, basic(a)
$ (.01) $ (.08)
Common shares used in net loss per share, basic(a)
4,923,654 4,923,654
Net loss per share, diluted(a)
$ (.01) $ (.08)
Common shares used in net loss per share, diluted(a)
5,000,000 5,000,000
(*)
Represents (i) interest on acquisition debt at Prime plus 2.75% (8.25%) and depreciation and intangible amortization — of the $1,904,899 of acquisition debt, $150,000 of such debt was non-interest bearing. Interest expense is calculated on the remaining notes issued (on aggregate of  $1,754,899) for full year.
[A]
Spin-Co is the action sports camera business operated by NLM. In regards to the December 31, 2019 pro forma balance sheet presentation, all assets and liabilities of Spin-Co are eliminated as Spin-Co adjustments with net assets distributed to the stockholders of NLM.
(a)
The basic shares outstanding on a pro forma basis were calculated based on the conversion ratio established in the Exchange Agreement and the expected amount of outstanding shares of MiT and NLM immediately prior to the Reorganization Transaction based on the Members’ equity/outstanding shares of each company as of June 30, 2019; diluted shares outstanding on a pro forma basis also include shares of MiT and NLM issuable pursuant to warrants outstanding immediately prior to the closing date of this offering. See Note 11 of Notes to Financial Statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.
(b)
Pro Forma Adjustments — The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information includes pro forma adjustments that are (i) directly attributable to the transaction, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of operations of the combined company. The Caddy proforma income statement for the year ended June 30, 2019 is derived from their year ended December 31, 2018 income statement by subtracting result of operations for the period January 1, 2018 to June 30, 2018 and by adding results of operations for the period January 1, 2019 to June 30, 2019. Revenue and income for the period January 1, 2019 to June 30, 2019 was $1.0 million and $97,000, respectively. Revenue and income for the period January 1, 2018 to June 30, 2018 was $1.02 million and $0.15 million, respectively.
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(c)
Pro Forma Adjustments — Reorganization Transaction The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements are as follows:
(i)
This adjustment reflects the issuance of exchange shares based upon the Exchange Agreement and additional paid-in capital in connection with the Reorganization Transaction.
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations, whose actual outcomes involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those stated in or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”, and elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Overview
We are a digital cinema company who designs, manufactures, integrates, installs and distributes a full suite of proprietary and custom designed equipment as well as off the shelf cinema products needed for contemporary cinema requirements. We also offer single source solutions for cinema design, procurement, installation and service to the creative and production communities for screening, digital intermediate and other critical viewing rooms. We offer a wide range of technical, design and consulting services such as custom engineering, systems design, integration and installation, and digital technology, as well as software solutions for operations enhancement and theatre management. We also provide turnkey furniture, fixture and equipment services, or FF&E, to commercial cinema exhibitors for new construction and remodels, including design, consulting, installation and project management as well as procurement of seats, lighting, acoustical treatments, screens, projection and sound.
MiT’s products and services focus on the integration needs associated with high quality motion picture exhibition. We provide purpose-built products for digital cinema, 3D, pre-show/alternative content and a variety of entertainment and educational applications. As a hybrid manufacturer and reseller, MiT offers turnkey custom solutions for a variety of applications. Our staff of mechanical and electrical engineers work closely with end users as well as OEM manufacturers, and can participate in every phase of the process from conceptual design and development to production on most any scale. MiT personnel have designed, specified and installed thousands of commercial cinemas, post production, screening and high-end residential rooms.
Factors affecting our performance
Investment in growth.   We have invested, and intend to continue to invest, in expanding our operations, increasing our headcount, developing our products and services to support our growth and expanding our infrastructure. We expect our total operating expenses to increase in the foreseeable future to meet our growth objectives. We plan to continue to invest in our sales and support operations with a particular focus in the near term of adding additional sales personnel to further broaden our support and coverage of our existing customer base, in addition to developing new customer relationships. Any investments we make in our sales and marketing organization will occur in advance of experiencing any benefits from such investments, and the return on these investments may be lower than we expect. In addition, as we invest in expanding our operations internationally, our business and results of operations will become further subject to the risks and challenges of international operations, including higher operating expenses and the impact of legal and regulatory developments outside the United States.
Adding New Customers and Expanding Sales to Our Existing Customer Base.   We intend to target new customers by continuing to invest in our field sales force. We also intend to continue to target large customers’ organizations who have yet to use our products and services. A typical initial order involves educating prospective customers about the technical merits and capabilities and potential cost savings of our products and services as compared to our competitors’ products. We believe that customer references have been, and will continue to be, an important factor in winning new business. We expect that a substantial portion of our future sales will be sales to existing customers, including expansion of their product and service offerings, as we offer new products and services through the existing sales channel. Our business and results of operations will depend on our ability to continue to add new customers and sell additional products and services to our growing base of customers.
Promoting our Brand and Offering Additional Products.   Our future performance will depend on our continued ability to achieve brand recognition for our proprietary line of products. We plan to increase our
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
marketing expenditures to continue to create and maintain prominent brand awareness. Also, our future performance will depend on our ability to continue to offer high quality, high performance and high functionality products and services. We intend to continue to devote efforts to introduce new products and services including new versions of our existing product lines. We expect that our results of operations will be impacted by the timing, size and level of success of these brand awareness and product and service offering efforts.
Ability to Maintain Gross Margins.   Our gross margins have been and are expected to continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including competition, the timing of changes in pricing, shipment volumes, new product introductions, changes in product mixes, changes in our purchase price of components and assembly and test service costs and inventory write downs, if any. Our goal is to strive to maintain gross profits for products that may have a declining average selling price by continuing to focus on increased sales volume and looking to reduce operating costs. Decreases in average selling prices are primarily driven by competition and by reduced demand for products that face potential or actual technological obsolescence. We also focus on managing our inventory to reduce our overall exposure to price erosion. In addition, we seek to introduce new products and services with higher gross margins to offset the potential effect of price erosion on other lines of products. For example, we have recently productized and began marketing a new system which combines full compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act with a multi-language capability — this system will have higher margins than a substantial number of existing products we offer. In addition, our offerings of Direct View LED screens through our strategic arrangement with Samsung also carry significantly higher margins.
Quarterly Fluctuations in Revenues and Earnings.   Both the sales cycle and the contract fulfillment cycle is dependent on a number of factors from our customers that are not in our control. Accordingly, backlog, the recognition of backlog into revenue and related earnings may fluctuate from quarter to quarter depending on our customers’ particular requirements, which can sometimes change between the initial signing of a contract to its ultimate fulfillment.
Net sales
The principal factors that have affected or could affect our net sales from period to period are:

The condition of the economy in general and of the cinema and/or cinema equipment industry in particular,

Our customers’ adjustments in their order levels,

Seasonality in our business, specifically our second fiscal quarter which is traditionally weaker,

Changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors or suppliers,

The addition or termination of key supplier relationships,

The rate of introduction and acceptance by our customers of new products and services,

Our ability to compete effectively with our current and future competitors,

Our ability to enter into and renew key relationships with our customers and vendors,

Changes in foreign currency exchange rates,

A major disruption of our information technology infrastructure,

Unforeseen catastrophic events such as armed conflict, terrorism, fires, typhoons and earthquakes, and

Any other disruptions, such as labor shortages, unplanned maintenance or other manufacturing problems.
Cost of goods sold
Cost of goods sold includes the cost of products or components that we purchase from third party manufacturers plus assembly and packaging labor costs for these third parties or in-house designed products. Cost of goods sold is also affected by inventory obsolescence if our inventory management is not
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
effective or efficient. We mitigate the risk of inventory obsolescence by stocking relatively small amounts of inventory at any given time, and relying instead on a strategy of manufacturing or acquiring products based on orders placed by our customers.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses relate primarily to compensation and associated expenses for personnel in general management, information technology, human resources, procurement, planning and finance, as well as outside legal, investor relations, accounting, consulting and other operating expenses.
Selling and marketing expenses
Selling and marketing expenses relate primarily to salary and other compensation and associated expenses for internal sales and customer relations personnel, advertising, outbound shipping and freight costs, tradeshows, royalties under a brand license, and selling commissions.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses consist of compensation and associated costs of employees engaged in research and development projects, as well as materials and equipment used for these projects, and third party compensation for research and development services. We do not engage in any long-term research and development contracts, and all research and development costs are expensed as incurred.
Results of Operations:
Six Months Ended December 31, 2019 compared to six months ended December 31, 2018
Actual results of operations information presented below represent the actual results for Moving iMage Technologies, LLC as a stand-alone entity. The unaudited pro forma financial data for the six months ended December 31, 2019 is based on the actual unaudited results of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and the unaudited results of Caddy Products, Inc. for the period from July 1, 2019 through July 28, 2019, the date of the Caddy Acquisition. Caddy’s financial results after July 28, 2019 (date of acquisition) are presented as part of those of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. The unaudited pro forma combined financial data for the six months ended December 31, 2018 is based on the unaudited financial statements of each of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC and Caddy as of December 31, 2018. The pro forma adjustments included in the pro forma information set forth below consist of an entry to record the preliminary estimated consideration to be paid and the assets acquired related to the Caddy Acquisition and an entry to record the loan associated with the Caddy Acquisition.
Revenues
Six Months Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$10,402
$10,560
$8,958
$9,833
Actual — Net revenues increased 16.1% to $10.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 from $9.0 million for the prior year primarily due to a shift in the timing of projects in 2019 as customers rescheduled projected deliverables into the new fiscal period.
Pro Forma — Combined net revenues increased 7.4% to $10.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 from $9.8 million for the prior year primarily due to the shifting in the timing of project deliverables referenced above; Caddy sales remained relatively consistent year over year.
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Gross Profit
Six Months Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$2,793
$2,836
$2,369
$2,598
Actual — Gross profit increased 17.9% to $2.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 from $2.4 million for the prior fiscal year. As a percentage of total revenues, gross profit remained consistent at 25.3% for the six months ended December 31, 2019 versus 25.0% for the prior year.
Pro Forma — Combined gross profit increased 9.2% to $2.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2019 from $2.6 million for the prior fiscal year. As a percentage of total revenues, combined gross profit increased to 26.7% for the six months ended December 31, 2019 from 26.5% for the prior year. In addition to MiT’s results above, gross margin dollars were adversely affected due to price concessions to a major Caddy customer combined with new vendor manufacturing set-up costs and depreciation associated with the fair value of manufacturing molds acquired.
Research and Development
Six Months Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$141
$141
$184
$184
Actual — This decrease in research and development expense was due to a decrease in personnel. We expect research and development expense to increase as a percentage of sales in the future as we continue to increase product development on our green product line, SaaS (software as a service) products, LED screen support systems, Caddy products, and others as our business expands into new areas.
Pro Forma — Combined research and development expense represents solely that of MiT as Caddy had no research and development expense for either of the six months ended December 31, 2019 or 2018.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense
Six Months Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$2,520
$2,574
$2,358
$2,803
Actual — This increase in selling, general and administrative expense was primarily due to expenses of $148,000 related to our initial public offering and to increase in technical sales support, partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense and a new lower cost workers’ compensation and health insurance vendor, offset by increases in supplies. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of sales in the future as we increase sales, while endeavoring to contain costs.
Pro Forma — Combined general and administrative expenses, excluding costs associated with our initial public ofering, have decreased as a percentage of sales due primarily to absorbing the operations of Caddy.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Interest and Other (Expense)/Income
Six Months Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$95
$103
$(4)
$89
Actual — The increase was primarily due to the financing costs associated with the Caddy Acquisition.
Pro Forma — Combined interest and other expense impacted by the Caddy Acquisition.
Net Income (Loss)
Six Months Ended December 31,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$37
$18
$(169)
$(478)
Actual — This increase in net income was driven primarily by higher revenue, higher margins, and a decrease increase in bad debt reserves, offset by increased general and administrative expenses associated with our initial public offering.
Pro Forma — Combined net income was $18,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 compared to net loss of  $(478,000) for the prior year. Combined in net income was driven primarily by related increased general and administrative expenses related to our initial public offering, combined with estimated interest expense, depreciation and amortization related to financing the Caddy Acquisition.
Year Ended June 30, 2019 compared to year ended June 30, 2018
The results of operations information presented below represents each of  (i) the actual results for Moving iMage Technologies, LLC as a stand-alone entity and (ii) the pro forma combined operations of each of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC and Caddy Products, Inc. — the unaudited pro forma combined financial data is based on the audited financial statements of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC as of June 30, 2019 and that of Caddy as of December 31, 2018 and the unaudited financial statements of Caddy as of June 30, 2019. The acquisition accounting rules assume that the Caddy Acquisition occurred on July 1, 2018. The pro forma adjustments included in the pro forma information set forth below consist of an entry to record the preliminary estimated consideration to be paid and the assets acquired, related to the Caddy Acquisition and an entry to record the loan associated with the Caddy Acquisition.
Revenues
Year Ended June 30,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$20,269
$22,146
$25,335
$27,382
Actual — Net revenues decreased 20% to $20.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 from $25.3 million for the prior fiscal year primarily due to a shift in the timing of projects as customer rescheduled projected deliverables further to executed contracts.
Pro Forma — Combined net revenues decreased 19.1% to $22.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 from $27.4 million for the prior fiscal year primarily due to the shifting in the timing of project deliverables referenced above; Caddy sales remained consistent year over year.
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Gross Profit
Year Ended June 30,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$5,237
$5,754
$5,322
$6,187
Actual — Gross profit decreased 2% to $5.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 from $5.3 million for the prior fiscal year. As a percentage of total revenues, gross profit increased to 25.8% for the year ended June 30, 2019 from 21.0% for the prior fiscal year. The increase in gross margin as a percentage of revenues was driven primarily by product mix, as higher margin manufactured products and installation revenues made up a larger percentage of total revenues. In addition, the margin increase was affected by a modest decrease in inventory reserves.
Pro Forma — Combined gross profit decreased 7.0% to $5.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 from $6.2 million for the prior fiscal year. As a percentage of total revenues, combined gross profit increased to 26.1% for the year ended June 30, 2019 from 22.6% for the prior fiscal year. In addition to MiT’s results above, the increase was offset by a decrease in Caddy’s gross profits of 26.3% to $.637 million for the year ended June 30, 2019 from $.864 million for the prior fiscal year. Caddy’s decrease in gross margin dollars is due to price concessions to a major customer combined with new vendor manufacturing set-up costs and depreciation associated with the fair value of manufacturing molds acquired.
Research and Development
Year Ended June 30,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$318
$318
$425
$425
Actual — This decrease in research and development expense was due to a decrease in personnel. We expect research and development expense to increase as a percentage of sales in the future as we continue to increase product development on our green product line, SaaS (software as a service) products, LED screen support systems, Caddy products, and others as our business expands into new areas.
Pro Forma — Combined research and development expense represents solely that of MiT as Caddy had no research and development expense for either of the years ended June 30, 2019 or 2018.
Selling, General and Administrative Expense
Year Ended June 30,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$4,958
$5,693
$4,338
$5,163
Actual — This increase in selling, general and administrative expense was primarily due to expenses of $373,000 related to our initial public offering and an increase in technical sales support, partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense and a new lower cost workers compensation and health insurance vendor, offset by increases in supplies. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of sales in the future as we increase sales, while endeavoring to contain costs.
Pro Forma — Combined selling, general and administrative expense was impacted by the amortization of intangibles associated with the Caddy Acquisition. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses to decrease as a percentage of sales in the future as we increase sales, while absorbing the operations of Caddy.
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Interest and Other (Expense)/Income
Year Ended June 30,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$4
$(137)
$18
$32
Actual — The decrease was primarily due to the decrease in interest income. We expect interest and other expense to increase as a percentage of sales due to financing costs associated with the Caddy Acquisition.
Pro Forma — Combined interest and other expense was impacted by the Caddy Acquisition.
Net Income (Loss)
Year Ended June 30,
2019
2018
(in 000’s)
Actual
Pro Forma
Actual
Pro Forma
$(35)
$(394)
$577
$631
Actual — This decrease in net income was driven primarily by lower revenue, higher margins and increased general and administrative expenses associated with our initial public offering, including an increase in bad debt reserves.
Pro Forma — Combined net loss was $394,000 for the year ended June 30, 2019 compared to net income of  $631,000 for the prior fiscal year. Caddy’s decrease in net income was driven primarily by lower margins offset by lower general and administrative expenses, combined with estimated interest expense, depreciation and amortization related to financing the Caddy Acquisition.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
During the past several years, we have primarily met our working capital and capital resource needs from our operating cash flows. We believe that our existing sources of liquidity, including cash and cash equivalents, credit facilities and operating cash flow, will be sufficient to meet our projected capital needs for the foreseeable future. We had total cash and cash equivalents of  $824,000 at December 31, 2019 compared to $582,000 at June 30, 2019.
In October 2019, the Company executed a loan agreement with an unaffiliated lender to provide a $1.0 million asset-based bridge loan to be used for working capital purposes. Funds are available on a borrowing base formula with an advance rate of 75% of Moving Image Technologies, LLC’s accounts receivable, less than 90-days in age (excluding Caddy’s receivables). Funds borrowed bear interest at 13% per annum and are due and payable one year from the origination date of the loan. The loan is secured by all assets of the Company and is personally guaranteed by Phil Rafnson, our Chairman of the Board. Sound Management Investors, LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Rafnson, pledged all shares of the Company held by it as further security for the repayment of such loan. In connection therewith, on the effective date of this offering, the Company will issue the lender a warrant to acquire $250,000 of shares of common stock at a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; 58,824 shares underlying said warrant at the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. Approximately $400,000 of the proceeds from the loan were used to pay amounts owed to Caddy further to the Caddy Acquisition; approximately $400,000 of the net proceeds of this offering will be used to repay said portion of the aforementioned $1.0 million loan. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net cash used in operating activities was $(365,000) for the six months ended December 31, 2019, due to combined net changes in working capital items of  $(293,000). The net change in working capital was
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
primarily due to a $1,269,000 decrease in customer deposits, accrued expenses, and an decrease in inventories and prepaids, partially offset by a $985,000 decrease in accounts receivable. Net cash used in operating activities was $102,000 for the year ended June 30, 2019, as net changes in working capital items were $67,000. The net change in working capital was primarily due to a $755,000 decrease in accounts payable partially offset by a $516,000 decrease in inventories.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Net cash provided by investing activities was $128,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2019. This was comprised of  $128,000 of cash acquired as a part of the Caddy acquisition. Net cash provided by investing activities was $164,000 for the year ended June 30, 2019. This included a $167,000 reduction in a related party receivable and $3,000 of capital expenditures.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities of  $479,000 for year six months ended December 31, 2019 was due to proceeds from our Line of Credit Less payments on notes payable. Net cash used in financing activities of  $77,000 for the year ended June 30, 2019 was due to distributions to Members.
Financial Instruments and Credit Risk Concentrations
Our combined top ten customers accounted for approximately 57%, 47% and 43% of net revenues for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Trade accounts receivable from our top ten customers represented approximately 29%, 42% and 32% of net receivables at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. While we believe our relationships with such customers are stable, most arrangements are made by purchase order and are terminable at will by either party. A significant decrease or interruption in business from our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We could also be adversely affected by such factors as changes in foreign currency rates and weak economic and political conditions in each of the countries in which we sell our products.
Financial instruments that potentially expose us to a concentration of credit risk principally consist of accounts receivable and notes receivable. We sell products to a large number of customers in many different geographic regions. To minimize credit concentration risk, we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition or use letters of credit.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations
Our off-balance sheet arrangements consist principally of leasing equipment and facilities under operating leases. The future estimated payments under these arrangements are summarized below:
Operating leases
(in 000’s)
Total
Payments
2020
$ 268
2021
276
2022
285
2023
293
2024
175
Total future lease payments
$ 1,297
There were no other material contractual obligations other than inventory and property, plant and equipment purchase in the ordinary course of business.
Seasonality
Our operating results can vary from quarter to quarter as a result of seasonality in consumer spending and payment patterns. A large part of our business is concerned with new theatre builds, which often see substantial delays due to weather, but also financing timing, permits and governmental delays, and other
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
unpredictable problems often associated with large real estate projects. Specifically, our revenue growth generally is higher during the first and fourth quarters of the fiscal year as the weather improves, the digital cinema market becomes more active and consumers begin new theater builds or remodels projects. During these periods, we tend to experience increased transaction volume. Conversely, our revenue growth generally slows during the second quarter of the fiscal year, as spending on new theater construction and theater improvement projects tends to slow leading up to the holiday season and through the winter months. As a result, growth in transaction volume also tends to slow during these periods. We expect this seasonality to continue for the foreseeable future, which may cause fluctuations in our operating results and financial metrics. However, our seasonality trends may vary in the future as we introduce new products to new industry verticals and we become less concentrated in the new theater construction and improvement sector.
Inflation
We believe that the relatively moderate rates of inflation in recent years have not had a significant impact on our net revenues or profitability. Historically, we have been able to offset any inflationary effects by either increasing prices or improving cost efficiencies.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1, Business Activity and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the financial statements for a description of recently issued accounting pronouncements.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The following accounting policies involve judgments and estimates used in preparation of the financial statements. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, and if different estimates that reasonably could have been used, or changes in the accounting estimates that are reasonably likely to occur periodically, could materially impact the financial statements.
Our accounting policies are discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements in this report. Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect its more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue when all of the following circumstances are satisfied:

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

The seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

Collectability is reasonably assured.
If an arrangement involves multiple deliverables, the items are analyzed to determine the separate units of accounting, whether the items have value on a stand-alone basis and whether there is objective and reliable evidence of their fair values. The deliverables and timing depend upon the customer’s needs. Because the sales are so highly customized, separate sales are too infrequent to establish vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE). As a result, we use the best estimate of selling prices for other contract features. For services performed, revenue is recognized when the products have been installed and services have been rendered. Revenues from maintenance support or managed services contracts are deferred and recognized as earned ratably over the service coverage periods.
For equipment sales, revenue is generally recognized upon shipment of the product; however, there are certain instances where revenue is deferred and recognized upon delivery or customer acceptance of the product, as we legally retain the risk of loss on these transactions until such time.
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Costs related to revenues are recognized in the same period in which the specific revenues are recorded. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers are reported in revenue. Shipping and handling costs incurred by the Company are included in cost of goods sold. Estimates used in the recognition of revenues and cost of goods sold include, but are not limited to, estimates for product warranties, price allowances and product returns.
Inventory Valuation
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or net realizable value. Our policy is to evaluate all inventory quantities for amounts on-hand that are potentially in excess of estimated usage requirements, and to write down any excess quantities to estimated net realizable value. Inherent in the estimates of net realizable values are management’s estimates related to customer demand and the development of new technology, which could make our theater and digital media products obsolete, among other items.
Income Taxes
Prior to the effective date of this offering, MiT was a limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes with all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of MiT being passed through to the members. As such, there is no recognition of federal or state income taxes provided for in the accompanying financial statements. Any uncertain tax position taken by the members is not an uncertain position of MiT.
In accordance with the operating agreement of MiT, to the extent possible without impairing MiT’s ability to continue to conduct its business and activities, and in order to permit its members to pay taxes on the taxable income of MiT, MiT makes distributions to members in the amounts equal to the estimated tax liability of its members computed as if members paid income tax at the highest marginal federal and state rate applicable to an individual resident of Fountain Valley, CA. Distributions of approximately $77,000 were made to the members in fiscal 2019.
Upon the effective date of this offering, MiT will be acquired by NLM and we will declare a final tax distribution consisting of income taxes payable on LLC earnings from January 1, 2019 through the effective date of this offering (the “Final Tax Distribution”). Purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering will not receive any portion of the Final Tax Distribution. On and after such date, we will be fully subject to federal and state income taxes.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Prior to the completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control over financial reporting. During the course of preparing for this offering, we determined that we had a material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019 relating to our financial reporting processes relating to (i) the design and operation of our closing and financial reporting process, (ii) the fact that we had no formal or documented accounting policies or procedures, (iii) the fact that certain segregation of duties issues existed and (iv) the fact that there was no formal review process around journal entries recorded.
To address this weakness, we are in the process of instituting a number of accounting processes and procedures and hired a seasoned financial executive consultant as Interim Chief Financial Officer. This consultant is also undertaking training of our senior and accounting personnel in the intricacies of being a public company. The consultant, or someone equally qualified, will join us as a regular employee full-time CFO once we become a public company.
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The actions we have taken are subject to continued review, supported by confirmation and testing by management. While we have implemented a plan to remediate these weaknesses, we cannot assure you that we will be able to remediate these weaknesses, which could impair our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Our failure to remediate the material weaknesses identified above, or the identification of additional material weaknesses in the future, could adversely affect our ability to report financial information, including our filing of quarterly or annual reports with the Commission on a timely and accurate basis. Moreover, our failure to remediate the material weakness identified above or the identification of additional material weaknesses could prohibit us from producing timely and accurate financial statements, which may adversely affect the market price of shares of our common stock and we may be unable to maintain compliance with NYSE listing requirements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
The principal market risks affecting us are exposure to interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We market our products throughout the United States and the world. As a result, we could be adversely affected by such factors as changes in foreign currency rates and weak economic conditions. As a majority of our sales are currently denominated in U.S. dollars, a strengthening of the dollar can and sometimes has made our products less competitive in foreign markets.
Interest rate risks are not deemed significant as we have no interest related accounts or borrowings at June 30, 2019. A 100 basis point increase in the interest rate on borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2019 would result in an increase of approximately $11,000 in interest expense for the year ending June 30, 2020.
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
BUSINESS
We are a digital cinema company who designs, manufactures, integrates, installs and distributes a full suite of proprietary and custom designed equipment as well as other off the shelf cinema products needed for contemporary cinema requirements. We also offer single source solutions for cinema design, procurement, installation and service to the creative and production communities for screening, digital intermediate and other critical viewing rooms. We offer a wide range of technical, design and consulting services such as custom engineering, systems design, integration and installation, and digital technology, as well as software solutions for operations enhancement and theatre management. We also provide turnkey furniture, fixture and equipment services, or FF&E, to commercial cinema exhibitors for new construction and remodels, including design, consulting, installation and project management as well as procurement of seats, lighting, acoustical treatments, screens, projection and sound.
MiT’s products and services focus on the integration needs associated with the building, modernization and equipping of high quality motion picture exhibition theatres. We provide purpose-built products for digital cinema, 3D, pre-show/alternative content and a variety of entertainment and educational applications. As a hybrid manufacturer and reseller, MiT offers turnkey custom solutions for a variety of applications. Our staff of mechanical and electrical engineers work closely with end users as well as OEM manufacturers, and can participate in every phase of the process from conceptual design and development to production on mostly any scale. MiT personnel have designed, specified and installed thousands of commercial cinemas, post production, screening and high-end residential rooms.
Industry and Revenue Drivers
Our Industry
While the movie industry continues to face pressure from digital streaming, prestige TV and video games competing for people’s attention, according to ComScore, attendance in the United States and Canada was up 5% in 2018 and revenue from ticket sales was a record $11.9 billion, up more than 6.8% from 2017. International ticket sales reached an estimated $41.7 billion in 2018, 4.5% ahead of 2017 levels, according to ComScore. We believe the following market trends continue to drive the strength of the cinema industry:
Convenient and Affordable Form of Out-Of-Home Entertainment.   Movie going continues to be one of the most affordable forms of out-of-home entertainment, with an estimated average ticket price in the U.S. of  $8.97 in 2018. Movie theaters continue to draw more people than all theme parks and major U.S. sports combined according to the Motion Picture Association of America.
Increased Importance and Growth of International Markets.   International markets continue to be an increasingly important component of the overall box office revenues generated by Hollywood films, accounting for approximately 71% of 2016 total worldwide box office revenues according to the Motion Picture Association of America.
Introduction of New Platforms and Product Offerings that Enhance the Movie-Going Experience.   The motion picture exhibition industry continues to develop new movie theatre platforms and concepts to respond to varying and changing consumer preferences and to continue to differentiate the movie-going experience from watching a movie at home. In addition to changing the overall style of, and amenities offered in, some theatres, concession product offerings have continued to expand to more than just traditional popcorn and candy items. Many locations now offer hot foods, alcohol offerings and/or healthier snack options for guests. Luxury seats are offered in many locations, further enhancing the movie viewing experience. Motion seats and virtual reality are also being offered for in-theatre enjoyment in some locations.
Revenue Drivers
We believe the following opportunities will drive revenues to our business:
New Theatre Construction.   According to the National Association of Theatre Owners, the number of US movie screens increased from 40,246 in 2017 to 40,837 in 2018 and the number of US cinema sites increased from 5,747 in 2017 to 5,803 in 2018. MIT is providing turnkey FF&E services to under
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
construction movie theaters in the United States opening 140 of such new screens in the United States, or 23.7% of the net increase. These services consist of design, consulting, installation and project management as well as procurement of all items necessary to bring a new or remodel project to completion, including audio, projection, servers, operations software, screens, masking, curtains, drapes, acoustical wall treatments, seating and concession equipment.
Existing Theatres — Upgrades and Refurbishing.   Upgrade and refurbishing opportunities consist of three segments:
Seating, equipment and operations upgrades.   Movie theaters have a long history of offering amenities to lure people out of their homes and into the cinemas. Demand for our FF&E services and product offerings are driven in part by exhibitors investing in innovation. There is demand for our FF&E and product offerings for refurbishing and upgrading locations with recliner seats, immersive audio and operations enhancements. An example of serving this market is our distribution agreement for sales of the Digital Cinema Implementation Partners’ (DCIP) enterprise suite of easy-to-use software tools that help a cinema owner track, monitor, and efficiently manage equipment, theaters and presentation quality in one centralized platform. DCIP is jointly owned by AMC, Regal (Cineworld), and Cinemark.
Projection upgrades.   According to the Motion Picture Association of America, at the end of 2017 there were 43,216 screens in the United States and Canada and more than 120,000 elsewhere around the globe, and 96% of the world’s cinema screens are digitized; the conversion to digital cinema began in 2006. According to Film Journal International, (i) the first machines into the market were Series 1 projectors for DLP licensees, (ii) some 20,000 projectors of all brands were installed before Series 2 machines came on the market in mid-2010 and (iii) the assumption for a projector’s life span is 10 years. We estimate that approximately 3,100 Series 1 projectors will need to be replaced in the next four years as obsolescence sets in and upgrades become the new normal to stay competitive.
[MISSING IMAGE: TV515785_CHRT-BAR.JPG]
Laser projectors.   These projectors are a significant upgrade over existing lamp-based digital projectors, offering a wider color gamut, which provides substantially more vivid colors, plus substantially brighter images. We believe that 3D movies have largely fallen out of favor in the US largely because of dim images, but the higher brightness of lasers, especially RGB laser projectors, makes 3D images bright and alive, giving 3D movies a welcome boost, especially overseas where 3D remains very popular. While lasers are quite a bit more expensive, they last as much as 20 times longer than lamps, paying for themselves in lamp cost savings. By eliminating the lamp, there are significant power savings and less maintenance costs.
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Products, Enterprise Software Solutions and Technical Services
Products
We offer a wide spectrum of premier audio-visual products, in-house designed and assembled sub-systems, and accessories which, when coupled with the cinema projector and server, can fully outfit and automate a cinema. We also offer solutions to enhance operations, including enterprise and operations software solutions and technical services and related equipment for maintenance and monitoring of existing systems. We offer the theatre exhibition industry a single source for the design and installation of the complete new theatre.
Projectors — Through distribution agreements with NEC and Barco, MiT offers a full range of DCI compliant digital cinema projectors to accommodate any screen size or application. We are a Master Reseller of NEC digital cinema products as well as a reseller of Barco digital cinema products, in the Americas. NEC and Barco are two of the largest manufacturers of high-end digital cinema projectors, allowing us to meet our customer’s business needs.
Servers — Through a formal distribution agreement with GDC Technology (USA), LLC, we distribute GDC’s line of digital cinema servers in North and South America. We also distribute their servers in certain other areas of the world, although we do not have a distribution agreement outside of North and South America. In addition, we distribute servers for other server manufacturers, including those manufactured by Dolby. Servers are used by our customers for the storage and playback of digital movie content.
Automations — We manufacture a suite of automation system for digital cinema applications. MiT-automations interface with the latest generation of digital projectors, servers, audio processors, and also support pre-feature entertainment systems and 3-D systems.
Pedestals — We offer a family of proprietary rack mount pedestals specifically designed by MiT engineers to maximize equipment rack space in a limited amount of volume. These pedestals can accommodate multiple projection systems and offer ample storage and access to all necessary projection equipment and cables.
Boothless — More and more theatre owners are considering boothless construction options to save construction and operating costs. MiT offers an in-house designed and assembled suite of products to support boothless theatre designs and alternative auditorium configurations, including projector lifts, projector enclosures, and hushed sound racks.
Lighting Fixtures and Dimmers — We offer a series of in-house designed and assembled lighting products and dimmers designed to reduce a cinema’s energy consumption. LED-based lighting in theatres has rapidly become an important aspect of MiT’s product line, offering advantages in efficiency and reduced maintenance, which translate into lower operating cost for the exhibitor. We believe our Architectural LED Fixture is the first LED-based 8” downlight luminaire designed specifically for cinema auditoriums. Our lighting platform is part of our suite of products to support green initiatives, in this case for theatre lighting applications. MiT’s M-Series lighting dimmers are designed specifically for commercial cinemas with emphasis on energy savings, reliability and value.
Sound Systems — We offer a full selection of premium sound systems and enclosures which complete the immersive movie-going experience. MiT offers sound processors, amps and speaker options from manufacturers such as QSC, Trinnov, Dolby, JBL, Meyer Sound, and Ultra-Stereo Systems. We integrate these components along with our in-house solutions to improve onsite installation time and reliability.
“Green” Products and other Accessories — In addition to our LED and dimmer products, MiT offers a number of other “green” products designed for energy efficiency. We offer the DCE-10/20 Demand Controlled Ventilation system which automatically shuts down projector exhaust fans when not needed, reducing energy costs. This closed-loop controller is designed to efficiently control projector exhaust, on demand, by managing airflow to prevent the wasting of conditioned air through a projector when cooling is not needed, saving energy by decreasing conditioned air demand of a projection booth. And our IS-20 & IS-20d Power Managers power theatrical systems up and down on a controlled schedule, affording savings on wasteful energy consumption during system idle time.
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
We also offer a full complement of accessories for theaters and other public venues including reclining seats and armrests, concession tables and trays, tablet arms, cup holders and step and aisle lighting.
Enterprise and Operations Software Solutions
CineQC — Cinema Presence Management & Remote Control System. CineQC is MiT’s quality assurance and remote access software solution meant to enhance in-theatre operations. CineQC allows a check of movie presentations before or during features, making sure customers receive a premium moving-going experience. With CineQC, cinema operations staff can change auditorium conditions, such as lights, volume, masking, air conditioning temperatures, projection and audio settings, on a real-time basis. Not only does this reduce problem-resolving time, but also ensures the guest a better movie watching experience.
CineQC provides real-time and after action reporting, not only in the auditoriums but also throughout the building, maintaining high standards of customer comfort and efficiency. CineQC benefits allow (i) an immediate response to solve minor auditorium problems (volume, lights, masking, audio and video channels as well as air condition temperature), (ii) tasks to be redistributed, lowering operational costs and increasing productivity in different areas while improving presentation and supervision, (iii) staff the ability to turn off the projector lamp if no guests are in the auditorium, generating substantial savings on energy and lamp life, and (iv) a system for management to monitor, in real time, that staff is performing necessary checks on theatre operations.
Cinergy — Cinema Enterprise Software Solutions. Digital Cinema Implementation Partners’ (DCIP) enterprise suite of easy-to-use software tools help a cinema owner track, monitor, and efficiently manage his equipment, theaters and presentation quality in one centralized platform. MiT is DCIP’s distributor of Cinergy in the Americas and provides Cinergy customers with front-line support for the product. Cinergy is a broad-based enterprise software solution custom tailored to meet the exhibitor’s information needs. Cinergy provides exhibitors with digital equipment health monitoring, proactive alerting, theater asset management, trailer scheduling, automated key delivery, and content and equipment log management, all controlled through a centralized “Command Center” that is also capable of generating user-defined alerts and advanced reporting to key management personnel.
Cinergy allows an exhibitor to store, monitor and manage all of its digital cinema log files in a secure and centralized location from which it can analyze, audit, report on or deliver this information for any or all of its theatres. An exhibitor is able to easily centrally schedule, with easy to use, drag and drop graphical interfaces, all of the trailer and main content for all of its theatres.
Technical Services
Newly deployed technology across the board requires up to date specification, training, service, and consulting to maintain mission critical equipment. We offer a suite of pre and post deployment services from on-site repair and warranty service, to proactive remote monitoring of networked equipment.
Project Management, System Design and FF&E — We offer a wide range of technical, design and consulting services such as custom engineering, systems design, integration and installation, and digital technology, as well as software solutions for 3D, digital cinema, and audio visual integration. We provide sophisticated project management and systems design for theatre upgrades and new theatre builds. We also provide turnkey FF&E services to commercial cinema exhibitors for new construction and remodels, including design, consulting, installation and project management as well as procurement of seats, lighting, acoustical treatments, screens, projection and sound. From consulting with architects through to final fixturing and calibration, our staff of mechanical and electrical engineers work closely with end users as well as OEM manufacturers, and can participate in every phase of the process from conceptual design and development to production on most any scale. MiT personnel have designed, specified and installed thousands of commercial cinemas, post production, screening and high-end residential rooms and have been involved in the digital cinema conversion rollouts of clients such as Cinemark, Cinepolis, Cinemex, Reading, Metropolitan, Hollywood, Syufy, Harkins, and other smaller circuits.
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Network Operations Center — In partnership with Tri State Theatre Digital Services, our Network Operations Centers, or NOC, is staffed by software engineers and systems techs, operates 24/7/365 and provides technical support to our customers further to subscription based, monthly service level agreements whereby our customers subscribe for our NOC program. Our NOC monitoring software automatically collects an exhibitor’s TMS, Digital Projector, Screen Server, Automation and UPS health and status (SNMP) data and relays it, in real time, to the MiT NOC. The on-site digital cinema technicians monitor this information to ensure any anomalies are addressed. Our remote services include systems monitoring and maintenance, software upgrades and system repairs. NOC personnel can assist in managing resolutions in the fastest possible method by dispatching a client’s service agency (in many cases MiT’s Technical Service Department) with the necessary information and parts to resolve issues promptly.
Service and Maintenance — We provide digital cinema equipment installations and after-sale maintenance services. Our technicians work closely with our NOC staff to resolve systems issues that cannot be fixed remotely; they are certified to install and service a wide array of digital and audio equipment from a number of manufacturers. We offer cabling, wiring, installation and maintenance services for digital equipment on ad hoc, as-needed basis. We also offer long-term contractual service packages for maintenance and repairs to a wide range of installed digital equipment for customers. These long-term contractual service packages provide our company with recurring revenue.
New Business Initiatives
We continue to explore new lines of business complimentary with our core business, with a focus on entertainment technologies and complimentary products and services.
Multi-language ADA — The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requires theatres to have provisions for seeing- and hearing-impaired patrons. Even before the 2016 requirement date, these devices have been available; however, in partnership with Hana Media and Epson America, we have recently productized and begun marketing a new system which combines full ADA compliance with a multi-language capability. This unique system uses AR (Augmented Reality) glasses to allow any language captioning to be displayed on the glasses, permitting non-native English speaking patrons the ability to fully enjoy the cinematic experience. This system also allows cinemas to reach out to what we believe is an underserved audience base in their communities. Sign language will also be supported through the same system.
Direct View LED screens. We believe that direct view LED is disruptive to the current front projection paradigm and offers several benefits to exhibitors and filmmakers which we believe will drive demand for these replacement systems. We have signed a strategic agreement with Samsung and their subsidiary Harman to become an integrator and reseller of Samsung’s “ONYX Cinema LED” system, which is designed to replace traditional cinema projectors and screens and combines JBL/Harmon’s Sculpted Surround sound from Harman’s JBL Professional brand. In April 2018, we partnered with Samsung to open the first LED cinema screen in North America at Pacific Theatres Winnetka in Chatsworth, California; MiT was the integrator for this theater. In addition, in April  2019 we received an $800,000 purchase order to install the first commercial Direct View LED Screen in the United States in the Houston area and completed the installation in June 2019.
While LED displays have been around for years (e.g., the giant displays in virtually every sports arena), the constant miniaturization of the technology has now made cinema exhibition possible. Direct-view LED screens utilize a technology that is an alternative to the century-old streaming of projector light thrown onto screens; the LED screen is more akin to a giant television screen, and its use renders the projection booth unnecessary. These emissive displays can deliver dramatically improved contrast for a dynamic image range substantially in excess of projection capabilities. A typical cinema projector tends to lose color quality when its brightness is increased and/or when it ages, but a direct-view LED screen maintains perfect color accuracy, at peak or half brightness. With conventional projector systems, picture quality can vary from screen to screen and venue to venue, whereas a direct-view LED screen provides consistent picture quality across all venues. Also, the LED is ideal for displaying High Dynamic Range (HDR) which we believe at present is the main video aesthetic enhancement being used to boost audience experience in theatres.
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
This system results in a true boothless theatre design, offering up front construction savings. Direct view eliminates the projector booth and projection screen, immediately freeing space in cinemas for more seats and potentially reducing build costs.
Since the LED consumes no power when they are switched off to ‘illuminate’ black, this saves on electricity versus the always-on energy of laser projection or xenon lamps. LED panels will last up to 100,000 hours or 15 years, whereas projectors have a lifespan of barely half that.
LED screens can be so bright without losing picture quality that they do not require perfectly pitch-black rooms, which could open new doors when it comes to event cinema, gaming or dine-in theatres, further diversifying the cinema-going experience. The technology also changes the operating proposition for cinema chains who want to optimize the day-to-day usage of their real estate, renting out the screening rooms during the time periods when no movies are scheduled.
Strategic acquisitions of complementary products and technologies.
Our first acquisition was the acquisition of Caddy Products LLC which closed effective January 1, 2019. Caddy products are utilized in over 270,000 facilities throughout more than 91 countries worldwide. Their markets include cinema, sports, grocery, performing arts, worship and retail industries. Products include patented cup holders and trays built into luxury cinema seats, cinema step and aisle lighting, and cups, trays, and advertising displays used in large sports arenas. Caddy products are protected by 21 active and 6 pending patents.
We will continue to evaluate our targeted acquisition strategy based on several factors, including profitability, enhancement of the overall customer experience, pricing models, throughput, types of content featured and differences in geographic areas.
Sales and Marketing
We market and sell directly to theatre exhibitors, as well as through certain domestic and international value added resellers. We have developed ongoing customer relationships with a large portion of the theatre owners in the United States and a number of the major theatre owners internationally. Our sales and marketing staff principally develop business by maintaining regular personal contact with our established customer relationships, including conducting site visits. In our sales and marketing efforts, we emphasize our value proposition of providing the broadest range of products and services delivered by our experienced technical service teams, which provides a significant resource to our clients in managing the complexities of digital technology in the cinema exhibition industry. Our sales and marketing professionals have extensive experience with our product and service offerings and have long-term relationships throughout the industry.
Our top ten customers accounted for approximately 57%, 47% and 43% of net revenues for six months ended December 31, 2019 and the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Trade accounts receivable from these customers represented approximately 29%, 43% and 32% of net receivables at December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There were no customers in the six months ended December 31, 2019 or in fiscal 2019 or 2018 that exceeded 10% of our net revenues from continuing operations.
Manufacturing and Assembly
MiT has 28,000 square feet of office, warehouse and in-house manufacturing/assembly space in Southern California, which is home to our corporate offices, engineering, distribution, integration as well as service and support divisions. Our primary location is augmented by a global network of service partners and OEM manufacturers.
We develop, manufacture, design and assemble the key elements of the theatrical systems we offer. Proprietary components are either manufactured in house or provided under original equipment manufacturers agreements with outside vendors. These proprietary parts include custom pedestals, enclosures, racks and specialized lighting and control equipment. Fabrication of a majority of other parts
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
and sub-assemblies is subcontracted to a group of third-party suppliers. We believe our significant suppliers will continue to supply quality products in quantities sufficient to satisfy our needs. We inspect all parts and sub-assemblies, complete the final assembly and then subject the system to comprehensive testing individually prior to shipment.
We believe that our quality control procedures and the quality standards for the products that we distribute or service have contributed significantly to our reputation for high performance and reliability. The inspection of incoming materials and components as well as the testing of all of our products during various stages of the sales and service cycle are key elements of this program.
Trademarks
We own or otherwise have rights to various trademarks and trade names used in conjunction with the sale of our products. We believe our success will not be dependent upon trademark protection, but rather upon our engineering capabilities and research and production techniques.
Backlog
Our sales backlog at December 31, 2019 was approximately $11.0 million, which represented orders to be shipped substantially in the next six months. Backlog at June 30, 2019 was $9.8 million.
Sales backlog typically represents the fixed contracted revenue under signed theater system installation or upgrade agreements that we believe will be recognized as revenue upon installation/upgrade and acceptance of the associated theater. The dollar value fluctuates depending on the number of new and upgraded theater system arrangements signed from year to year, which adds to backlog and the installation and acceptance of theatre systems and the settlement of contracts, both of which reduce backlog. Sales backlog includes initial fees along with the estimated present value of contractual ongoing fees due over the term, however it excludes amounts allocated to maintenance and extended warranty revenues as well as fees (contingent fees) in excess of contractual ongoing fees that may be received in the future. We believe that the contractual obligations for theater system installations that are listed in sales backlog are valid and binding commitments.
From time to time, in the normal course of its business, we will have customers who are unable to proceed with a theatre system installation or upgrade for a variety of reasons, including the inability to obtain certain consents, approvals or financing. Once the determination is made that the customer will not proceed with installation or upgrade, the agreement with the customer is terminated or amended. If the agreement is terminated, once MiT and the customer are released from all their future obligations under the agreement, all or a portion of the initial fees that the customer previously made to us are recognized as revenue.
Competition
The markets for our products are highly competitive. The primary competitive factors are price, product quality, features and customer support. Competition in the digital cinema equipment market includes Ballantyne Strong and Christie Digital Systems. We also compete with many small cinema equipment dealers.
The competition in the cinema service industry for installation, after-sale maintenance, and NOC services includes Tristate, Ballantyne/Strong, Sonic, CES, Christie, and Film-Tech.
Regulation
We are subject to complex laws, rules and regulations affecting our domestic and international operations relating to, for example, environmental, safety and health requirements; exports and imports; bribery and corruption; tax; data privacy; labor and employment; competition; and intellectual property ownership and infringement. Compliance with these laws, rules and regulations may be onerous and expensive, and if we fail to comply or if we become subject to enforcement activity, our ability to manufacture our products and operate our business could be restricted and we could be subject to fines,
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
penalties or other legal liability. Furthermore, should these laws, rules and regulations be amended or expanded, or new ones enacted, we could incur materially greater compliance costs or restrictions on our ability to manufacture our products and operate our business.
Some of these complex laws, rules and regulations — for example, those related to environmental, safety and health requirements — may particularly affect us in the jurisdictions in which we manufacture products, especially if such laws and regulations: require the use of abatement equipment beyond what we currently employ; require the addition or elimination of a material or process to or from our current manufacturing processes; or impose costs, fees or reporting requirements on the direct or indirect use of energy, or of materials or gases used or emitted into the environment, in connection with the manufacture of our products. There can be no assurance that in all instances a substitute for a prohibited raw material or process would be available, or be available at reasonable cost.
Employees
We employed 42 full-time persons at December 31, 2019. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters is located in Fountain Valley, California, and covers 28,000 square feet pursuant to an operating lease that expires in 2024 at a monthly rental of  $12,621. We also lease an additional 13,000 square foot warehouse facility in Fountain Valley pursuant to an operating lease that expires in 2024 at a monthly rental of  $9,465.
We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We believe that our facilities are generally suitable to meet our current needs.
Legal Proceedings
We are not party to any material pending legal proceedings. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the names, ages and titles of our directors, director nominees, executive officers and key personnel:
Name
Age
Title
Executive Officers and Directors:
Glenn Sherman, PhD 75 President and Chief Executive Officer
Phil Rafnson 72 Chairman of the Board
Jose Delgado 55 Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Bevan Wright 50 Executive Vice President, Operations
Michael Sherman 56 Interim Chief Financial Officer(1)
Key Personnel:
Jerry Van de Rydt 65 Senior Vice President, FF& E Sales
David Richards 62 Senior Vice President, Engineering
Thomas Lipiec 55 Senior Vice President, Sales and Customer Service
Frank Tees 45 Vice President, Technical Sales & Support
Director Nominees
Katherine D. Crothall, Ph.D. 70 Director Nominee
John C. Stiska 77 Director Nominee
Scott Anderson 65 Director Nominee
(1)
It is expected that Mr. Sherman will become our full time Chief Financial Officer on the effective date of this offering.
Executive Officers and Directors:
Glenn Sherman has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since the company’s founding in 2003. Dr. Sherman has over thirty years leading and building technology companies, including nineteen years as founder, Chairman and CEO of Laser Power Corporation, growing the company to $35 million and taking it public through an IPO; one year as President and CEO of Christie Digital Systems; and one year as President and CEO of a company working on a unique digital cinema projector. At Laser Power, he led extensive efforts to develop laser projectors for digital cinema. He has a background in manufacturing, marketing and sales, product engineering, research and development and finance. He acquired five companies and built strategic relationships with major companies worldwide. He has extensive international experience, including an acquisition in Belgium, strategic relationships with companies in Japan and Europe, and building a low cost manufacturing facility in Mexico. Dr. Sherman holds the BS, MS and PhD in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois. Dr. Sherman’s experience in the digital cinema industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.
Phil Rafnson has been our Chairman of the Board since the company’s founding in 2003. Mr. Rafnson has been a major participant in the cinema equipment business for over 30 years going from a sound engineer for RCA Service Co. to National Sales Manager for Xetron Inc., to President and owner of Media Technology Source (MTS), one of the largest global cinema equipment distribution companies until he sold MTS in 1999. He has served as Board member of the International Theatre Equipment Association for 12 years and Officer and President of that association for more than 4 years. Mr. Rafnson’s experience in the cinema equipment industry qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.
Jose Delgado has been our Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing since the company’s founding in 2003. Prior to joining MiT, Mr. Delgado spent fifteen years at Christie Digital Systems in increasing positions of responsibility, as National Sales Manager, Director of Sales, and Vice President of
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Sales. During his tenure he increased by 10-fold the cinema presentation product sales of Christie, helping the company become a major force in the cinema industry. Previously he held various positions at JVC, including Sales Representative for video products for the Los Angeles and Las Vegas markets.
Bevan Wright has been our Executive Vice President, Operations since the company’s founding in 2003. In the industry since 1985, Bevan spent ten years as Cinema Systems Product and Engineering Manager at Christie Digital Systems, directing product development and engineering support for all cinema product lines, managing the product lines to develop and bring to market fully-integrated solutions for cinema exhibitors. The previous nine years he held engineering and operations positions at Christie, United Artists, and with other cinema exhibitors. He holds the Bachelors of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from Arizona State University, and two patents in cinema projection technology.
Michael Sherman, C.P.A., has been our Interim Chief Financial Officer since July 2018. A senior financial professional for over 25 years, Mr. Sherman has held executive finance positions within a range of companies, both public and private. Prior to joining MiT, Mr. Sherman was a Finance and Accounting Consultant primarily providing acquisition and other transactional services to companies in the Telecom and Manufacturing industries. At EBSCO Industries, he acted as Corporate Controller and Warehouse Director, while leading the financial integration and on-boarding of the acquisition of an online stand-up desk company in Waukegan, Illinois. At FDH Velocitel, he was responsible for finance and accounting integration aspects of the acquisition of FDH in Raleigh, North Carolina. At Mitsubishi Automation, as acting Corporate Controller, he was responsible for their $300 million Annual Operating Plan for North and South America, while overseeing all finance functions. Prior to consulting, he was Associate Vice President — Accounting for TCS Education System, where he was responsible for overall system accounting, the acquisitions of the Santa Barbara and Ventura Colleges of Law, as well as preparation and submission of the company’s IRS form 990 for 11 legal entities. Prior to that, he held a senior management position of Global Vice President of Finance with Liquid Controls Group, an operating group of IDEX, where he was responsible for 7 entities in 5 Countries. While there, he also led the acquisition of TopTech Systems in Florida and Faure Herman in France. Prior to IDEX, he was Vice President Finance for KaVo Dental, a Division of Danaher, where he was responsible for all aspects of Finance and Accounting. A former Public Accounting C.P.A. with Coopers & Lybrand for 6 years, where he provided audit, accounting, and business advisory services to a portfolio of clients engaged in the manufacturing and distribution sectors, he holds a bachelor degree in Accountancy from Northern Illinois University.
Key Personnel:
Jerry Van de Rydt has been our Senior Vice President, FF&E Sales since 2005. Jerry has been involved in the cinema industry for over 30 years. Previously he ran the Los Angeles office of MTS, which under his leadership became the largest cinema equipment distributor on the West Coast, outfitting over 2,000 screens for clients such as Pacific, Edwards, Mann, Harkins, & Krikorian Theaters, Deluxe Laboratories just to name a few. In 2002, he started his own company, Rydt Entertainment Systems which MiT acquired three years later.
David Richards has been our Senior Vice President, Engineering since the company’s founding in 2003. Mr. Richards has nineteen years of experience in the cinema industry. He spent five years in engineering and engineering management positions at Christie. He has been active in SMPTE for the past eighteen years, and presently serves on several of the SMPTE DC28 digital cinema committees as well as the Film Technology committee and Projection Technology committee. Mr. Richards is past chair of the SMPTE Hollywood section (’96 – ’97), and was Program Chair for the first and second SMPTE Film Conferences, held in 1997 and 1998. He is the author of several SMPTE papers and articles for various trade publications. He has a background in mechanical, electronic and electrical engineering design.
Thomas Lipiec has been our Senior Vice President, Sales & Customer Service since shortly after the company’s founding in 2003. Mr. Lipiec has over 32 years of professional experience in the cinema industry. Tom’s career began by occupying several positions at various cinema exhibitors. He later obtained engineering positions at Lucasfilm/THX and was the Director of the post-production division of THX Ltd. Additionally, he was the Vice President of Business Development at Constellation 3D. Tom’s involvement with Lucasfilm included collaborations with Skywalker Sound and ILM, etc. These specific technical efforts gained him 2 movie credits for Star Wars: Episode I and Star Wars: Episode II (D.C. & DVD).
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Frank Tees has been our Vice President, Technical Sales & Support since 2011. Mr. Tees started his cinema career in 1989, serving in most aspects of theater exhibition with Krikorian Premiere Theaters. He spent the past 15 years with the world’s largest exhibitor, Regal Entertainment Group, and since 2002 has been Director of Technical Services for the Southwest Region. He managed a team of technicians in preparation, installation and service of film and digital cinema equipment for 1000 screens in Southern California, Hawaii, Nevada and Arizona. Frank has extensive training on 3D and standard DLP and Sony projection systems and practical experience installing them in an integrated and networked environment. Frank also managed Regal’s technical training program and developed preventative maintenance and tracking guidelines to service systems according to their warranty.
Director Nominees:
Katherine D. Crothall, Ph.D. will become a Director on the effective date of this offering. Ms. Crothall has been the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Aspire Bariatrics, Inc. (“Aspire”) since November 2010. Prior to Aspire, Dr. Crothall served as a Principal of Liberty Venture Partners, Inc. from 2006 to November 2010. Prior to Liberty, she founded Animas Corporation in 1996 and served as its Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer, led its $69 million IPO in 2004, and sold it to Johnson and Johnson in 2006. From October 1988 to September 1993, Dr. Crothall served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Luxar Corporation, which she founded in 1988, sold and manufactured CO2 lasers for cosmetic, oral, surgical, dental, dermatological and surgical applications. Dr. Crothall founded Laakmann Electro-Optics, which manufactured and marketed CO2 lasers and was sold to Johnson & Johnson in 1981. She was employed as an engineer at Hughes Aircraft from 1971 to 1978. She has been an Independent Director of Valeritas Holdings, Inc. since October 10, 2016. Dr. Crothall is a director of Adhezion BioMedical and Xanitos, Inc. She served as a Director of Othera Pharmaceuticals Inc., Intact Vascular, Inc., and Lungpacer, Inc. Dr. Crothall served as a Director of Animas Corp. since 1996 until its sale to J&J in 2006. She holds over 20 patents and is the recipient of several awards including the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the Year Award in 2003 and the Greater Philadelphia Raymond Rafferty Entrepreneurial Excellence Award in 2004. She has authored numerous technical papers and has given numerous papers at scientific/medical symposiums. Dr. Crothall holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and Master of Science and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Southern California. Dr. Crothall’s extensive experience in public company finance and acquisition experience qualifies her to serve on our board of directors.
John C. Stiska will become a Director on the effective date of this offering. Since 2005, Mr. Stiska has been the principal of Regent Partners, a merchant banking firm, and was a Senior Advisor to Agility Capital, LLC, a venture lending fund from 2007 to 2013; prior to that he was Chairman of Commercial Bridge Capital, LLC, also a venture lending fund. Over the past two decades, John Stiska has served as a CEO, Chairman, Director and investor in more than thirty private and public companies. Underlying his extensive, twenty-year business leadership and development experience, and service on numerous Boards of Directors, John was a practicing Corporate and Securities partner at Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, and of Counsel at Latham & Watkins. He also taught Securities Regulation as an Adjunct Professor of Law at the University of San Diego School of Law. He started his career and became a partner at Luce, Forward, Hamilton & Scripps, before being one of the founding partners of Aylward, Kintz, Stiska, Wassenaar and Shannahan, which merged into and became the San Diego Office of the Brobeck Firm, shortly after which time he joined Intermark, Inc. as President, and subsequently took Intermark, Inc. and its majority owned company Triton Group Ltd through an extensive Chapter 7 reorganization and refinancing, emerging as a successfully restructured public company, Triton Group Ltd. Mr. Stiska received a B.A. in Accounting, BBA, in 1965 and a J.D. from the University of Wisconsin in 1970. Mr. Stiska’s extensive experience in public company finance and related corporate matters qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.
Scott Lloyd Anderson, J.D., CPA will become a Director on the effective date of this offering. Mr. Anderson practiced with KPMG as a tax CPA in the early 1980s and since 1983 has practiced as an attorney representing businesses and their respective owners. Mr. Anderson is a shareholder at the law firm of Fabyanske, Westra, Hart & Thomson, P.A., which he joined in 1985. Mr. Anderson was on the board of directors of the firm from 1988 through 2014 and was elected president of the firm over four different time frames. Over the last 30 years, Mr. Anderson has structured, negotiated and closed over 200 merger and acquisition transactions of privately held companies ranging in transaction value from a few million to over
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
a billion dollars. Mr. Anderson has been on the board of directors of various construction companies and is a principal owner, director and officer of a safety engineering company, a small investment company and a small oil and gas company. Mr.Anderson also assisted with the initial organization of the Company in 2003. Mr. Anderson has a B.A. in Business Administration from Augsburg University located in Minneapolis, Minnesota and a J.D. from William Mitchell College of Law located in St. Paul, Minnesota. Mr.Anderson also taught accounting and business law at Augsburg University. Mr. Anderson’s extensive experience in finance and acquisition transactions and prior accounting experience qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The board of directors may also establish other committees from time to time to assist our company and the board of directors. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, the composition and functioning of all of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, NYSE and SEC rules and regulations, if applicable. Upon our listing on NYSE, each committee’s charter will be available on our website at www.movingimagetech.com. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus.
Audit committee
John C. Stiska, Katherine D. Crothall, Ph.D. and Scott Lloyd Anderson will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by John C. Stiska. Our board of directors has determined that each are “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined by the rules of the SEC and NYSE, and that each has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated John C. Stiska as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

recommending, based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

reviewing quarterly earnings releases.
Compensation committee
John C. Stiska, Katherine D. Crothall, Ph.D. and Scott Lloyd Anderson will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Katherine D. Crothall, Ph.D.. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the compensation is “independent” as defined in the applicable NYSE rules. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

annually reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer;

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and based on such evaluation: (i) recommending to the board of directors the cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, and (ii) reviewing and approving grants and awards to our Chief Executive Officer under equity-based plans;

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the cash compensation of our other executive officers;

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

reviewing and approving the retention or termination of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters and evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable NYSE rules;

retaining and approving the compensation of any compensation advisors;

reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the compensation of our directors; and

preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement.
None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.
Nominating and corporate governance committee
John C. Stiska, Katherine D. Crothall, Ph.D. and Scott Lloyd Anderson will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Scott Lloyd Anderson. Our board of directors has determined that each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” as defined in the applicable NYSE rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

developing and recommending to the board of directors’ criteria for board and committee membership;

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;

reviewing the composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Corporate governance
Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers, and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a current copy of this code will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at www.movingimagetech.com. The information on our website is deemed not to be incorporated in this prospectus or to be a part of this prospectus. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a current report on Form 8-K.

identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

reviewing and recommending to the board of directors’ appropriate corporate governance guidelines; and

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors.
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation of Named Executive Officers
The summary compensation table below shows certain compensation information for services rendered in all capacities for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018. Other than as set forth herein, no executive officer’s salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 in any of the applicable years. The following information includes the dollar value of base salaries, bonus awards, the number of stock options granted and certain other compensation, if any, whether paid or deferred.
Name and Principal Position
Fiscal
Year
Salary(1)
Bonus
Option
Awards
All Other
Compensation
Total
Glenn Sherman
President and Chief Executive Officer
2019 $ 120,750 $ $ $ $ 120,750
2018 $ 118,760 $ $ $ $ 118,760
Jose Delgado
Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
2019 $ 220,500 $ $ $ $ 220,500
2018 $ 201,577 $ $ $ $ 201,577
Bevan Wright
Executive Vice President, Operations
2019 $ 220,500 $ $ $ $ 220,500
2018 $ 216,865 $ $ $ $ 216,865
Michael Sherman
Interim Chief Financial Officer(1)
2019 $ 208,000 $ $ $ $ 208,000
2018 $ 88,000 $ $ $ $ 88,000
(1)
Effective August 1, 2018, Mr. Sherman was appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer at an annual salary of  $208,000.
Employment Agreements
We currently do not maintain any employment, severance or change in control agreements with our named executive officers. In addition, our named executive officers are not entitled to any payments or other benefits in connection with a termination of employment or a change in control.
Compensation of Directors
No obligations with respect to compensation for non-employee directors have been accrued or paid for any periods presented in this Prospectus.
Going forward, our board of directors believes that attracting and retaining qualified non-employee directors will be critical to the future value growth and governance of our company. Our board of directors also believes that a significant portion of the total compensation package for our non-employee directors should be equity-based to align the interest of these directors with our stockholders. On the effective date of the offering, each of our director nominees will be granted options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price equal to the price of the shares of common stock in this offering. The options will vest over a one year period of time.
Directors who are also our employees will not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board of directors.
2019 Incentive Stock Plan
We have adopted a 2019 Omnibus Incentive Stock Plan (the “Plan”). An aggregate of 750,000 shares of our common stock is reserved for issuance and available for awards under the Plan, including incentive stock options granted under the Plan. The Plan administrator may grant awards to any employee, director, consultant or other person providing services to us or our affiliates. To date, no grants have been made under the Plan; however, on the effective date of the offering, each of our director nominees will be granted options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price equal to the price of the shares of common stock in this offering. The options will vest over a one year period of time.
The Plan shall be initially administered by the Board. The Plan administrator has the authority to determine, within the limits of the express provisions of the Plan, the individuals to whom awards will be granted, the nature, amount and terms of such awards and the objectives and conditions for earning such
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
awards. The Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan, provided that no such action may be taken that adversely affects any rights or obligations with respect to any awards previously made under the Plan without the consent of the recipient. No awards may be made under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of its effective date.
Awards under the Plan may include incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted shares of common stock, restricted stock Units, performance share or Unit awards, other stock-based awards and cash-based incentive awards.
Stock Options.   The Plan administrator may grant to a participant options to purchase our common stock that qualify as incentive stock options for purposes of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code (“incentive stock options”), options that do not qualify as incentive stock options (“non-qualified stock options”) or a combination thereof. The terms and conditions of stock option grants, including the quantity, price, vesting periods, and other conditions on exercise will be determined by the Plan administrator. The exercise price for stock options will be determined by the Plan administrator in its discretion, but non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of one share of our company’s common stock on the date when the stock option is granted. Additionally, in the case of incentive stock options granted to a holder of more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock on the date of grant, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date the stock option is granted. Stock options must be exercised within a period fixed by the Plan administrator that may not exceed ten years from the date of grant, except that in the case of incentive stock options granted to a holder of more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock on the date of grant, the exercise period may not exceed five years. At the Plan administrator’s discretion, payment for shares of common stock on the exercise of stock options may be made in cash, shares of our common stock held by the participant or in any other form of consideration acceptable to the Plan administrator (including one or more forms of  “cashless” or “net” exercise).
Stock Appreciation Rights.   The Plan administrator may grant to a participant an award of SARs, which entitles the participant to receive, upon its exercise, a payment equal to (i) the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the exercise date over the SAR exercise price, times (ii) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised. The exercise price for a SAR will be determined by the Plan administrator in its discretion; provided, however, that in no event shall the exercise price be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Restricted Shares and Restricted Units.   The Plan administrator may award to a participant shares of common stock subject to specified restrictions (“restricted shares”). Restricted shares are subject to forfeiture if the participant does not meet certain conditions such as continued employment over a specified forfeiture period and/or the attainment of specified performance targets over the forfeiture period. The Plan administrator also may award to a participant Units representing the right to receive shares of common stock in the future subject to the achievement of one or more goals relating to the completion of service by the participant and/or the achievement of performance or other objectives (“restricted Units”). The terms and conditions of restricted share and restricted Unit awards are determined by the Plan administrator.
Performance Awards.   The Plan administrator may grant performance awards to participants under such terms and conditions as the Plan administrator deems appropriate. A performance award entitles a participant to receive a payment from us, the amount of which is based upon the attainment of predetermined performance targets over a specified award period. Performance awards may be paid in cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof, as determined by the Plan administrator.
Other Stock-Based Awards.   The Plan administrator may grant equity-based or equity-related awards, referred to as “other stock-based awards,” other than options, SARs, restricted shares, restricted Units, or performance awards. The terms and conditions of each other stock-based award will be determined by the Plan administrator. Payment under any other stock-based awards will be made in common stock or cash, as determined by the Plan administrator.
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cash-Based Awards.   The Plan administrator may grant cash-based incentive compensation awards, which would include performance-based annual cash incentive compensation to be paid to covered employees subject to Section 162(m) of the Code. The terms and conditions of each cash-based award will be determined by the Plan administrator.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. However, Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.
If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our Certificate of Incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. It also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our Bylaws, we are also empowered to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and other agents and to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.
In addition to the indemnification required in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of such persons for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were serving in such capacity. We believe that these Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors, officers and employees. Furthermore, we have obtained director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors and officers may incur in connection with their services to us.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Common Stock;

each of our named executive officers;

each of our directors and director nominees; and

all of our current executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group.
Applicable percentage ownership is based on 4,923,654 shares of Common Stock outstanding at December 31, 2019 after giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction, and 7,223,654 shares of Common Stock outstanding on a pro forma basis giving effect to this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).
The information presented below regarding beneficial ownership of our voting securities has been presented in accordance with the rules of the Commission and is not necessarily indicative of ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of the security or the power to dispose or direct the disposition of the security. A person is deemed to own beneficially any security as to which such person has the right to acquire sole or shared voting or investment power within sixty (60) days through the conversion or exercise of any convertible security, warrant, option, or other right. More than one (1) person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities. The percentage of beneficial ownership by any person as of a particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting or investment power within sixty (60) days, by the sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date. Consequently, the denominator used for calculating such percentage may be different for each beneficial owner. Except as otherwise indicated below and under applicable community property laws, we believe that the beneficial owners of our Common Stock listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown.
Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., 17760 Newhope Street, Fountain Valley, CA 92708.
Shares Beneficially
Owned Before this Offering
Shares Beneficially
Owned after this Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner
Number
Percentage
Number
Percentage
Named Executive Officers and directors:
Phil Rafnson(1)
2,005,567 40.7% 2,005,567 27.8%
Bevan Wright
582,570 11.8% 582,570 8.1%
Jose Delgado
504,556 10.2% 504,556 7.0%
Glenn Sherman, PhD
267,855 5.4% 267,855 3.7%
Michael Sherman
0 * 0 *
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Shares Beneficially
Owned Before this Offering
Shares Beneficially
Owned After this Offering
Name of Beneficial Owner
Number
Percentage
Number
Percentage
Director Nominees:
Katherine D. Crothall, Ph.D.(2)
0 * *
John C. Stiska(2)
0 * *
Scott Anderson(2)
0 * *
All executive officers, directors and director nominees as a
group (10 persons)
3,360,548 68.3% 3,360,548 46.5%
5% Stockholders:
David Richards
319,006 6.5% 319,006 4.4%
Jerry Van de Rydt
278,712 5.7% 278,712 3.9%
*
Less than 1%
(1)
Represents shares held by Sound Management Investors, LLC, an entity wholly-owned and controlled by Mr. Rafnson.
(2)
On the effective date of the offering, each of our director nominees will be granted options to purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock at a per share exercise price equal to the price of the shares of Common Stock in this offering. The options will vest over a one year period of time.
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In August 2016, Moving iMage Technologies, LLC extended a discretionary revolving line of credit to Jose Delgado, Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing, of up to $200,000 pursuant to which Moving iMage Technologies, LLC made advances to Mr. Delgado. The line was collateralized by a security interest equal to 50% of Mr. Delgado’s interest in Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. On June 30, 2017, the amount outstanding including accrued interest was $230,151. This loan was repaid in August 2018.
In July 2017, a new discretionary line of credit was extended by Moving iMage Technologies, LLC to Mr. Delgado in the amount of  $100,000 under the same terms as the aforementioned revolving credit loan, including that such loan was collateralized by a $100,000 security interest in Mr. Delgado’s ownership interest. The outstanding balance of the two notes as of June 30, 2017 and 2018 was $230,000 and $267,000, respectively, and has been classified in the balance sheets as a separate line item under Due from related party. As of December 31, 2018, the outstanding balance on this line of credit was $100,000. In January 2019, Mr. Delgado repaid the outstanding amount by surrendering 100 of his membership interests in Moving iMage Technologies, LLC.
Caddy occupied an executive office in Palm Desert, CA, pursuant to month to month lease agreement with the owner. Rent expense totaled approximately $54,000 and $59,000 in 2018 and 2017, respectively.
In September 2016, Caddy obtained a non-interest-bearing loan from the owner. The outstanding balance as of December 31, 2016 was $12,000. In December 2017, a related party rent payment was added to the note. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2017 was $20,200. The balance was repaid in full as of December 31, 2018.
Moving iMage Technologies, LLC sold goods and services to an entity owned by its Chairman of the Board, Phil Rafnson, of approximately $447,553 from October 2018 through February 2019. At December 31, 2019 and June 30, 2019, there was a receivable balance of zero and $64,411 pertaining to these related party sales, respectively.
All amounts due to Caddy by the Company further to the acquisition of Caddy are personally guaranteed by Phil Rafnson, our Chairman of the Board.
In October 2019, the Company executed a loan agreement with an unaffiliated lender to provide a $1.0 million asset-based bridge loan to be used for working capital purposes. Funds borrowed bear interest at 13% per annum and are due and payable one year from the origination date of the loan. The loan is secured by all assets of the Company and is personally guaranteed by Phil Rafnson, our Chairman of the Board. Sound Management Investors, LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Rafnson, has pledged all shares of the Company held by it as further security for the repayment of such loan.
Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. We also intend to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that will insure our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see “Executive Compensation — Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions
Prior to the closing of this offering, we have not maintained a policy for approval of related party transactions. Our board of directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee will be tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of any related party transactions policy.
A “related person” means:

any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors;

any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Common Stock;

any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Common Stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Common Stock; or

any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following description of our capital stock summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. The descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws filed with the Commission as exhibits to this registration statement, of which this Prospectus forms a part, and by the applicable provisions of Delaware law.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides for Common Stock and undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.
Our authorized capital stock consists of 110,000,000 shares, all with a par value of  $0.0001 per share, of which 100,000,000 shares are designated as Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares designated as preferred stock.
As of December 31, 2019 and after giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction, we had outstanding 4,923,654 shares of Common Stock held by approximately 360 stockholders of record.
Common Stock
The holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available therefor. In the event that we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock.
Preferred Stock
Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or other corporate action.
Warrants
As of December 31, 2019, we had outstanding warrants to purchase up to 17,522 shares of Common Stock, 12,444 at a per share exercise price of  $1.63 and 5,078 shares at a per share exercise price of  $3.25. On the effective date of this offering, the Company will issue an unaffiliated lender a warrant to acquire $250,000 of shares of Common Stock at a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; 58,824 shares underly said warrant at the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a plurality of the outstanding shares of Common Stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our Bylaws provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by written consent. A special meeting of stockholders may be called by holders of a majority of our Common Stock or by the majority of our whole board of directors, or our chief executive officer.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.
These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.
In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Exclusive forum for adjudication of disputes provision which limits the forum to the Delaware Court of Chancery for certain actions against the Company.
Section 6 of Article VII of our Bylaws dictates that the Delaware Court of Chancery is the sole and exclusive forum for certain actions including derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; an action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty owed by an officer, director, employee or to the shareholders of the Company; any claim arising under Delaware corporate law; and any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. These exclusive-forum provisions do not apply to claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. While management believes limiting the forum is a benefit, shareholders could be inconvenienced by not being able to bring an action in another forum they find favorable. Note that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision as it relates to claims under the federal securities laws and that shareholders will not be deemed to have waived the company’s compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
A Delaware corporation is allowed to mandate in its corporate governance documents a chosen forum for the resolution of state law based shareholder class actions, derivative suits and other intra-corporate disputes. The Company’s management believes limiting state law based claims to Delaware will provide the most appropriate outcomes as the risk of another forum misapplying Delaware law is avoided, Delaware courts have a well-developed body of case law and limiting the forum will preclude costly and duplicative litigation and avoids the risk of inconsistent outcomes. Additionally, Delaware Chancery Courts can typically resolve disputes on an accelerated schedule when compared to other forums.
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification
See “Executive Compensation — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters”.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.
Listing
We have applied to list our Common Stock on the NYSE under the symbol “MITQ”.
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Common Stock and there can be no assurance that a market for our Common Stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our Common Stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock. As described below, a limited number of shares will be available for sale by our existing stockholders shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of our Common Stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our Common Stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied to list our Common Stock on the NYSE, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our Common Stock.
Based on the number of shares of our Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019 after giving effect to the Reorganization Transaction and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, upon the closing of this offering we will have outstanding an aggregate of 7,223,654 shares of Common Stock.
All of the shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The remaining shares of Common Stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.
In accordance with the foregoing, and subject to Rule 144 and Rule 701 shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
Date
Number of Shares
On the date of this Prospectus
632,478
Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this Prospectus
0
At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this Prospectus
4,291,176
Rule 144
Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of the registration statement of which this Prospectus is a part, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our Common Stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, that does not exceed the greater of:

1.0% of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 72,237 shares immediately after the closing of this offering; or

the average weekly trading volume of our Common Stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of  $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Commission and the NYSE (assuming our Common Stock is listed on that exchange) concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this Prospectus, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months but less than a year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after we have become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the current public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the public company requirement and the current public information requirement.
Rule 701
Prior to this offering, there were no shares purchased under a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written contract entitling the holder to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 701.
Lock-Up Agreements
We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of shares of Common Stock issued further to the Reorganization Transaction outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Westpark Capital, Inc., as representative of the underwriters in this offering, during the period from the date of this Prospectus and ending on the date 365 days after the date of this Prospectus, we and they will not, among other things:

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Common Stock;

enter into any swaps or other arrangements or transactions that transfer, directly or indirectly, the economic consequences of ownership of our Common Stock, whether such arrangements are to be settled in stock, cash or otherwise;

in our case, file any registration statement or offering statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock; or

in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
UNDERWRITING
In connection with this offering, we will enter into an underwriting agreement with Westpark Capital, Inc. and Boustead Securities, LLC, as representatives of the underwriters named below, with respect to the shares subject to this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has, severally and not jointly, agreed to purchase from us on a firm commitment basis, the respective number of shares of our Common Stock set forth opposite its name in the table below:
Underwriters
Number of Shares
Westpark Capital, Inc.
    ​
Boustead Securities, LLC.
Total
2,300,000
The underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by this Prospectus (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased. Under the underwriting agreement, if an underwriter defaults in its commitment to purchase the shares of common stock, the commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated, depending on the circumstances. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock are subject to the passing upon certain legal matters by counsel and certain conditions such as confirmation of the accuracy of representations and warranties by us about our financial condition and operations and other matters. The obligation of the underwriters to purchase the shares offered by this Prospectus is conditioned upon our receiving approval to list the shares of common stock on NYSE.
Except as set forth below in the section “Relationships”, neither the underwriters, nor any of their respective affiliates have provided any services to us or our affiliates in the past.
Commissions and Discounts
The underwriting discount is equal to the public offering price per share, less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share. The underwriters propose to offer to the public the common stock purchased pursuant to the underwriting agreement at the public offering price per share on the cover page of this Prospectus.
The following table provides information regarding the amount of the discount to be paid to the underwriters by us:
Per Share of
Common Stock
Total without Exercise of
Over-allotment option
Public offering price
$                 $                
Underwriting discount(1)
$ $
Non-accountable expense allowance(2)
$ $
Net proceeds to us(3)
$ $
(1)
Represents underwriting discount and commissions equal to 9% per share (or $     per share).
(2)
Represents a non-accountable expense allowance equal to the sum of 2% of the public offering price (excluding amounts received from the exercise of the over-allotment option). We have paid to the underwriters a $50,000 advance to be applied against the accountable expenses in connection with this offering. In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain other accountable expenses not to exceed in the aggregate $100,000.
(3)
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering excluding the underwriter discount and commissions and non-accountable expense allowance, will be approximately $      .
The underwriters may offer some of the shares to other securities dealers at the public offering price less a concession of  $     per share. The underwriters may also allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of  $     per share to other dealers. After the shares are released for sale to the public, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms at various times.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
In connection with the successful completion of this offering, the underwriters will receive a warrant to purchase shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares sold in this offering on the terms described below under “Underwriting — Underwriters’ Warrants.” Except as disclosed in this Prospectus, the underwriters have not received and will not receive from us any other item of compensation or expense in connection with this offering considered by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), to be underwriting compensation under its rule of fair price. The underwriting discount was determined through an arms’ length negotiation between us and the underwriters.
Determination of Offering Price
The public offering price of the shares was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. The principal factors considered in determining the public offering price of the shares included:

the information in this Prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters, including our financial information;

the history and the prospects for the industry in which we compete;

the ability of our management;

the prospects for our future earnings;

the present state of our development and our current financial condition;

the general condition of the economy and the securities markets in the United States at the time of this offering;

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly-traded securities of generally comparable companies; and

other factors as were deemed relevant.
We cannot be sure that the public offering price will correspond to the price at which the shares will trade in the public market following this offering or that an active trading market for the shares will develop or continue after this offering.
Over-allotment Option
We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this Prospectus, permits the underwriters to purchase a maximum of an additional 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered to the public from us to cover over-allotments, at the public offering price per share, less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. If the underwriters exercise all or part of this option, they will purchase the shares covered by the option at the public offering price that appears on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the underwriting discount. If this option is exercised in full, the total price to the public will be approximately $     million and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be approximately $     million, based on the public offering price of  $     per share and assuming the number of shares issued in this offering does not change.
Underwriters’ Warrants
We have also agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase a number of shares equal to an aggregate of 5% percent of the aggregate number of the shares sold in this offering. The warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis at an exercise price equal to 125% of the offering price of the shares sold in this offering. The warrants are exercisable commencing six months after the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, and will be exercisable for five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. The warrants are not redeemable by us. The Underwriters’ Warrants and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants have been included on the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Pursuant to applicable FINRA rules, and in particular Rule 5110, the warrants (and underlying shares) issued to the underwriters may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
hypothecated, or the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering; provided, however, that the warrants (and underlying shares) may be transferred to officers or directors of the underwriters and their affiliates as long as the warrants (and underlying shares) remain subject to the lockup.
Lock-up Agreements
We, each of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of shares of Common Stock issued further to the Reorganization Transaction (including securities exercisable or convertible into our Common Stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed or are otherwise contractually restricted for a period of 365 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of the underwriters, not to directly or indirectly:

issue (in the case of us), offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other capital stock;

in the case of us, file or cause the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other capital stock, other than registration statements on Form S-8 filed with the Commission after the closing date of this offering; or

enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement, hedge or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other capital stock,
whether any transaction described in any of the foregoing bullet points is to be settled by delivery of our Common Stock or other capital stock, other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.
There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any person who will execute a lock-up agreement in connection with this offering providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. The lock up does not apply to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of rights to acquire shares of Common Stock pursuant to any existing stock option or the conversion of any of our preferred convertible stock.
Indemnification and Contribution
The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification between us and the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and for contribution by us and the underwriters to payments that may be required to be made with respect to those liabilities. We have been advised that, in the opinion of the Commission, indemnification of liabilities under the Securities Act is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore, unenforceable.
Stabilizing Transactions and Penalty Bids
In order to facilitate this offering, persons participating in this offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of our shares of common stock during and after this offering. Specifically, the underwriters may engage in the following activities in accordance with the rules of the Commission.
Stabilizing transactions.   The underwriters may make bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock for the purpose of pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of the shares of our Common Stock, so long as stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Penalty bids.   If the underwriters purchase shares in the open market in a stabilizing transaction or syndicate covering transaction, they may reclaim a selling concession from the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares as part of this offering. Stabilization and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price of the shares to be higher than it would be in the absence of these transactions. The imposition of a penalty bid might also have an effect on the price of the shares if it discourages resale of shares.
The transactions above may occur on NYSE or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our shares. If these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.
Miscellaneous
This Prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter or by its affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. Other than this Prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ websites or our website and any information contained in any other websites maintained by the underwriter or by us is not part of this Prospectus or the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by either of the underwriters in each of their capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.
The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of shares offered by this Prospectus to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Relationships
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions.

Effective June 1, 2018, NLM and Westpark Capital entered into a consulting agreement pursuant to which NLM formalized arrangements with Westpark Capital with respect to certain consulting services provided and to be provided to NLM (the “Westpark Consulting Agreement”). Further to the Westpark Consulting Agreement, for consulting services, in August 2018 NLM issued Westpark Capital 79,114 shares of Common Stock. In addition, pursuant to the Westpark Consulting Agreement, NLM pays Westpark a cash consulting fee of  $1,000 per month.

Westpark Capital acted as placement agent in connection with a private placement of shares of Common Stock of NLM which took place between June and December 2018. In connection therewith, Westpark Capital was paid an aggregate of  $103,350 in the form of commissions and non-accountable expense allowance and was issued warrants to purchase up to 12,444 shares of NLM Common Stock at a per share exercise price of  $1.63.
In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock offered by this Prospectus will be passed upon for us by Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP, Costa Mesa, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Schiff Hardin LLP, Washington, D.C.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of  (i) Moving iMage Technologies, LLC as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended, (ii) Caddy Products, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for the years then ended, and (iii) NLM Holding Co., Inc. as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 and for the years then ended, which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to NLM’s ability to continue as a going concern, included in this Prospectus have been audited by CohnReznick LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given its authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-234159) under the Securities Act with respect to the Common Stock we are offering by this Prospectus. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our Common Stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this Prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document. You may also review a copy of the registration statement at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E. Washington, D.C. 20549 on official business days during the hours of 10 a.m. to 3 p.m. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. You may also read and copy any materials we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s public reference room. Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The Commission also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of the site is www.sec.gov.
Upon the completion of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Upon completion of the offering, you may access, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendment to those reported filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC.
We also maintain a website at www.movingimagetech.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials at our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Commission. Information contained on our website is not a part of this Prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this Prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 December 30, 2019 and 2018 and June 30, 2019 and 2018

CONTENTS
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Members
Moving iMage Technologies, LLC
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ CohnReznick LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
Roseland, New Jersey
October 8, 2019, except for the effects for matters disclosed in first paragraph of Note 5 which is as of October 28, 2019
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands except share and per share amounts)
June 30,
December 31, 2019
2019
2018
(UNAUDITED)
Assets
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 824 $ 582 $ 597
Accounts receivable, net
1,456 2,128 2,181
Inventories, net
1,934 1,683 2,199
Prepaid expenses and other
200 99 73
Due from related party
267
Total CurrentAssets
4,414 4,492 5,317
Long-Term Assets:
Property, plant and equipment, net
213 32 45
Intangibles, net
1,078
Goodwill
287
Other assets
363 188 17
Total Long-TermAssets
1,941 220 62
Total Assets
$ 6,355 $ 4,712 $ 5,379
Liabilities And Members’ Equity (Deficit)
Current Liabilities:
Accounts payable
$ 2,990 $ 2,926 $ 3,682
Accrued expenses
460 793 687
Customer deposits
647 1,011 840
Line of credit
900
Notes payable — current
90
Unearned warranty revenue
59 68 44
Total Current Liabilities
5,146 4,798 5,253
Long-Term Liabilities:
Notes payable, net of current
1,243
Deferred rent
15
Total Long-Term Liabilities
1,258
Members’ Equity (Deficit)
(49)
(86)
126
Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity (Deficit)
$ 6,355 $ 4,712 $ 5,379
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
2019
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
2018
Year Ended
June 30,
2019
Year Ended
June 30,
2018
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
Net sales
$ 10,402 $ 8,958 $ 20,269 $ 25,335
Cost of goods sold
7,609 6,589 15,032 20,013
Gross profit
2,793 2,369 5,237 5,322
Operating expenses:
Research and development
141 184 318 425
Selling and marketing
1,361 1,212 2,455 2,290
General and administrative
1,159 1,146 2,503 2,048
Total operating expenses
2,661 2,542 5,276 4,763
Operating income (loss)
132 (173) (39) 559
Other expenses (income)
Interest and other income
(4) (4) (19)
Interest expense
95 1
Total other expense (income)
95 (4) (4) (18)
Net Income (Loss)
$ 37 $ (169) $ (35) $ 577
Pro Forma C Corporation Information
(Unaudited) — See Note 9
Historical net income (loss) before income taxes
$ 37 $ (169) $ (35) $ 577
Pro forma provision (benefit) for income taxes
10 (47) (10) 162
Pro forma net income (loss)
$ 27 $ (122) $ (25) $ 415
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share basic
$ .01 $ (.03) $ (.01) $ .08
Pro forma shares outstanding basic
4,923,654 4,923,654 4,923,654 4,923,654
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share Diluted
$ .01 $ (.03) $ (.01) $ .08
Pro forma shares outstanding diluted
5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance June 30, 2017
$ 162
Distributions
(613)
Net income
577
Balance June 30, 2018
126
Distributions
(177)
Net loss
(35)
Balance June 30, 2019
(86)
Net income (Unaudited)
37
Balance December 31, 2019 (Unaudited)
$ (49)
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
2019
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
2018
Year Ended
June 30,
2019
Year Ended
June 30,
2018
(Unaudited)
(Unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)
$ 37 $ (169) $ (35) $ 577
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Change in fair value of Contingent Consideration
(150)
Provision for (reversal of) doubtful accounts
(74) (105) 32
Depreciation expense
60 10 17 16
Amortization expense
40
Deferred rent
15 7 (8)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable
985 904 158 (246)
Inventories
(251) 586 516 63
Prepaid expenses and other
(276) (339) (198) (25)
Accounts payable
(44) (1,297) (755) (182)
Accrued expenses
(334) (164) 97 67
Unearned warranty revenue
(9) 24 (39)
Customer deposits
(364) 658 172 408
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
(365) 189 (102) 663
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash acquired in business combination
128
Due from related party
181 167 (37)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
(5) (3) (20)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
128 176 164 (57)
Cash flows from financing activities
Payments on notes payable
(421)
Borrowing on line of credit
900
Member distributions
(77) (613)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
479 (77) (613)
Net increase (decrease) in cash
242 365 (15) (7)
Cash, beginning of the period
582 597 597 604
Cash, end of the period
$ 824 $ 962 $ 582 $ 597
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Distribution to member to settle related party receivable 
$ $ $ 100 $
Acquisition of certain Caddy net assets by issuing notes
payable
$ 1,905 $ $ $
Cash paid during the period:
Interest
$ 95 $ $ $ 1
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
Organization:   Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, (“MiT”) a Delaware limited liability company formed in September 2003 (the “Company”), designs, integrates, installs and distributes proprietary and custom designed equipment as well as off the shelf cinema products needed for contemporary cinema requirements. MiT offers single source solutions for cinema design, procurement, installation and service to the creative and production communities for screening, digital intermediate and other critical viewing rooms. MiT offers a wide range of technical, design and consulting services such as custom engineering, systems design, integration and installation, and digital technology, as well as software solutions for operations enhancement and theatre management. MiT also provides turnkey furniture, fixture and equipment services to commercial cinema exhibitors for new construction and remodels including design, consulting, installation and project management as well as procurement of seats, lighting, acoustical treatments, screens, projection and sound.
The Share Exchange:   In February 2019, NLM Holding Co., Inc. and MiT executed a Share Exchange Agreement further to which immediately prior to the effective date of this offering, NLM Holding Co., Inc. acquired all of the outstanding membership interests of MiT held by its members (the “Former Members”) in a share exchange treated as a reverse merger whereby the Former Members became the substantial holders of the outstanding common stock of NLM Holding Co., Inc., owning approximately 88% of the shares on a fully-diluted basis on the date of such exchange. For financial reporting purposes, MiT is considered the predecessor of NLM Holding Co., Inc. of the Share Exchange Agreement; NLM stockholders received 12% of the combined Company’s equity as defined in the Share Exchange Agreement.
In October 2019, the Company and the Former Members executed Amendment No.1 to the Share Exchange Agreement whereby the current members of the Company collectively own approximately 87% and NLM stockholders collectively own approximately 13%, on a fully-diluted basis and pro-forma basis as more fully described in the Share Exchange Agreement.
Basis of Presentation:   The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying financial statements do not give effect to the completion of the Merger or the Acquisition.
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:   The accompanying interim balance sheet as of December 31, 2019, the statements of operations, the statements of changes in members’ equity (deficit) and statements of cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The results as of and for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended June 30, 2020, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.
Deferred Offering Costs:   The Company capitalizes certain legal, accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs (non-current) until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in Members’ equity (deficit) as a reduction of proceeds received as a result of the offering. Should the equity financing for which those costs relate no longer be considered probable of being consummated, all deferred offering costs will be charged to operating expenses in the statement of operations at such time.
Use of Estimates:   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities (including sales returns, bad debts,
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
inventory reserves, warranty reserves, purchase price allocation and asset impairments), disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
Concentration of Cash   The Company maintains its cash in bank accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash balances.
Accounts Receivable:   Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount less allowance for bad debts. Management determines the allowance for bad debts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded when received. Accounts receivable are considered to be past due if any portion of the receivable balance is outstanding for more than 90 days past the customer’s granted terms. The Company does not charge interest on past due balances or require collateral on its accounts receivable. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and December 31, 2019 (Unaudited) the allowance for bad debts is approximately $203,000 and $362,000, and $129,000, respectively.
Inventories:   Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on the First-in First-out cost method of accounting. The Company purchases finished goods and materials to assemble kits in quantities that it anticipates will be fully used in the near term. Changes in operating strategy, customer demand, and fluctuations in market values can limit the Company’s ability to effectively utilize all products purchased and can result in finished goods with above-market carrying costs which may cause losses on sales to customers. The Company’s policy is to closely monitor inventory levels, obsolescence and lower market values compared to costs and, when necessary, reduce the carrying amount of its inventory to its net realizable value. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and December 31, 2019 (Unaudited), inventory on hand was comprised primarily of finished goods ready for sale.
Revenue Recognition:   Revenue is realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) the sales price is fixed or determinable, (3) collectability is reasonably assured, and (4) products have been shipped and the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss.
Under Accounting Standards Codification 605-25, a company needs to evaluate all the deliverables, or obligations, in an arrangement to determine whether they represent separate units of accounting. Under the guidance in ASC 605-25, a separate unit of accounting exists when and if a delivered item(s) within the arrangement meets all of the following criteria:

the delivered item has value on a standalone basis, meaning that the item could be sold separately, independent of the other deliverables;

there is “objective and reliable” evidence of fair value of the undelivered item; and

if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable.
The Company has concluded that agreements with customers include multiple deliverables and consideration is allocated to all units of accounting on the basis of their relative selling prices.
Product revenue is recognized once the product is shipped to the customer.
Revenue from maintenance support or managed service contracts is deferred and recognized as earned ratably over the service coverage periods.
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
Returns and Allowances:   The Company records allowances for discounts and product returns at the time of sale as a reduction of revenue as such allowances can be reliably estimated based on historical experience and known trends. The Company also offers product warranties and accrues its estimated exposure for warranty claims at the time of sale based upon the length of the warranty period, warranty costs incurred and any other related information known to the Company.
Shipping and Handling Costs:   Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold and are recognized as a period expense during the period in which they are incurred.
Advertising Costs:   Advertising costs of approximately $43,000 in 2019, $53,000 for 2018, and $10,000 and $16,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 (Unaudited) and 2018 (Unaudited), respectively, are expensed as incurred within selling and marketing expenses.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets:   Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually, in June, or more frequently if a triggering event occurs between impairment testing dates. The Company operates as a single operating segment and as a single reporting unit for the purpose of evaluating goodwill impairment. The Company’s impairment assessment begins with a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. The qualitative assessment includes comparing the overall financial performance of the Company against the planned results used in the last quantitative goodwill impairment test. Additionally, the Company’s fair value is assessed in light of certain events and circumstances, including macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, and other relevant entity and Company specific events. The selection and assessment of qualitative factors used to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value involves significant judgment and estimates. If it is determined under the qualitative assessment that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, then a quantitative impairment test is performed. Under the quantitative impairment test, the estimated fair value of the reporting unit would be compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value then no impairment exists. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss would be recognized for the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit over the fair value, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
There were no triggering events or goodwill impairments identified for the six months ended December 31, 2019.
Goodwill is at risk of future impairment in the event of significant unexpected changes in the Company’s forecasted future results and cash flows, or if there is a negative change in the long-term outlook for the business or in other factors such as the discount rate, or if there is a decline in the stock price. Intangible assets arising from business combinations, such as customer relationships, trade names, and/or intellectual property, are initially recorded at fair value. The Company amortizes these intangible assets over the determined useful life which generally ranges from 11 to 20 years. The Company reviews its intangible assets for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully recoverable. There were no triggering events or intangible asset impairments recognized for the six months ended December 31, 2019.
Business Combinations:   The Company includes the results of operations of the businesses that it acquires commencing on the respective dates of acquisition. The Company allocates the fair value of the purchase price of its acquisitions to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of the purchase price over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
Income Taxes:   The Company is a limited liability company treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes with all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of the Company being passed through to the members. As such, there is no recognition of federal or state income taxes in the accompanying financial statements. Any uncertain tax position taken by the members is not an uncertain position of the Company.
In accordance with the operating agreement of MiT, to the extent possible without impairing the Company’s ability to continue to conduct its business and activities, and in order to permit its members to pay taxes on the taxable income of the Company, MiT makes distributions to members in the amounts equal to the estimated tax liability of its members computed as if members paid income tax at the highest marginal federal and state rate applicable to an individual resident of Fountain Valley, CA. Distributions of approximately $177,000 in 2019 and $613,000 in 2018 were made to the members. There were no member distributions for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Product Warranty:   The Company’s digital equipment products are sold under various limited warranty arrangements ranging from one year to three years. Company policy is to establish reserves for estimated product warranty costs in the period when the related revenue is recognized. The Company has the right to return defective products for up to three years, depending on the manufacturers’ individual policies. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and December 31, 2019, the Company has established a warranty reserve of  $111,000, $118,000, and $96,000 respectively, which is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets.
The changes in the Company’s aggregate warranty liabilities were as follows for the following periods (in thousands):
December 31,
2019
June 30,
2019
2018
(UNAUDITED)
Product warranty liability beginning of period
$ 111 $ 118 $ 115
Accruals for warranties issued
10 105 118
Settlements made
(25) (112) (115)
Product warranty liability end of the period
$ 96 $ 111 $ 118
Research and Development:   The Company incurs costs to develop new products, as well as improve the appeal and functionality of its existing products. Research and development costs are charged to expense when incurred.
Subsequent Events:   The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. Subsequent events were reviewed through the date of this filing.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:   In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective in the Company’s 2020 fiscal year and requires either a retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adoption. In anticipation of the Merger, the Company has not yet selected a transition method or evaluated the effect that the updated standard will have.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by most leases on their balance sheet. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. ASU 2016-02 requires modified retrospective adoption for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, with an option to use certain transition relief. The Company has not yet evaluated the impact of this standard.
Other pronouncements issued by the FASB with future effective dates are either not applicable or not significant to the financial statements of the Company.
NOTE 2 — PROPERTY PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property plant and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
June 30,
2019
June 30,
2018
Leasehold improvements
$ 202 $ 202
Furniture and fixtures
45 45
Production equipment
66 66
Computer equipment
39 33
Other equipment
114 133
466 479
Accumulated depreciation
434 434
Net property plant and equipment
$ 32 $ 45
Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $17,000 in 2019, $16,000 in 2018, and $60,000 and $10,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 (Unaudited) and 2018 (Unaudited), respectively.
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their depreciable amounts over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Useful Lives
Leasehold improvements
5 years
Furniture and fixtures
5 years
Production equipment
3 – 7 years
Computer equipment
3 years
Other equipment
3 – 7 years
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 3 — GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (UNAUDITED)
The goodwill balance was $.29 million as of December 31, 2019. Additionally, the Company’s intangible asset balance was $1.1 million as of December 31, 2019. The additions to goodwill during the six months ended December 31 2019 relate to the acquisition of Caddy.
The following table summarizes the Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands):
December 31, 2019
(UNAUDITED)
Amortization
Period
Gross Asset
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Book
Value
Customer relations
11 years
$ 970 $ 36 $ 934
Patents
20 years
70 2 68
Trademark
20 years
78 2 76
$ 1,118 $ 40 $ 1,078
Goodwill – June 30, 2019
$
Caddy acquisition
287
Goodwill – December 31, 2019
(UNAUDITED)
$ 287
Amortization expense was $40,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2019.
Estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2019 in each of the years subsequent to December 31, 2019 is as follows (amounts in thousands):
2020 remaining
$ 40
2021
80
2022
80
2023
80
2024
80
2025 and beyond
718
Total
$ 1,078
NOTE 4 — ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
June 30,
2019
June 30,
2018
Employee compensation
$ 230 $ 229
Others
563 458
Total
$ 793 $ 687
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 5 — DEBT
As of December 31, 2019, long-term debt was as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2019
(UNAUDITED)
Promissory note
$ 1,140
Line of credit
900
Indemnity promissory note
193
Total debt obligations
2,233
Less current portion
(990)
Long-term debt less current portion
$ 1,243
In October 2019, Company executed a loan agreement with an unaffiliated lender to provide a $1.0 million asset-based bridge loan to be used for working capital purposes. Funds are available on a borrowing base formula with an advance rate of 75% of Moving Image Technologies, LLC’s accounts receivable, less than 90 -days in age (excluding Caddy’s receivables). Funds borrowed bear interest at 13% per annum and are due and payable one year from the origination date of the loan. The loan is secured by all assets of the Company and is personally guaranteed by Phil Rafnson, our Chairman of the Board. Sound Management Investors, LLC, an entity controlled by Mr. Rafnson, pledged all shares of the Company held by it as further security for the repayment of such loan. In connection therewith, on the effective date of this offering, the Company will issue the lender a warrant to acquire $250,000 of shares of common stock at a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; 58,824 shares underlying said warrant at the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. Approximately $400,000 of the proceeds from the loan were used to pay amounts owed to Caddy for the Closing Note further to the Caddy Acquisition.
The Promissory note is payable in monthly installments through August 2024 at an interest rate of Prime plus 2.75%. The Indemnity note is payable in monthly installments due July 2024 at an interest rate of Prime plus 2.75%. On January 1, 2020, the interest rate margin increased to 3.75%. All of the notes are collateralized by Caddy assets. In addition, the notes are guaranteed by Phil Rafnson, the Company’s majority shareholder. The line of credit is due October 2020 at an interest rate of 13% per annum.
NOTE 6 — MEMBERS’ EQUITY
As of June 30, 2019, the Company had one class of membership units outstanding, consisting of 10,000 Class B Voting Membership Units.
NOTE 7 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In August 2016, the Company extended a discretionary revolving line of credit (Revolving Credit Loan) to Joe Delgado, Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing, of up to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) pursuant to which the Company may, in its reasonable discretion and on the terms and conditions of the agreement, make advances to Mr. Delgado on any business day during the period from June 1, 2016 and ending on the earlier of June 30, 2017 or the date on which the Company terminates pursuant to default. The line is collateralized by a security interest equal to 50% of Mr. Delgado’s interest in the Company. On June 30, 2017, the amount outstanding including accrued interest was $230,151, and the Company agreed to add $30,351 to a new note and extend $200,000 until August 9, 2018, at which time it was paid off.
In July 2017, a new discretionary line of credit was extended by the Company to Mr. Delgado in the amount of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) under the same terms as the Revolving Credit Loan, except that the new line is collateralized by a $100,000 security interest in Mr. Delgado’s ownership interest. The Company later agreed to make additional advances to Mr. Delgado under the same terms of this line of
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 7 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)
credit. The outstanding balance of the two notes as of June 30, 2018 was $267,000 which are recorded in the balance sheet as a separate line item under Due from related party. In January 2019, the outstanding balance on the new line of credit was approximately $100,000, at which time Mr. Delgado repaid the outstanding amount by surrendering 1% of his ownership in the Company.
The Company sold goods and services to an entity owned by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Phil Rafnson, of $447,553 from November 2018 through February 2019. At June 30, 2019, the Company had a receivable balance of  $64,411 pertaining to these related party sales. At December 31, 2019, there was no outstanding balance related to these sales.
NOTE 8 — CUSTOMER AND VENDOR CONCENTRATIONS
Customers:   One customer accounted for 12% of the Company’s sales for the six months ended December 31, 2019 (Unaudited). At December 31, 2019 (unaudited), the amount included in outstanding accounts receivable related to this customer was approximately $40,000.
One customer accounted for 11% of the Company’s sales for the six months ended December 31, 2018 (Unaudited). At December 31, 2018 (unaudited), the amount included in outstanding accounts receivable related to this customer was approximately $94,000.
No customers accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s sales for the year ended June 30, 2019 and 2018.
Vendors:   Approximately 16% of the Company’s purchases were provided by one vendor for the six months ended December 31, 2019 (Unaudited). At December 31, 2019 (Unaudited), the amount in outstanding payables related to this vendor was approximately $803,000.
Approximately 16% of the Company’s purchases were provided by one vendor for the six months ended December 31, 2018 (Unaudited). At December 31, 2018 (Unaudited), the amount in outstanding payables related to this vendor was approximately $484,000.
Approximately 12% and 12% of the Company’s purchases were provided by two vendors for the year ended June 30, 2019. At June 30, 2019, the amount in outstanding payables related to these two vendors was approximately $449,000.
Approximately 15% and 12% of the Company’s purchases were provided by two vendors for the year ended June 30, 2018. At June 30, 2018, the amount in outstanding payables related to these two vendors was approximately $521,000.
NOTE 9 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases:   The Company occupies an executive office and warehouse space in Fountain Valley, CA, pursuant to separate lease agreements. Rent expense was $143,000 and $122,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Rent expense was $260,000 in 2019 and $244,000 in 2018.
In September 2018, the Company reached an agreement to extend the executive office lease effective February 1, 2019 by an additional five years. The monthly rent payable for the first year of the newly extended term is $12,620 and will be increased by 3% on each anniversary date.
Also, in September 2018, the Company reached an agreement to extend the warehouse lease effective February 1, 2019 by an additional five years. The monthly rent payable for the first year of the newly extended term is $9,465 and will be increased by 3% on each anniversary date.
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 9 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
Future minimum lease payments under these arrangements are as follows:
Operating leases
(in 000’s) Total Payments
2020
$ 268
2021
276
2022
285
2023
293
2024
175
Total future minimum lease payments
$ 1,297
Legal Matters: From time to time, the Company is involved in routine litigation that arises in the ordinary course of business. There are no pending significant legal proceedings to which the Company is a party for which management believes the ultimate outcome would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.
NOTE 11 — PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES AND INCOME PER SHARE (unaudited)
Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s offering statement on Form S-1, the Company will convert into a Delaware C-corporation and will be subject to federal and state income taxes. Accordingly, a pro forma income tax provision has been disclosed as if the Company was a corporation for all periods presented. For the purposes of the pro forma tax provision, we have applied a 28% combined federal and state income rate.
A pro forma net loss or income per common share has been disclosed for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 assuming that an appropriate exchange ratio will be used to exchange the Class B Membership Interests for shares of common stock at the time of the proposed initial public offering such that the number of shares of common stock outstanding on a basic basis will be 4,923,654 on and immediately prior to the effective date of the offering, and 5,000,000 immediately prior to the closing date of the offering.
NOTE 12 — ACQUISITION
On September 18, 2018, the Company signed a Term Sheet to acquire the certain assets of Caddy Products, Inc. (“Caddy”). On October 3, 2018, the Company signed a Management Services Agreement in which it manages Caddy until it completes the financing required to finalize the purchase of the Caddy assets, or June 30, 2019, whichever occurs first. In June 2019, the Company extended the agreement until July 31, 2019.
On July 28, 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of Caddy. Caddy designs, causes to be manufactured and distributes patented cup holders, trays, advertising displays and theater step and aisle lighting. Caddy products are utilized in many facilities throughout more than 91 countries worldwide. Its markets include the cinema, sports stadiums, grocery, performing arts, worship and retail industries. Caddy was acquired for an aggregate purchase price of  $2.013 million, consisting of a $.377 million Closing Promissory Note, a $1.178 million Promissory Note, a $.2 million Indemnity Promissory Note and contingent consideration valued at $.15 million, and the assumption of  $.108 million of liabilities as of the opening balance sheet date. The contingent consideration is based on the achievement of financial objectives during the 12-month period following the close of the transaction. The Company has not finalized its allocation of the purchase price for the Caddy acquisition as of the acquisition date based on its understanding of the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. The following table summarizes (in thousands) the fair value of the consideration transferred or to be transferred, to acquire Caddy.
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 12 — ACQUISITION (continued)
Amount (in 000’s)
(UNAUDITED)
Notes issued for the acquisition
$ 1,905
Liabilities assumed
108
$ 2,013
As this acquisition was effective on July 28, 2019, the results of operations of Caddy are included in the consolidated financial statements for the period beginning July 29, 2019.
The transaction has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. This method requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.
The Company is in the process of finalizing third party valuations of certain non-monetary assets, intangible assets and contingent consideration. The following table summarizes (in thousands) the preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition:
Amount
(UNAUDITED)
(in 000’s)
Preliminary purchase price allocation for the acquisition
Cash
$ 128
Accounts receivable and other assets
239
Property plant and equipment, net
241
Customer relationships
970
Patents
70
Trademark
78
Total identifiable assets acquired
1,726
Goodwill
287
Net assets acquired
$ 2,013
The estimated fair value of the patents and trademark intangible assets was determined using the “relief from royalty method” under the income approach, which is a valuation technique that provides an estimate of the fair value of an asset based on the cost savings that are available through ownership of the asset by the avoidance of paying royalties to license the use of the assets from another owner. The estimated fair value of the customer relationships was determined using the “excess earnings method” under the income approach, which represents the total income to be generated by the asset. Some of the more significant assumptions inherent in the development of these asset valuations include the projected revenue associated with the asset, the appropriate discount rate to select in order to measure the risk inherent in each future cash flow stream, the assessment of each asset’s life cycle, as well as other factors. The discount rate used to arrive at the present value of the customer relationships, and trademarks and patents, at the acquisition date, was 25.4%. The remaining useful lives of the trademark was based on its level of recognition in the marketplace as a market leader for cupholders and a market participant’s use of these intangible assets and the pattern of projected economic benefit of these intangible assets. The remaining useful lives of customer relationships were based on the customer attrition and the projected economic benefit of these clients.
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 12 — ACQUISITION (continued)
The estimated fair value of the contingent consideration was determined based on the Company’s estimates using the probability-weighted gross profit approach. The fair value of the contingent consideration as of September 30 was $0.15 million and the Company has recorded this amount in liabilities on the financial statements. Any subsequent changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations will be recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.
The amounts assigned to customer relationships and trademark are amortized over the estimated useful life of 11 years and 20 years, respectively. The weighted average life over which these acquired intangibles will be amortized is approximately 15 years.
NOTE 13 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis consisted of the following as of December 31, 2019:
December 31, 2019 (UNAUDITED)
Fair Value Hierarchy Category
(in thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Assets:
Total Assets
$    — $    — $    —
Liabilities:
Contingent consideration — business combinations
$ $ $
Total Liabilities
$ $ $
The following table represents the changes in the estimated fair value of our liabilities for contingent consideration measured using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the six months ended December 31, 2019.
(in thousands)
Six Months Ended
December 31, 2019
(UNAUDITED)
Fair value measurement at beginning of period
$
Contingent consideration liabilities recorded for business combinations, including measurement period adjustments
150,000
Changes in fair values, recorded in operating expenses
(150,000)
Payments of contingent consideration
Fair value measurement at end of period
$
Our estimated liability for contingent consideration represents potential payments of additional consideration for business combinations, payable if certain defined performance goals are achieved. Changes in the fair value of contingent consideration are recorded in the statements of operations within selling, general and administrative expenses.
Contingent Consideration — Business Combinations — The fair value of the contingent consideration related to business combinations is estimated using probability weighted gross profit approach. These fair value measurements are based on significant inputs not observable in the market. The key internally
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 13 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (continued)
developed assumptions used in these models is consideration at each reporting period, and any changes in the fair value resulting from either the passage of time or events occurring after the acquisition date, such as changes in the expectations of achieving the performance targets, are recorded within selling, general, and administrative expenses.
Other Financial Instruments — The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and notes payable approximate fair value due to their short maturities.
Assets and Liabilities Not Measured — In addition to assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, we also measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. Our non-financial assets, including goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indication of impairment and the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s projected undiscounted cash flows. These assets are recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the Stockholders
Caddy Products, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Caddy Products, Inc., which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Caddy Products, Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ CohnReznick LLP
Roseland, New Jersey
June 10, 2019, except for the effects of the matters discussed in the third paragraph of Note 1 which is as of July 28, 2019.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands)
June 30,
2019
December 31,
2018
2017
(UNAUDITED)
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash
$ 99 $ 54 $ 16
Other assets
90 11
Accounts receivable
207 133 149
Total current assets
396 198 165
Property, plant and equipment, net
63 106 213
Total assets
$ 459 $ 304 $ 378
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$ 106 $ 39 $ 12
Accrued expenses
2 11 28
Line of credit
50
Total current liabilities
108 50 90
Related party note payable
20
Common stock – no par value, 1,000 shares outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2018, and June 30, 2019
Retained earnings
351 254 268
Stockholders’ equity
351 254 268
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$ 459 $ 304 $ 378
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in thousands)
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2019
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2018
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
Year Ended
December 31,
2017
(UNAUDITED)
(UNAUDITED)
Net sales
$ 1,002 $ 1,017 $ 1,892 $ 2,259
Cost of goods sold
654 590 1,176 1,352
Gross profit
348 427 716 907
Operating expenses
Selling, general and administrative
254 286 683 886
Total operating expenses
254 286 683 886
Operating profit
94 141 33 21
Other expense (income)
Interest expense
1 1
Interest and other (income)
(3) (9) 20 (22)
Total other expense (income)
(3) (8) 21 (22)
Net income
$ 97 $ 149 $ 12 $ 43
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance December 31, 2016
$ 258
Distributions
(33)
Net income
43
Balance December 31, 2017
268
Distributions
(26)
Net income
12
Balance December 31, 2018
254
Distributions (UNAUDITED)
Net income (UNAUDITED)
97
Balance June 30, 2019 (UNAUDITED)
$ 351
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
(UNAUDITED)
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2019
Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2018
Year Ended
December 31,
2018
Year Ended
December 31,
2017
(UNAUDITED)
(UNAUDITED)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income
$ 97 $ 149 $ 12 $ 43
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation expense
43 75 119 146
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
(74) 10 17 49
Other assets
(79) (11)
Accounts payable
67 65 27 (42)
Accrued expenses
(9) (27) (19) (13)
Net cash provided by operating activities
45 272 145 183
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
(11) (11) (87)
Net cash used in investing activities
(11) (11) (87)
Cash flows from financing activities
Due from related party
(20)
Payments of related party notes payable
8
Line of credit
(50) (50) (55)
Stockholder distributions
(40) (26) (33)
Net cash used in financing activities
(90) (96) (80)
Net increase in cash
45 171 38 16
Cash, beginning of the period
54 16 16
Cash, end of the period
$ 99 $ 187 $ 54 $ 16
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the year and for the period:
Interest
$ $ $ 1 $ 6
The accompanying Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
Organization:   Caddy Products, Inc. (“Caddy” or the “Company”), a Minnesota S corporation (formed in October 2002), is a leader in design, development and the manufacturing of innovative products for the entertainment, cinema, grocery, worship, restaurant, sports and restroom industries.
The Acquisition:   On September 18, 2018, the Company signed a Term Sheet to sell the assets of the Company to Moving iMage Technologies, LLC (“MiT”). On October 3, 2018, the Company signed a Management Services Agreement in which MiT will manage the Company until the completion of MiT’s financing required to finalize the sale of the assets, or June 30, 2019, whichever comes first. In June 2019, the Company extended the agreement until July 31, 2019.
On July 28, 2019, the Company sold certain assets to MiT for an aggregate amount of  $2.055 million, consisting primarily of a $.377 million Closing Promissory Note, a $1.178 Mil Balance Promissory Note, a $.2 Mil Indemnity Promissory Note and contingent consideration valued at $.3 million as of the opening balance sheet date. The contingent consideration is based on the achievement of financial objectives during the 12-month period following the close of the transaction.
Basis of Presentation:   The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The accompanying financial statements do not give effect to the completion of the Merger or the Acquisition.
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:   The accompanying interim balance sheet as of June 30, 2019, the statements of operations, the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018. The results as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 2019, any other interim periods, or any future year or period.
Use of Estimates:   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities (including sales returns, bad debts, warranty reserves, and asset impairments), disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
Concentration of Cash:   The Company maintains its cash in bank accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash balances.
Accounts Receivable:   Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount. Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded when received. Accounts receivable are considered to be past due if any portion of the receivable balance is outstanding for more than 90 days past the customer’s granted terms. The Company does not charge interest on past due balances or require collateral on its accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and June 30, 2019, the Company has determined that no allowance is deemed necessary.
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
Revenue Recognition:   Revenue is realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) the sales price is fixed or determinable, (3) collectability is reasonably assured, and (4) products have been shipped and the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss.
Product revenue is recognized once the product is shipped to the customer. Revenue is reduced by sales returns and allowances.
Shipping and Handling Costs:   The Company charges its customers for shipping and handling at the time of invoicing.
Income Taxes:   The Company is an S Corporation and, as such, is treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes with all income tax liabilities and/or benefits of the Company being passed through to the stockholders. As such, no recognition of federal or state income taxes for the Company that are organized as S corporations have been provided for in the accompanying financial statements. Any uncertain tax position taken by the stockholders is not an uncertain position of the Company.
In accordance with the operating agreement of Caddy, to the extent possible without impairing the Company’s ability to continue to conduct its business and activities, and in order to permit its stockholders to pay taxes on the taxable income of the Company, Caddy makes distributions to the stockholders in the amounts equal to the estimated tax liability of the stockholder computed as if the stockholder paid income tax at the highest marginal federal and state rate applicable to an individual resident of Palm Desert, California in the event that taxable income is generated for the stockholders. Distributions of approximately $33,000 and $26,000 were made to stockholders in 2017 and 2018, respectively. There were no distributions for the six months ended June 30, 2019 (unaudited).
Subsequent Events :    The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure. Subsequent events were reviewed through October 8, 2019, the date of this filing.
On July 28, 2019, the Company sold certain assets to Moving iMage Technologies, LLC. (“MiT”) for an aggregate purchase price of  $2.055 million, consisting primarily of a $.377 million Closing Promissory Note, a $1.178 Mil Balance Promissory Note, a $.2 Mil Indemnity Promissory Note and contingent consideration valued at $.3 million as of the opening balance sheet date. The contingent consideration is based on the achievement of financial objectives during the 12-month period following the close of the transaction.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:   In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for the fiscal year ending 2019 and requires either a retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adoption. In anticipation of the Merger, the Company has not yet selected a transition method or evaluated the effect that the updated standard would have.
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by most leases on their balance sheet. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. ASU 2016-02 requires modified retrospective adoption for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, with an option to use certain transition relief.
Other pronouncements issued by the FASB with future effective dates are either not applicable or not significant to the financial statements of the Company.
NOTE 2 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
2018
2017
Molds
$ 3,047 $ 3,034
Furniture and fixtures
163 163
Leasehold improvements
82 82
Computer equipment
126 126
Other equipment
67 67
3,485 3,472
Accumulated depreciation
3,379 3,259
Net property and equipment
$ 106 $ 213
Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was approximately $119,000 in 2018, $146,000 in 2017, and $43,000 and $75,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively (unaudited).
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their depreciable amounts over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Useful Lives
Leasehold improvements 5 years
Furniture and fixtures 5 years
Molds 3 years
Computer equipment 3 years
Other equipment 3 — 7 years
NOTE 3 —  DEBT FINANCING
Credit Facility:   In July 2016, the Company secured a line of credit with Wells Fargo through July 2017. In July 2017, the Company renewed the line until July 2018. The line provides for maximum funding of  $105,000 at an interest rate equal to the greater of Prime plus 0.750% or a flat rate of 5% on the outstanding balance. The balance outstanding under this Facility as of December 31, 2017 was $50,000. The balance was paid in full and closed in July 2018.
Note Payable:   In September 2016, the Company obtained a noninterest-bearing loan from the owner. In December 2017, a related party rent payment was added to the note. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2017 was $20,200. The balance was repaid in full as of December 31, 2018.
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company occupied an executive office in Palm Desert, CA, pursuant to month-to-month lease agreement with the owner. In November 2018, the Company vacated the property and operations moved to the Moving iMage Technologies facility in Fountain Valley, CA. Rent expense totaled approximately $54,000 and $68,000 in 2018 and 2017, respectively. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2019 relating to this lease is approximately $32,000.
NOTE 5 — CUSTOMER AND VENDOR CONCENTRATIONS
Customers:   There were two customers that accounted for 54% and 14% of the Company’s sales for the six months ended June 30, 2019 (unaudited). At June 30, 2019 (unaudited), the amount included in outstanding accounts receivable related to these two customers was approximately $125,000.
There were two customers that accounted for 46% and 15% of the Company’s sales for the year ended December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2018, the amount included in outstanding accounts receivable related to these two customers was approximately $73,000.
There were three customers that accounted for 43%, 18%, and 12% of the Company’s sales for the year ended December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2017, the amount included in outstanding accounts receivable related to these three customers was approximately $76,000.
Vendors:   Approximately 77% of the Company’s purchases were provided by one vendor for the six months ended June 30, 2019 (unaudited). At June 30, 2019 (unaudited), the amount in outstanding payables related to this vendor was approximately $88,000.
Approximately 74% of the Company’s purchases were provided by one vendor for the year ended December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2018, there were no outstanding payables related to this vendor.
Approximately 77% of the Company’s purchases were provided by one vendor for the year ended December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2017, the amount in outstanding payables related to this vendor was approximately $9,000.
NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Leases:   The Company occupied an executive office in Palm Desert, CA, pursuant to month-to-month lease agreement (see related party footnotes). Rent expense totaled approximately $54,000 and $59,000 in 2018 and 2017, respectively. No rent expense was incurred for the six months ended June 30, 2019 as the Company vacated the property in November 2018. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2018 (unaudited) relating to this lease is approximately $32,000. Monthly rent charged to operations was as follow:
January 1, 2016 through July 31, 2017
$ 4,581
August 1, 2017 through November 15, 2018
$ 5,377
Legal Matters:   From time to time, the Company is involved in routine litigation that arises in the ordinary course of business. There are no pending significant legal proceedings to which the Company is a party for which management believes the ultimate outcome would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position.
Royalties:   The Company (“Licensor”) entered into an agreement effective April 28, 2009 with American Seating Company (“Licensee”). The agreement grants the Licensee a non-exclusive license to make, use, offer to sell, sell and import certain patented products. Under the agreement, the Licensee will pay the Company a royalty of one dollar and twenty-five cents ($1.25) per item sold. Royalty income related to this agreement was $17,211 in 2017. There was no related income in 2018 and for the six months ended June 30, 2019 and 2018.
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 6 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
The Company (“Licensor”) entered into an agreement effective July 1, 2011 with 21st Century Plastics (“Licensee”). The agreement requires the Licensee to pay a royalty, which varies by product, on certain patented products. Royalty income related to this agreement was $15,763 and $16,084 in 2018 and 2017, respectively. There was no royalty income for the six months ended June 30, 2019. Royalty income for the six months ended June 30, 2018 (unaudited) was $10,979.
NOTE 7 — OTHER ASSETS
Other assets is comprised of a receivable from MiT related to a transfer of funds in advance of severance payments made by MiT to former Caddy employees in conjunction with the Asset Purchase Agreement. See “The Acquisition” above for further details. The funds were not distributed as of June 30, 2019.
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO. INC. AND SUBSIDIARY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Independent Auditor’s Report
To the Board of Directors
NLM Holding Co., Inc.
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of NLM Holding Co., Inc., and Subsidiary which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).
Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Opinion
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NLM Holding Co., Inc. as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Emphasis of Matter
On January 29, 2018, as described in Note 1, Monster Digital, Inc. spun-off principally all the assets of Monster Digital, Inc. and merged the remaining assets with IB Pharmaceuticals Inc. (formerly known as Innovate Biopharmaceuticals, Inc.).
Substantial doubt about the Company’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As further discussed in Note 2 to the accompanying financial statements, the Company has incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2019 and has an accumulated deficit as of December 31, 2019. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/ CohnReznick LLP
Roseland, New Jersey
February 19, 2020
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and par value)
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash
$ 10 $ 202
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of  $19 and $29, respectively
Prepaid expenses and other
2
Total assets
$ 10 $ 204
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
$ 41 $ 23
Accrued expenses
90 160
Notes payable
262 38
Total current liabilities
393 221
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders’ deficit
Preferred stock, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2018
Common stock; $.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 94,784,166,
issued and outstanding
10 10
Additional paid-in capital
1,391 1,391
Accumulated deficit
(1,784) (1,418)
Total shareholders’ deficit
(383) (17)
Total liabilities and shareholders’ deficit
$ 10 $ 204
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share)
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Net sales
$ $ 70
Cost of goods sold
111
Gross loss
(41)
Operating expenses
Selling and marketing
31
General and administrative
366 1,471
Total operating expenses
366 1,502
Operating loss
(366) (1,543)
Other (income) expense, net
Interest and finance expense
489
Total other expense
489
Loss before income taxes
(366) (2,032)
Provision for income taxes
3
Net loss
$ (366) $ (2,035)
Weighted average basic and diluted loss per share
$ (0.00) $ (0.04)
Weighted average shares used in computation
94,784 48,571
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(Dollars in thousands)
Common Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Net Equity
(Deficit)
Monster
Digital
Accumulated
Deficit
Shareholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
Shares
Amount
Balance December 31, 2017
$ $ $ (1,971) $ $ (1,971)
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
57,250,000 6 1,002 1,008
Issuance of common stock for investment services rendered
12,500,000 1 249 250
Issuance of common stock for officers and employees
6,400,000 1 127 128
Liabilities transferred in connection
with spin-off
1,000 1,000
Transfer from parent
275 275
Liabilities settled with issuance of common stock
94 94
Effect of spin-off from Monster Digital and conversion of notes payable
18,634,166 2 (249) 776 529
Beneficial conversion charge
 443 443
Amortization of non-cash stock-based compensation
262 262
Net loss
(617) (1,418) (2,035)
December 31, 2018
94,784,166 10 1,391 (1,418) (17)
Net loss
(366) (366)
December 31, 2019
94,784,166 $ 10 $ 1,391 $ $ (1,784) $ (383)
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
Years Ended
December 31,
2019
2018
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss
$ (366) $ (2,035)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Stock-based compensation
640
Beneficial conversion charge
443
Non-cash interest related to debt conversion
44
Provision for doubtful accounts
13
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
77
Inventories
101
Prepaid expenses and other
2 59
Accounts payable
18 (260)
Accrued expenses
(70) (506)
Customer refund
(50)
Due to related parties
(33)
Net cash used in operating activities
(416) (1,507)
Cash flows from financing activities
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost
1,008
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
224
Transfer from parent
275
Net cash provided by financing activities
224 1,283
Net decrease in cash
(192) (224)
Cash, beginning of the period
202 426
Cash, end of the period
$ 10 $ 202
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest
$ $
Income taxes
$ 3
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Liabilities settled with issuance of common stock
$ $ 94
Liabilities transferred in connection with spin-off
$ 1,000
Effect of spin-off from Monster Digital and conversion of notes payable
$ 529
The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES
Organization:   NLM Holding Co., Inc. (“NLM”), a Delaware corporation (formed in September 2017), and its subsidiary, SDJ Technologies, Inc. (“SDJ”) (collectively referred to as the “Company”), was operating as an importer of high-end memory storage products, flash memory and action sports cameras. Prior to the Reverse Merger transaction that occurred on January 29, 2018 (the “Merger”) as described below, the parent company of SDJ was Monster Digital, Inc. and the products of that entity were being sold under the Monster Digital brand name acquired under a long-term licensing agreement with Monster, Inc. The licensing agreement was terminated in December 2017. Subsequent to the Merger, the Company has ceased delivery of its products to customers and is winding down activities in the consumer electronics market place.
Reverse Merger:   On January 29, 2018, Monster Digital, Inc. completed a Reverse Merger with Innovate Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Innovate”). The Merger Agreement is filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Monster Digital, Inc. Form 8K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 6, 2017.
On September 27, 2017, Monster Digital, Inc. transferred all of its businesses and assets, including all shares of SDJ Technologies, Inc. (“SDJ”), and those liabilities of the Company not to be assumed by Innovate further to the Merger to MD Holding Co. Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary. On January 26, 2018, the name MD Holding Co., Inc. was changed to NLM Holding Co., Inc. The shares of NLM Holding Co., Inc. were spun off pro rata to holders of the Monster Digital Inc. common stock immediately prior to the Merger (the “Spin Off”) resulting in the issuance of 18,634,166 shares of the common stock of NLM Holding Co., Inc. Innovate assumed $1 million of SDJ liabilities pursuant to the Merger.
Basis of Presentation:   The consolidated financial statements of NLM and its subsidiary SDJ have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 reflect the results of operations, changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flows, and the financial position as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 of the business that was spun-off pursuant the Merger with Innovate as if the NLM were a stand-alone entity for these periods. The 2019 and 2018 consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the historical basis in the assets and liabilities and historical result of operations related to the Company business. The 2019 and 2018 consolidated financial statements also reflect the assumption of certain liabilities by Innovate. Changes in additional paid-in capital and shareholders’ net investment in 2019 and 2018 represent Monster Digital’s contribution of its net investment after giving effect to the net loss of NLM plus net cash transfers and benefits of the Merger that include the assumption of liabilities by Innovate.
Management believes the allocations reflected in the 2019 and 2018 consolidated financial statements are reasonable, however, the financial statements may not necessarily reflect the consolidated results of NLM’s operations, financial position, changes in shareholders’ equity or cash flows in the future or what they would have been had NLM been a separate, stand-alone company during such periods.
Principles of Consolidation:   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NLM and SDJ. All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates:   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities (including sales returns, price protection allowances, bad debts, inventory reserves, warranty reserves, and asset impairments), disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
Concentration of Cash:   The Company maintains its cash in bank accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. Management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash balances.
Accounts Receivable:   Accounts receivable are carried at original invoice amount less allowance for doubtful accounts. Management determines the allowance for doubtful accounts by identifying troubled accounts and by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts. Accounts receivable are written off when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded when received. Accounts receivable are considered to be past due if any portion of the receivable balance is outstanding for more than 90 days past the customer’s granted terms. The Company does not charge interest on past due balances or require collateral on its accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018 the allowance for doubtful accounts was approximately $19,000 and $29,000, respectively.
Inventories:   Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined on the weighted average cost method of accounting. The Company purchases finished goods and materials to assemble kits in quantities that it anticipates will be fully used in the near term. Changes in operating strategy, customer demand, and fluctuations in market values can limit the Company’s ability to effectively utilize all products purchased and can result in finished goods with above-market carrying costs which may cause a write-down of inventory. The Company’s policy is to closely monitor inventory levels, obsolescence and lower market values compared to costs and, when necessary, reduce the carrying amount of its inventory to its market value. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company closed its warehouse and all inventory was sold or written off.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments:   Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Fair value is based on a hierarchy of valuation techniques, which is determined on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own market assumptions. These two types of inputs create a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:
Level 1:
Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2:
Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.
Level 3:
Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.
The carrying amount for other financial instruments, which include cash, accounts receivable, notes payable and accounts payable, approximate fair value based upon their short-term nature and maturity.
Revenue Recognition:   The Company is no longer engaged in selling activities and has no inventory and no accounts receivable. Previously, revenue was realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) the sales price is fixed or determinable, (3) collectability is reasonably assured, and (4) products have been shipped and the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss. Distributors and retailers took full ownership of their product upon delivery and sales were fully recognized at that time.
Revenue was reduced by reserves for price protection, sales returns, allowances and rebates. The Company maintains reserves for potential warranty returns and reserve estimates are based upon historical
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
data as well as projections of sales, customer inventories, market conditions and current contractual sales terms. The reserve is then reduced by actual credits given to these customers at the time the credits are issued. We calculate the allowance for doubtful accounts and provision for sales returns and rebates based on management’s estimate of the amount expected to be uncollectible or returned on specific accounts. We provided for future returns, price protection and rebates at the time the products were sold. We calculated these estimates of future returns of product by analyzing units shipped, units returned and point of sale data to ascertain consumer purchases and inventory remaining with retail to establish anticipated returns.
The Company also has offered market development credits (“MDF credits”) to certain of its customers. These credits are also charged against revenue and do continue to occur on a limited basis.
Shipping and Handling Costs:   Historically, the Company has not charged its customers for shipping and handling costs, which is a component of marketing and selling expenses. There were no such costs in the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Income Taxes:   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss carryforwards, applying enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
The Company uses a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there are no known uncertain tax positions.
The Company’s policy is to classify the liability for unrecognized tax benefits as current to the extent that it is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement and to the extent that the Company anticipates payment (or receipt) of cash within one year. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in the tax provision.
Product Warranty:   The Company’s memory products are sold under various limited warranty arrangements ranging from one year on action sports cameras, three years to five years on solid state drives and a limited lifetime warranty on all other products. Company policy is to establish reserves for estimated product warranty costs in the period when the related revenue is recognized. The Company has the right to return defective products to the manufacturer. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company has established a warranty reserve of  $6,000 and $30,000, respectively. The warranty reserve is included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Research and Development:   There were no research and development activities during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.
Earnings (Loss) per Share:   Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated similarly but includes potential dilution from the exercise of common stock warrants and options and conversion of debt to equity, except when the effect would be anti-dilutive. Earnings (loss) per share are computed using the “treasury stock method.” At December 31, 2019 and 2018, outstanding warrants to acquire 826,316 shares of common stock are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share because their effect was anti-dilutive. The warrants were issued pursuant to a private placement as discussed in Note 6.
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — BUSINESS ACTIVITY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES (continued)
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU 2014-09 is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. ASU 2014-09 is effective for the annual period ending December 31, 2019 and requires either a retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adoption. The Company had no revenue in 2019.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which requires lessees to recognize assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by most leases on their balance sheet. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. ASU 2016-02 requires modified retrospective adoption for all leases existing at, or entered into after, the date of initial application, with an option to use certain transition relief. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the standard may have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Other pronouncements issued by the FASB with future effective dates are either not applicable or not significant to the consolidated financial statements of the Company.
NOTE 2 — GOING CONCERN
For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company has incurred a loss of approximately $366,000 and has negative operating cash flows, a working capital deficit and shareholders’ deficit. These circumstances raise substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. In response to this uncertainty, Management has taken certain measures in 2019 and has plans for 2020, with the objective of alleviating this concern. They include the following:

In the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company raised approximately $224,000 upon issuance of convertible notes payable (see Note 4). The Company continues to seek funding through similar means in order to support its operations.

The Company has entered into an agreement that is intended to culminate in a merger as well as a spin-off of its SDJ subsidiary (see Note 3). This potential transaction is expected to result in a surviving entity with a low requirement for capital resources.
While the Company believes it will be successful in obtaining the necessary financing to fund its operations, there are no assurances that such additional funding will be achieved and that it will succeed in its future operations. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or amounts of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue in existence as a going concern.
NOTE 3 — POTENTIAL MERGER
On July 24, 2018, the Company entered into a non-binding Term Sheet with Moving Image Technologies, LLC (“MIT”) regarding a potential merger. Pursuant to the Term Sheet, the Company and MIT intend to enter into a merger agreement whereby MIT will merge with a wholly-owned subsidiary of NLM and the outstanding capital stock of MIT would be exchanged for shares of common stock of NLM. The combined company would be renamed Moving Image Technologies, Inc. pending MIT conversion into a C Corporation.
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 3 — POTENTIAL MERGER (continued)
In addition, prior to the closing of the potential merger, the Company currently intends to transfer all of its businesses, assets and certain liabilities related to the reverse merger to a new corporation, which will be either wholly owned or substantially owned by the Company and will be spun-off prior to the completion of the potential merger.
NOTE 4 — DEBT AND EQUITY FINANCING
Notes Payable
At the close of the Merger on January 29, 2018, $1,321,000 of Notes payable converted to Monster Digital, Inc. common stock. Monster Digital borrowed this money and used it for NLM purposes and, accordingly, the debt and related interest expense is reflected in this financial statement. The Notes bear interest at 15% and were convertible to common stock concurrent with the Innovate merger at the lesser of $0.75 per share or 75% of the average market value of the Company’s common stock for the five days preceding the consummation of such merger. The Notes converted at $0.44 per share concurrent with the Innovate Merger and the Company recognized a beneficial conversion charge of approximately $443,000 upon conversion that is included as part of interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018.
As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, a total of  $38,000 in principal of convertible Notes payable that matured in the second quarter of 2015 remains outstanding. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company issued a total of  $224,000 in principal of convertible Notes payable that are outstanding at December 31, 2019. The twelve-month Notes are non-interest bearing and are convertible into SDJ Technologies, Inc. common stock at $0.02 per share. In January 2020, the Company issued a total of  $28,000 in principal of convertible Notes payable under the same terms.
NOTE 5 — ACCRUED EXPENSES
Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
Reserve for charges against sales
$ 6 $ 30
Others
84 130
Total
$ 90 $ 160
NOTE 6 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Restricted Shares:   During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 57,250,000 shares of restricted common stock receiving net proceeds of approximately $1.0 million. The shares were issued pursuant to an Investor Package offering restricted common stock to accredited investors at a per share price of  $0.02. The Company also issued 12,500,000 shares of restricted common stock as a commission to the underwriter of this offering.
In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 6,400,000 shares of restricted common stock to three employees related to services rendered and to be rendered.
Common Stock Purchase Warrants:   There are warrants outstanding to purchase 826,316 shares of common stock at $0.02 per share and expiring two years from the January 2018 investment date. The warrants were issued pursuant to a Monster Digital, Inc. December 2017 Investor Package wherein the investment was in pre-Merger Monster Digital, Inc. common stock and the warrants would be issued by NLM Holding Co., Inc.
Equity Based Compensation:   NLM does not have a stock option plan. At December 31, 2017, a total of 630,000 shares of restricted stock and 16,834 stock options of Monster Digital, Inc. were outstanding
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 6 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (continued)
for certain employees of NLM Holding, Inc. All those shares and options vested concurrent with the Innovate Merger. Such equity-based compensation expense is included in NLM financial statements and amounted to $0 and $262,000 for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
NOTE 7 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Restricted Shares: In 2018, the Company issued for cash, pursuant to the Company’s offering to accredited investors, a total of 11,750,000 shares of restricted common stock to GSB Holdings, Inc., a company over which David Clarke, the Company’s sole Director and CEO, has control over. In addition, in 2018 the Company issued to Mr. Clarke 2,000,000 shares of restricted common stock related to services rendered and to be rendered. The Company issued $112,000 of convertible Notes to Mr. Clarke in the year ended December 31, 2019.
NOTE 8 — INCOME TAXES
For the year ended December 31, 2019, there was no tax provision and there was a $3,000 income tax provision recorded related to minimum taxes due to the state of California in the year ended December 31, 2018. The deferred tax asset comprised of a $5.4 million Net Operating Loss carryforward is fully offset by a 100% valuation allowance. Net operating losses expire between the years 2031 and 2038.
Management is not aware of any uncertain tax positions and does not expect the total amount of recognized tax benefits to change significantly in the next twelve months.
NOTE 9 — CUSTOMER AND VENDOR CONCENTRATIONS
Customers:
There was no sales activity in the twelve months ended December 31, 2019. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2018, the Company was making its final sales out of a limited inventory primarily to three remaining customers. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, there was no amount included in outstanding accounts receivable related to these customers.
Vendors:
There were no new purchases of inventory in 2019 and 2018 and there was no significant amount in accounts payable for any one vendor at December 31, 2019 and 2018.
NOTE 10 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Operating Lease
The Company occupied executive offices in Simi Valley, CA pursuant to a lease whose term was through January 31, 2018. Effective as of March 31, 2017, the Company terminated the lease by mutually accepted and favorable terms with the lessor. Effective April 1, 2017, the Company entered into a one-year lease for warehouse space in Ontario, California and the lease was not renewed.
Customer Payment Agreements
In July 2015, the Company entered into an agreement with a customer under which the Company will pay the customer a total of  $835,000 owed to the customer for promotional and other credits related to sales that occurred in 2014. The credits were accrued as contra-sales in 2014. Under the terms of the agreement, there is no interest and the Company will make 12 monthly payments of  $65,000 beginning in August 2015,
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
NLM HOLDING CO., INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 10 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
and one final payment of  $65,000 in August 2016. The Company did not comply with the payment agreement and the balance owed was $57,000 at December 31, 2017. The balance was spun-off to NLM and settled on favorable payment terms to the Company during the year ended December 31, 2018.
Legal Matters
The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings and claims arising in connection with the normal course of its business. There are no pending legal matters before the Company.
NOTE 11 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Management has performed an analysis of the activities and transactions subsequent to December 31, 2019 to determine the need for any adjustments to and/or disclosure within the consolidated financial statements. This analysis has been performed through February 19, 2020, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
   
   
2,300,000 Shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
[MISSING IMAGE: LG_MIT.JPG]
Westpark Capital, Inc. Boustead Securities, LLC
Through and including            , 2020 (the 25th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver an Prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver an Prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.
The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of the common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee.
Amount to be
Paid
SEC registration fee
$ 1,642
FINRA filing fee
2,463
NYSE listing fee
50,000
Printing and mailing
150,000
Legal fees and expenses
500,000
Accounting fees and expenses
200,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
25,000
Miscellaneous 33,831
Total $ 962,936
*
To be filed by amendment.
Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities arising out of actions, suits and proceedings to which they are made or threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that they have served or are currently serving as a director or officer to a corporation. The indemnity may cover expenses (including attorneys’ fees) judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the director or officer in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding. Section 145 permits corporations to pay expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by directors and officers in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. In addition, Section 145 provides that a corporation has the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of its directors and officers against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in their capacity as a director or officer, or arising out of their status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the director or officer against such liability under Section 145.
We have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.
In addition, our bylaws provide that:
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it now exists or may in the future be amended; and

we will advance reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings relating to their service for or on behalf of us, subject to limited exceptions.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and intend to enter into such agreements with certain of our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors, certain of our executive officers and, at times, their affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees (but excluding judgments, fines and settlement amounts), to each indemnified director, executive officer or affiliate in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available and we will indemnify our directors and officers for any action or proceeding arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer brought on behalf of us or in furtherance of our rights. Additionally, certain of our directors or officers may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided by their affiliates or other third parties, which indemnification relates to and might apply to the same proceedings arising out of such director’s or officer’s services as a director referenced herein. Nonetheless, we have agreed in the indemnification agreements that our obligations to those same directors or officers are primary and any obligation of such affiliates or other third parties to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the expenses or liabilities incurred by those directors are secondary.
We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of us and our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.
The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us in the past three years.
1.
In January 2018, an aggregate of 18,634,166 shares of the common stock of NLM Holding Co., Inc. were issued pro rata to the stockholders of Monster Digital, Inc. in a spin-off transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
2.
From June 2018 to March 2019, NLM Holding Co., Inc. issued and sold an aggregate of 57,250,000 shares of common stock to approximately 25 investors as well as to officers of that company at a per share purchase price of  $0.02. The securities were issued pursuant to Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities and/or Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, as all of the issuees are “accredited investors” as such term is defined in Regulation D.
3.
In June and July 2018, NLM Holding Co., Inc. issued an aggregate of 2,025,000 warrants to purchase shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of  $1.63 to certain investors and to an investment banker in connection with certain capital raising activities; all of the issuees were accredited investors. The grant of the warrants are and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants is and will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
4.
On the effective date of its initial public offering, the registrant will issue an unaffiliated lender a warrant to acquire $250,000 of shares of common stock at a per share exercise price equal to the initial public offering price; 58,824 shares underlying said warrant at the assumed initial public offering price of  $4.25 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus which forms part of the registration statement; the issue is an accredited investor. The grant of the warrant and the issuance of the shares of common stock underlying the warrant will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
All certificates representing the securities issued in the transactions described in this Item 15 included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities had not been offered or sold pursuant to a registration statement and describing the applicable restrictions on transfer of the securities. None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Index to Exhibits
Exhibit
No.
Exhibit Description
1.1** Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1 Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
3.2 Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
4.1 Form of Common Stock Certificate
4.2** Form of Underwriters’ Warrant
4.3 Form of Warrant to Purchase Stock to be granted by Moving iMage Technologies, Inc. to Agility Capital III, LLC
5.1 Opinion of Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP
10.1* Management Services Agreement dated October 3, 2018 between the Company and Caddy Products, Inc.
10.2 Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Company and its directors and officers
10.3†* 2019 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.3(a)* Form of Stock Option Award Agreement
10.3(b)* Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement
10.3(c)* Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
10.4* Westpark Capital, Inc. Consulting Agreement dated June 1, 2018
10.5* Form of Share Exchange Agreement by and between Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, its members, and NLM Holding Co., Inc.
10.6* Term Sheet dated July 24, 2018 between the Company and Caddy Products, Inc.
10.7* Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated July 3, 2017 among Monster Digital, Inc., the Company and Innovate Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 of Form 8-K filed by Innovate Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. (formerly Monster Digital, Inc.) with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 6, 2017)
10.8 Asset Purchase Agreement dated effective as of January 1, 2019 by and among Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, MiT Acquisition Co. LLC, Caddy Products, Inc., and the Estate of Peter Bergin
10.9 Loan Agreement dated as of October 24, 2019 by and between Agility Capital III, LLC Moving iMage Technologies, LLC and MiT Acquisition Co. LLC
10.10 Amendment No.1 to Share Exchange Agreement dated October 29, 2019 by and between Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, its members, and NLM Holding Co., Inc.
23.1 Consent of CohnReznick LLP
23.2 Consent of Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24* Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1(a)* Consent of Katherine D. Crothall, Ph.D., Director Nominee
99.1(b)* Consent of John C. Stiska, Director Nominee
99.1(c)* Consent of Scott Anderson, Director Nominee
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
*
Previously filed
**
To be filed by amendment

Compensatory plan or arrangement
Item 17. Undertakings.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(a)(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(a)(3)
To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(a)(6)
For the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§ 230.424 of this chapter);
(ii)
Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii)
The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv)
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(i)(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(i)(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Fountain Valley, State of California, on the 21st day of February, 2020.
Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.
By:
/s/ Glenn H. Sherman, PhD
Name: Glenn H. Sherman, PhD
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
This registration statement has been signed by the following persons, in the capacities, and on the dates indicated.
Name and Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Glenn H. Sherman, PhD
Glenn H. Sherman, PhD
President, Chief Executive Officer February 21, 2020
*
Phil Rafnson
Chairman of the Board February 21, 2020
*
Michael Sherman
Interim Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer February 21, 2020
* By
/s/ Glenn H. Sherman, PhD
/s/ Glenn H. Sherman, PhD
Attorney-in-fact
II-5

Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NLM HOLDING CO., INC.

 

NLM Holding Co., Inc., (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

A. NLM Holding Co., Inc. was formed by filing a Certificate of Incorporation of MD Holding Co., Inc. with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 26, 2017, and a Certificate of Amendment changing the name of the Corporation to NLM Holding co., Inc. on January 26, 2018.

 

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL and restates, integrates, and further amends the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.

 

C. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, is hereby amended, integrated and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Moving iMage Technologies, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

SECOND: The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 1012 College Road, Suite 201, Dover, DE 19904, County of Kent, Delaware. The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is Telos Legal Corp.

 

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

FOURTH:

 

A.       The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred ten million (110,000,000) shares consisting of one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, having a par value of $0.0001 per share (the "Common Stock"), and ten million (10,000,000) shares of preferred stock, having a par value of $0.0001 per share (the "Preferred Stock").

 

  1  

 

 

B.       Effective immediately upon the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, every 150.20843 issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be combined and reconstituted into one (1) fully paid and non-assessable share of issued and outstanding Common Stock (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The Reverse Stock Split shall be effected on a certificate-by-certificate basis, such that any fractional shares of Common Stock resulting from the Reverse Stock Split and held by a single record holder shall be aggregated. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the combination of any such shares in the Reverse Stock Split and any fractional shares resulting from such combination shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole share. The Reverse Stock Split shall occur whether or not the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and the par value of the Common Stock following the Reverse Stock Split shall remain as stated above in Section A.

 

C.       The board of directors of the Corporation is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a "Preferred Stock Designation"), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.

 

FIFTH: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, and the directors need not be elected by written ballot unless required by the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SIXTH: In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, the board of directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

SEVENTH: A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this provision shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

EIGHTH: This Corporation is authorized to indemnify the directors and officers of this Corporation to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.

 

  2  

 

 

NINTH: The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.

 

 

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.

 

  3  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of NLM Holding Co., Inc., to be duly executed by its authorized officer this ____ day of February, 2020.

 

By:    
  David H. Clarke  
  Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

MOVING iMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

(as amended and restated February ___, 2020)

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation shall be as set forth in its certificate of incorporation.

 

Section 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place, if any, as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting may be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by and pursuant to Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL").

 

If authorized by the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication (a) participate in a meeting of stockholders and (b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided that, the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to (i) verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder; (ii) provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

Section 2. Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held on such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall (i) elect directors to succeed those directors whose terms expire in that year, and (ii) transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

  1  

 

 

All elections of directors shall be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation; if authorized by the board of directors, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

 

Section 3. Notice of Annual Meeting. Notice of an annual meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting (as authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the DGCL), and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, unless otherwise provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

Section 4. List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to the stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 4 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called (i) by the Secretary following receipt of one or more written demands to call a special meeting of the stockholders in accordance with, and subject to, this Section from stockholders of record who own in the aggregate at least a majority of the Corporation's duly issued and outstanding common stock then entitled to vote on the matter or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting, or (ii) by the Chief Executive Officer or (iii) by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office. A special meeting requested by stockholders shall be held at such date and time as may be fixed by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the date of any such special meeting shall be not more than ninety (90) days after the request to call the special meeting is received by the Secretary.

 

  2  

 

 

Section 6. Notice of Special Meeting. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting (as authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the DGCL), and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, unless otherwise provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. Notices of meetings to stockholders may be given by mailing the same, addressed to the stockholder entitled thereto, at such stockholder’s mailing address as it appears on the records of the Corporation and such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid. Without limiting the manner by which notices of meetings otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any such notice may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any stockholder who shall, either before or after the meeting, submit a waiver of notice or who shall attend such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of the meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of the meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given. Notices of special meetings shall specify the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.

 

Section 7. Business of Special Meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 8. Quorum; Adjournments. The holders of a majority of all shares of stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, either the chairman of the meeting, or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice, other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

  3  

 

 

Section 9. Vote Required. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall decide any matter brought before such meeting, other than the election of directors, unless a different or minimum vote is required by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or any law or regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, in which case such different or minimum vote shall be the applicable vote on the matter.

 

Section 10. Voting Power; Proxies. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote, in person or by proxy, for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder. No stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled to exercise any right of cumulative voting. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or, if permitted by the Corporation's certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Such authorization may be in a writing executed by the stockholder or his or her authorized officer, director, employee, or agent. To the extent permitted by law, a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of an electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization, or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission, provided that the electronic transmission either sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. A copy, facsimile transmission, or other reliable reproduction of the proxy authorized by this Section 10 may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or electronic transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or electronic transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission, or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or electronic transmission. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.

 

Section 11. Conduct of Meetings. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

  4  

 

 

Section 12. Fixing Record Date.

 

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

  5  

 

 

(c) Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors (i) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual of special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

Section 14. Nominations And Proposals By Stockholders at Annual Meetings.

 

(a) Stockholder Proposals. Only such business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of the stockholders as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before the meeting, business must be:

 

(i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof),

 

(ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof), or

 

(iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder (A) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of notice provided for in this Subsection 14(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Subsection 14(a) (a "Proposing Stockholder").

 

In addition, any proposal of business must be a proper matter for stockholder actions. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Proposing Stockholder, the Proposing Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing, containing all information required by paragraphs (I)-(II) of this Subsection 14(a), to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) but no more than one hundred fifty (150) calendar days in advance of the one year anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed so that it is more than thirty (30) days in advance of the one year anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting or more than sixty (60) days after the one year anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting, notice by the Proposing Stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting or the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Disclosure of the date was made first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period). For the purposes of this Section 14, "Public Disclosure" shall mean a disclosure made by the Corporation in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, The Associated Press, or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

  6  

 

 

A Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the Proposing Stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

 

I) Information Regarding the Proposal: (i) a description in reasonable detail of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, including why the Proposing Stockholder believes that the taking of the action or actions proposed would be in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders; (ii) a description in reasonable detail of any material interest of any Proposing Stockholder and any Associated Person (as defined below) in such business and a description in reasonable detail of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between the Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and any other person or entity in connection with the proposal; and (iii) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and the text of any proposed amendment to these bylaws); and

 

II) Information Regarding the Proposing Stockholder: (i) the name and address of such Proposing Stockholder and any Associated Person, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of the beneficial owner on whose behalf such proposal is being made; (ii) the class, series and number of shares of the Corporation directly or indirectly beneficially owned and held of record by the Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and such beneficial owner (including any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time); (iii) a representation (1) that the Proposing Stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the annual meeting and intends to appear at the annual meeting to bring such business before the annual meeting and (2) as to whether the Proposing Stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote and required to approve the proposal and/or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal; (iv) a description of (1) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right or similar right or interest (including any derivative securities, as defined under Rule 16a-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), whether or not presently exercisable, with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of securities of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of securities of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right is subject to settlement in whole or in part in the underlying class or series of securities of the Corporation or otherwise, directly or indirectly held of record, owned beneficially, or otherwise owned or held by such Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and/or the beneficial owner on whose behalf the business is being proposed and (2) each other direct or indirect right or interest that may enable such Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and such beneficial owner to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to manage the risk or benefit from, any increase or decrease in the value of the Corporation’s securities, in each case regardless of whether (x) such right or interest conveys any voting rights in such security to such Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and/or beneficial owner, (y) such right or interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such security, or (z) such Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and/or beneficial owner may have entered into other transactions that hedge the economic effect of any such right or interest (any such right or interest referred to in this clause (iv) being a "Derivative Interest"); (v) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which the Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and/or beneficial owner has a right to vote any shares of the Corporation or which has the effect of increasing or decreasing the voting power of such Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and/or beneficial owner; (vi) any rights directly or indirectly held of record, beneficially, or otherwise by the Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and/or beneficial owner to dividends on the shares of the Corporation that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation; (vii) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) to which the Proposing Stockholder or any Associated Person and/or beneficial owner may be entitled as a result of any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Interests; (vii) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, in such Proposing Stockholder’s capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal; and (viii) any other information reasonably requested by the Corporation

 

  7  

 

 

Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Subsection 14(a). The chair of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Subsection 14(a), and, if he or she should so determine, shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder’s meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

(b) Stockholder Nominations. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Subsection 14(b) shall be eligible for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Subsection 14(b) (each such stockholder, a "Nominating Person"). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in accordance with the timing provisions of Subsection 14(a). Such Nominating Person’s notice shall set forth as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director (the "Proposed Nominee"):

 

  8  

 

 

(I) Information Regarding the Proposed Nominee: (i) the name, age, business address, residence address, and principal occupation or employment of the Proposed Nominee; (ii) the information required by paragraph (II) of Subsection 14(a), if the Proposed Nominee were a Proposing Stockholder; (iii) any information relating to the Proposed Nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including without limitation the Proposed Nominee’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement, if any, as a nominee of the Nominating Person and to serving as a director if elected); (iv) all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Items 403 and 404 under Regulation S-K if the Nominating Person were the "registrant" for purposes of such rule and the Proposed Nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant; (v) a completed questionnaire (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) with respect to the identity, background and qualification of the Proposed Nominee and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made; (vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, or understandings between or among any of (A) the Nominating Person, (B) the Proposed Nominee and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (C) any Associated Person of either the Nominating Person or the Proposed Nominee, and (D) any other person or persons (naming such person or persons), that relate to the nomination or pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the Nominating Person or relating to the candidacy or service of the Proposed Nominee as a director of the Corporation; and (vii) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request) that the Proposed Nominee and all Associated Persons (1) are not and will not become a party to (x) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how the Proposed Nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a "Voting Commitment") that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (y) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with the Proposed Nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with the Proposed Nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (2) are not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, and (3) if elected as a director of the Corporation, the Proposed Nominee would be in compliance and will comply, with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, ethics, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder's understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

  9  

 

 

(II) Information Regarding the Nominating Person: The information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (II) of Subsection 14(a) if the Nominating Person were a Proposing Stockholder, including any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is being made.

 

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Subsection 14(b). The chair of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Subsection 14(b), and if he or she should so determine, shall so declare at the meeting that the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Subsection 14(b) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at the annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under this Section 14 and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 14 with respect to nominations shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such Public Disclosure is first made by the Corporation.

 

(c) Updates and Supplements. A Proposing Stockholder or a Nominating Person providing notice of business or any nomination proposed to be brought before an annual meeting pursuant to this Section 14 must further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 14 is true and correct at all times up to and including the date of the meeting (including any date to which the meeting is recessed, adjourned or postponed). Any such update and supplement must be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, as promptly as practicable.

 

(d) Proxy Statement. A stockholder is not entitled to have its proposal or director nomination included in the Corporation’s proxy statement and form of proxy solely as a result of such stockholder’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 14. The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 14 shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

  

  10  

 

  

(e) Compliance with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 14; provided however, that any references in these bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 14 (including clause (C) of the first paragraph of Subsection (a) and Subsection (b) hereof), and compliance with clause (C) of the first paragraph of Subsection (a) and Subsection (b) of this Section 14 shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit other business or make nominations, respectively (other than, as provided in the final sentence of Subsection (d) hereof, business other than nominations brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time). Nothing in this Section 14 shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (ii) the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

(f) Associated Person. An "Associated Person" of a person is (i) any person that is an associate of such person within the meaning of Rule 14a-1(a) under the Exchange Act and (ii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person; the term "control" (including the terms "controlled by" and "under common control with") means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

(g) Attendance at Annual Meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 14, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Stockholder ) does not appear at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 14, to be considered a qualified representative of the Proposing Stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Proposing Stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Proposing Stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such Proposing Stockholder to act for such Proposing Stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Number; Term of Office. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be fixed and may be changed from time to time by resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors or the stockholders, except as provided by law or the certificate of incorporation; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent director. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, directors shall be elected by the holders of record of a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the election of directors at annual meetings of stockholders, and each director so elected shall hold office until such director's successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director's earlier resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

  11  

 

 

Section 2. Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors were chosen and until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

 

Section 3. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice by the Corporation or at such later effective date or upon the happening of an event or events as is therein specified. A verbal resignation shall not be deemed effective until confirmed by the director in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Removal. Except as prohibited by applicable law or the certificate of incorporation, the stockholders holding a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors may remove any director from office with or without cause.

 

Section 5. General Powers. The business of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 6. Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 7. Quorum. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 8. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

 

Section 9. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the directors then in office.

 

Section 10. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the place, if any, date and hour of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting by telephone or electronic means; or on such shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if all those not present waive such notice in accordance with Section 2 of Article IV of these bylaws

 

  12  

 

 

Section 11. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

Section 12. Telephonic Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 13. Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors shall annually elect one of its members to be its chair (the "Chairman of the Board") and shall fill any vacancy in the position of Chairman of the Board at such time and in such manner as the Board of Directors shall determine. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall perform such other duties and services as shall be assigned to or required of the Chairman of the Board by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 14. Committees of Directors. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time appoint one (1) or more committees as may be permitted by law, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

Such committees shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence of disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the bylaws or the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the board of directors when required.

 

  13  

 

 

Section 15. Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

Section 16. Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

NOTICES

 

Section 1. Manner of Notice. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be given in writing, by mail or courier service, addressed to such director or stockholder, at such person's address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail or with the courier service. Notices may also be given personally in writing and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of receipt thereof. Notices also may be sent by electronic transmission shall be deemed effective as set forth in Section 232 of the DGCL. For purposes of this Section 1, "electronic transmission" means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. Notice to directors may be given by telephone, email, facsimile or other electronic transmission.

 

Section 2. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, signed or given by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

  14  

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1. Designation. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Presidents, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also elect from its members a Chairman of the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person unless specifically prohibited by law. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

 

Section 2. Election, Tenure and Duties of Officers. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after the each annual meeting of stockholders, or as soon thereafter as is convenient, shall elect officers of the Corporation. New offices may be created and filled by the Board of Directors, and any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, creation of new offices or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors. Each officer of the Corporation shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors together with the powers and duties customarily exercised by such officer. Each officer shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at its discretion, with or without cause, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of any such officer, if any, with the Corporation.

 

Section 4. Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers, except that of the Chief Executive Officer, shall be approved by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors. The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer shall be determined, or recommended to the Board of Directors for determination, either by a compensation committee comprised of independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on the Corporation's Board of Directors. The compensation of agents of the Corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the Chief Executive Officer, by the President(s) or any Vice-President of the Corporation.

 

Section 5. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the provisions of these by-laws and the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control over the business of the Corporation and over its officers. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chief Executive Officer, and any other duties as may be from time to time assigned to the Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors, in each case subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6. President. The President shall report and be responsible to the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such powers and perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned or delegated to the President by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer or that are incident to the office of president.

 

  15  

 

 

Section 7. Vice Presidents. Each vice president of the Corporation shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President, or that are incident to the office of vice president.

 

Section 8. Secretary and Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. The Secretary shall perform like duties for the standing committees of the Board of Directors when required. Under the Board of Directors’ supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President(s) or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have custody of and authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by such officer's signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President(s) or the Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe. The Secretary and any Assistant Secretary shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as are incident to those positions and/or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these bylaws. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

 

Section 9. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal financial officer of the Corporation and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 10. Other Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 11. Bonds. When and if required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of such officer's duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

 

Section 12. Delegation. The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of any officer to any such other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

 

  16  

 

 

Section 13. Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, any President or any Vice President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consents, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper. Any of the rights set forth in this Section 14 which may be delegated to an attorney or agent may also be exercised directly by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, any President or any Vice President.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

 

Section 1. Certificates. Every holder of fully paid stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by any two authorized officers, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation; provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate or certificates for shares signed in the name of the Corporation.

 

If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Section 2. Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if that person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

  17  

 

 

Section 3. Lost Certificates. The Corporation may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 4. Transfer of Stock. Subject to any applicable transfer restrictions, upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares, if any, duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate (if such shares are to be certificated) to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Uncertificated shares shall be transferred in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 5. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1. Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

 

Section 2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

Section 3. Checks. All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

  18  

 

 

Section 5. Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal, Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

Section 6. Exclusive Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation's stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that this forum provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of Section 6 immediately above is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce Section 6 immediately above (an “FSC Enforcement Action”) and (ii) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such FSC Enforcement Action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 6.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1. Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or to its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to, modification of or repeal of this Section 1 of this Article shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

 

Section 2. Indemnification. The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify, advance expenses, and hold harmless any person (a "Covered Person") who was or is s or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except for claims for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of expenses not paid in full, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any amendment, repeal or modification of Section 2 of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

  19  

 

 

Section 3. Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereafter in effect, and not prohibited by any other applicable law, expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by a Covered Person in connection with any Proceeding shall be paid promptly by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses incurred by any Covered Person in his or her capacity as such (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by the indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses by the Corporation as authorized in this Section 3 of this Article.

 

Section 4. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 2 of this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, together with interest thereon, and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim, including reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law (or other applicable law) for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (or of its full board of directors, its directors who are not parties to the Proceeding with respect to which indemnification is claimed, its stockholders, or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL (or other applicable law), nor an actual determination by any such person or persons that such claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to such action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

Section 5. Non-Exclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation, the bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the Covered Persons shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified as a Covered Person, but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise. The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

 

  20  

 

 

Section 6. Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Covered Person against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article.

 

Section 7 Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the bylaws. The affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors then in office shall be required to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the bylaws.

 

The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the shares of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

  21  

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

 

MOVING iMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

The undersigned, constituting the board of directors of Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., hereby adopt the foregoing amended and restated bylaws as the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Dated as of February __, 2020.

 

 
    Phil Rafnson, Director
     
     
     
    Glenn Sherman, Director

 

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY:

 

That I am the duly elected, qualified and acting secretary of Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., and that the foregoing amended and restated bylaws were adopted as the bylaws of the Corporation as of the ____ day of February, 2020, by the board of directors of the Corporation.

 

Dated as of                                        , 2020.

 

 

           
     
    Print Name            

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE AUTHORIZED: 100,000,000 COMMON SHARES, $0.0001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE This Certifies That is the owner of Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value of MOVING iMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. transferable on the books of this Corporation in person or by attorney upon surrender of this Certificate duly endorsed or assigned. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, and to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation, as now or hereafter amended. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and to be sealed with the facsimile seal of the Corporation. Dated: PRESIDENT SECRETARY Countersigned: CORPORATE STOCK TRANSFER, INC. 3200 Cherry Creek South Drive, Suite 430 Denver, CO 80209 By ______________________________________ Transfer Agent and Registrar Authorized Officer MOVING iMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. CORPORATE DELAWARE 001 CUSIP 62464R 10 9 SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

 

MOVING iMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. CORPORATE STOCK TRANSFER, INC. TRANSFER FEE: AS REQUIRED The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM - as tenants in common TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ____________ Custodian ____________ JT TEN - as joint tenants with right (Cust) (Minor) of survivorship and not as under Uniform Gifts to Minors tenants in common Act _________________________________ (State) Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE FOR VALUE RECEIVED,__________________________________________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________________________________Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________________________________________________________________________Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated:___________________20________, Signature: X___________________________________________________________ Signature(s) Guaranteed: Signature: X___________________________________________________________ THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions) WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation: [Moving Image Technologies, Inc.]
Number of Shares: See below
Class of Stock: [Common Stock]
Initial Exercise Price: [The initial public offering price per share]
Issue Date: [_________, 201__]
Expiration Date: The fifth anniversary of the Closing Date

 

This Warrant Certifies That, for good and valuable consideration, AGILITY CAPITAL III, LLC or its registered assignee (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of [Moving Image Technologies, Inc.], a [Delaware] corporation (the “Company”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “Warrant Price”) set forth above and herein, and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant.

 

This Warrant is being issued to Holder in connection with that certain Loan Agreement by and between Holder and Moving Image Technologies, LLC, predecessor to the Company, dated as of [_____, 2019] (the “Closing Date”) and as amended from time to time (the “Loan Agreement”). The initial number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is equal to $250,000 (the “Warrant Coverage Amount”) divided by the Warrant Price. In addition to the foregoing, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Loan Agreement), the Warrant Coverage Amount shall increase by 10% on the date of such Event of Default, and further increased on the 30th day following such Event of Default and on each 30th day thereafter (each, a “Measurement Date”) by an additional 15% of the Warrant Coverage Amount then in effect on such Measurement Date (in compounding fashion), until the Event of Default is cured and waived in writing by Lender (as defined in the Loan Agreement).

 

1. Exercise

 

1.1                    Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering this Warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2                    Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.

 

1.3                    Fair Market Value. If the Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. Otherwise, the value shall be as reasonably determined by the Board of Director of the Company in good faith.

 

1.4                    Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.5                    Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, or surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.

 

 

2. Adjustments To The Shares.

 

2.1                    Dividends. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its capital stock or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the property to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred.

 

2.2                    Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new Warrant for such new securities or other property. The new Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events. Upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.

 

2.3                    Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If at any time while this Warrant, or any portion thereof, remains outstanding and unexpired, the outstanding Shares are reverse-split, combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding Shares are split, combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of or conversion of this Warrant shall be proportionately increased.

 

2.4                    No Impairment. The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles/Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment. If the Company takes any action affecting the Shares or its common stock other than as described above that adversely affects Holder’s rights under this Warrant, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted downward and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be adjusted upward in such a manner that the aggregate Warrant Price of this Warrant is unchanged.

 

2.5                    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price or the Shares, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer or other authorized officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based and the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the type and number of Shares issuable under the Warrant on the date thereof.

 

3. Representations And Covenants Of The Company.

 

3.1                  Representations and Warranties. The Company represents and warrants to the Holder that all Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances.

 

2.

 

 

3.2                  Notice of Certain Events. If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (d) effectuate an Acquisition or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 15 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 15 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

3.3                    Information Rights. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) promptly after delivery to any commercial bank or other financial institution that provides working capital financing to the Company, quarterly and annual financial statements of the Company (or if the Company does not have a commercial bank or other financial institution that provides it working capital, then within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual financial statements of the Company); provided however the Company need not provide such information for any period in which Company has filed Form 10-K or Form 10-Q (as applicable) with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

4.1                    Term. This Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above.

 

4.2                    Legends. This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

 

4.3                    Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.

 

4.4                    Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company written notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable), provided that no such notice shall be required for a transfer to an affiliate of Holder.

 

4.5                    Waiver. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

4.6                    Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

3.

 

 

4.7                    Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when confirmed as received by the recipient if sent by electronic mail, (c) three (3) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth below or at such other address address as such party may designate in writing to the other party:

 

If to Holder: Agility Capital III, LLC
  10 East Figueroa Street, Suite 204
  Santa Barbara, CA 93101
  Attn: Jeff Carmody/Daniel Corry
  Email: jeff@agilitycap.com; daniel@agilitycap.com
   
If to Company: [Moving Image Technologies, Inc.]
  17760 Newhope Street
  Fountain Valley, CA 92708
  Attn: ______________________
  Email: _____________________

 

4.8                    Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

[remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

4.

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock as of the Issue Date set forth above.

 

  [Moving Image Technologies, Inc.]
   
  By:  
   
  Name:  
   
  Title:  

 

5.

 

 

APPENDIX 1

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.             The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares of the ____________ Stock of [Moving Image Technologies, Inc.] pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

1.             The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares in the manner specified in Section 1.2 of the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to ______________ of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

 

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

 

2.             Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

AGILITY CAPITAL III, LLC

Or Registered Assignee

 

3.             The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

AGILITY CAPITAL III, LLC or Registered Assignee  
   
   
 
(Signature)  
   
   
 
(Date)  

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

 

February 21, 2020

 

Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.

17760 Newhope Street

Fountain Valley, CA 92075

 

Re:             Registration Statement on Form S-1

Registration No. 333-234159

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-234159) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “Prospectus”), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on October 11, 2019 (as amended through the date hereof and including all exhibits thereto, the “Registration Statement”), in connection with the public offering (the “Offering”) by the Company of:

 

(i) up to 2,645,000 shares (the “Shares”) of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), including up to 345,000 shares of Common Stock that may be sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares, and

 

(ii) the Underwriters’ Warrant, as hereinafter defined, to purchase up to 132,250 shares of Common Stock (the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrant are referred to as the “Warrant Shares”).

 

As such counsel and for purposes of our opinions set forth below, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, resolutions, certificates and instruments of the Company and corporate records furnished to us by the Company, certificates of public officials, statutes, records and such other instruments and documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth below, including without limitation (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Charter”) of the Company, in the form filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the sale of the Shares, (ii) the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, in the form filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement to become effective prior to the sale of the Shares, (iii) the form of Underwriting Agreement in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), (iv) the form of Underwriters’ Warrant in the form filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriters’ Warrant”), (iv) resolutions of the board of directors of the Company and certified results of stockholder approvals with respect to the Offering; and (v) the Registration Statement.

 

11355 West Olympic Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90064-1614 Telephone: 310.312.4000 Fax: 310.312.4224 

Albany | Boston | Chicago | Los Angeles | New York | Orange County | Palo Alto | Sacramento | San Francisco | Washington D.C.    

 

 

 

 

 

Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.

February 21, 2020

Page 2

 

In such examination and in rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed, without independent investigation or verification: (i) the genuineness of all signatures on all agreements, instruments, corporate records, certificates and other documents submitted to us, (ii) the legal capacity and authority of all persons or entities (other than the Company) executing all agreements, instruments, corporate records, certificates and other documents submitted to us, (iii) the authenticity and completeness of all agreements, instruments, corporate records, certificates and other documents submitted to us as originals, (iv) that all agreements, instruments, corporate records, certificates and other documents submitted to us as certified, electronic, facsimile, conformed, photostatic or other copies conform to authentic originals thereof, and that such originals are authentic and complete, (v) the due authorization, execution and delivery of all agreements, instruments, certificates and other documents by all parties thereto (other than the Company), (vi) that the statements contained in the certificates and comparable documents of public officials, officers and representatives of the Company and other persons on which we have relied for the purposes of this opinion set forth below are true and correct and (vii) that the officers and directors of the Company have properly exercised their fiduciary duties. We also have obtained from the officers of the Company certificates as to certain factual matters necessary for the purpose of this opinion and, insofar as this opinion is based on such matters of fact, we have relied solely on such certificates without independent investigation.

 

We have also assumed that (i) the Shares will be issued and sold as described in the Registration Statement and the Underwriting Agreement, (ii) the Warrant Shares will be issued and sold pursuant to the terms of the Underwriters’ Warrant, and (iii) shares of Common Stock of the Company will remain authorized and available for issuance of the Warrant Shares upon exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrant.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.        The Shares have been duly authorized by the Company and, when the Restated Charter is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and when the Shares are issued and sold in accordance with the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, with payment received by the Company in the manner described in the Underwriting Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

2.        The Underwriters’ Warrant has been duly authorized and when such Underwriters’ Warrant is duly executed and delivered in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement and issued, delivered and paid for, as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters’ Warrant will constitute a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

11355 West Olympic Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90064-1614 Telephone: 310.312.4000 Fax: 310.312.4224 

Albany | Boston | Chicago | Los Angeles | New York | Orange County | Palo Alto | Sacramento | San Francisco | Washington D.C.    

 

 

 

 

 

Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.

February 21, 2020

Page 2

 

3.        The Warrant Shares have been duly authorized by the Company and, upon exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrant, when the Warrant Shares are issued and sold in accordance with the terms of the Underwriters’ Warrant, with payment received by the Company in the manner described therein, the Warrant Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

We express no opinion as to the applicability or effect of any laws, orders or judgments of any state or other jurisdiction other than the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions and all applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting those laws), and solely, with respect to opinion paragraph 2, the laws of the State of California. This opinion is expressly limited to the matters set forth above and we render no opinion, whether by implication or otherwise, as to any other matters relating to the Company or the Common Stock.

 

With respect to the enforceability of the Underwriters’ Warrant, opinion paragraph 2. above is subject to the following qualifications:

 

(a)       the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws (including, without limitation, applicable state and federal laws relating to fraudulent or voidable transfers) and court decisions of general application, and other legal or equitable principles of general application, relating to, limiting, or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally;

 

(b)       the discretion of any court of competent jurisdiction in awarding equitable remedies, including but not limited to specific performance or injunctive relief and limitations imposed by applicable federal or state securities laws;

 

(c)        limitations imposed by applicable law or public policy on the enforceability of the indemnification and/or contribution provisions of the Underwriters’ Warrant;

 

(d)       the net impact or result of any conflict of laws between or among laws of competing jurisdictions;

 

(f)        the unenforceability, under certain circumstances, of contractual provisions respecting various self-help or summary remedies, especially if their operation would work a substantial forfeiture or impose a substantial penalty upon the burdened party;

 

(g)       the effects of the implied covenant of good faith, reasonableness and fair dealing and standards of immateriality, commercial reasonableness; and

 

11355 West Olympic Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90064-1614 Telephone: 310.312.4000 Fax: 310.312.4224 

Albany | Boston | Chicago | Los Angeles | New York | Orange County | Palo Alto | Sacramento | San Francisco | Washington D.C.    

 

 

 

 

 

Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.

February 21, 2020

Page 2

  

(h)        the enforceability of provisions in the Underwriters’ Warrant to the effect that the terms of the Underwriters’ Warrant not be waived or modified except in writing may be limited under certain circumstances..

 

We express no opinion with respect to the enforceability of (a) consents to, or restrictions upon, judicial relief or jurisdiction; (b) advance waivers of claims, defenses, rights granted by law, or notice, opportunity for hearing evidentiary requirements, statutes of limitation, or other procedural rights; (c) provisions for exclusivity, election or cumulation of rights or remedies; (d) provisions authorizing or validating conclusive or discretionary determinations; (e) provisions for the payment of attorneys’ fees where such payment is contrary to law or public policy; (f) provisions that waive the right of a party to object to jurisdiction or venue, or to assert any defense based on lack of jurisdiction or venue; or any provision purporting to waive the right to a jury trial.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and the use of our name therein under the caption “Legal Matters.” In giving this consent, we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission adopted under the Securities Act.

 

The opinions included herein are expressed as of the date hereof unless otherwise expressly stated, and we disclaim any undertaking to advise you of any subsequent changes in the facts stated or assumed herein or of any subsequent changes in applicable laws.

 

   
  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ MANATT, PHELPS & PHILLIPS, LLP
   
  Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP

 

11355 West Olympic Boulevard, Los Angeles, California 90064-1614 Telephone: 310.312.4000 Fax: 310.312.4224 

Albany | Boston | Chicago | Los Angeles | New York | Orange County | Palo Alto | Sacramento | San Francisco | Washington D.C.

   

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnity Agreement, effective as of                     , is made by and between Moving iMage Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation with executive offices located at 17760 Newhope Street, Fountain Valley, CA 92075 (the “Company”), and                     , __________of the Company residing at                                          (the “Indemnitee”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance or indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors and officers;

 

B. The statutes and judicial decisions regarding the duties of directors and officers are often difficult to apply, ambiguous, or conflicting, and therefore fail to provide such directors and officers with adequate, reliable knowledge of legal risks to which they are exposed or information regarding the proper course of action to take;

 

C. Plaintiffs often seek damages in such large amounts and the costs of litigation may be so substantial (whether or not the case is meritorious), that the defense and/or settlement of such litigation is often beyond the personal resources of officers and directors;

 

D. The Company believes that it is unfair for its directors and officers and the directors and officers of its subsidiaries to assume the risk of large judgments and other expense that may be incurred in cases in which the director or officer received no personal profit and in cases where the director or officer was not culpable;

 

E. The Company recognizes that the issues in controversy in litigation against a director or officer of a corporation such as the Company or a subsidiary of the Company are often related to the knowledge, motives and intent of such director or officer, that he or she is usually the only witness with knowledge of the essential facts and exculpating circumstances regarding such matters and that the long period of time which usually elapses before the trial or other disposition of which litigation often extends beyond the time that the director or officer can reasonably recall such matters; and may extend beyond the normal time for retirement or in the event of his or her death, his or her spouse, heirs, executors or administrators, may be faced with limited ability and undue hardship in maintaining an adequate defense, which may discourage such a director or officer from serving in that position;

 

F. Based upon their experience as business managers, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has concluded that, to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as officers and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its subsidiaries, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify its officers and directors and the officers and directors of its subsidiaries, and to assume for itself maximum liability for expenses and damages in connection with claims against such officers and directors in connection with their service to the Company and its subsidiaries, and has further concluded that the failure to provide such contractual indemnification could result in great harm to the Company and its subsidiaries and the Company’s stockholders;

 

G. Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, under which the Company is organized (“Section 145”), empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by Section 145 is not exclusive;

 

 

 

H. The Company, after reasonable investigation prior to the date hereof, has determined that the liability insurance coverage available to the Company and its subsidiaries as of the date hereof is inadequate and/or unreasonably expensive. The Company believes, therefore, that the interest of the Company’s stockholders would best be served by a combination of such insurance as the Company may obtain, or request a subsidiary to obtain, pursuant to the Company’s obligations hereunder, and the indemnification by the Company of the directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

I. The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company and/or the subsidiaries of the Company free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or a subsidiary of the Company; and

 

J. The Indemnitee is willing to serve, or to continue to serve, the Company and/or the subsidiaries of the Company, provided that he or she is furnished the indemnity provided for herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

 

(a) Agent. For the purposes of this Agreement, “agent” of the Company means any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of, for the convenience of or to represent the interest of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.

 

(b) Expenses. For purposes of this Agreement, “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs) actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding.

 

(c) Proceeding. For the purposes of this Agreement, “proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or any other type whatsoever.

 

(d) Subsidiary. For purposes of this Agreement, “subsidiary” means any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries.

 

2. Agreement to Serve. The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an agent of the Company, at its will (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists), in the capacity the Indemnitee currently serves as an agent of the Company, so long as he or she is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as he or she tenders his or her resignation in writing or he or she is removed from such position, provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment by the Indemnitee.

 

 

 

3. Maintenance of Liability Insurance.

 

(a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an agent of the Company and thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was an agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 3(b), shall use reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“D&O Insurance”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, the coverage is reduced by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or the Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary of the Company.

 

4. Mandatory Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from:

 

(a) Third Party Actions. If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity, against any and all expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; and

 

(b) Derivative Actions. If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity, against any amounts paid in settlement of any such proceeding and all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement, or appeal of such proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification under this subsection shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company after the time for an appeal has expired by a court of competent jurisdiction due to willful misconduct of a culpable nature in the performance of his or her duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper; and

 

(c) Actions Where Indemnitee is Deceased. If the Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an agent of the Company, or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity, against any and all expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of such proceeding if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and prior to, during the pendency or after completion of such proceeding the Indemnitee is deceased, except that in a proceeding by or in the right of the Company no indemnification shall be due under the provisions of this subsection in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company after the time for an appeal has expired, by a court of competent jurisdiction due to willful misconduct of a culpable nature in the performance of his or her duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such amounts which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper; and

 

 

 

(d) Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fees, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) which have been paid directly to Indemnitee under D&O Insurance.

 

5. Partial Indemnification. If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by him or her in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding but not entitled, however, to indemnification for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof to which the Indemnitee is not entitled.

 

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses. Subject to Section 10 below, the Company shall advance all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an agent of the Company or by reason of anything done or not done by him or her in any such capacity. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to the Indemnitee within twenty (20) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company.

 

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

 

(a) Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if the Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof.

 

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) hereof, the Company has D&O Insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

 

 

(c) In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the expenses for any proceeding against the Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by the Indemnitee, upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that (i) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her counsel in any such proceeding at the Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, the fees and expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

 

8. Determination of Right to Indemnification.

 

(a) To the extent the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to in Section 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c) of this Agreement or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

 

(b) In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify the Indemnitee unless, and only to the extent that, the Company shall prove by clear and convincing evidence to a forum listed in Section 8(c) below that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct required to entitle the Indemnitee to such indemnification.

 

(c) The Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which the validity of the Company’s claim under Section 8(b) hereof that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification will be heard from among the following:

 

(1) A quorum of the Board consisting of directors who are not parties to the proceeding for which indemnification is being sought;

 

(2) The stockholders of the Company;

 

(3) Legal counsel selected by the Indemnitee and reasonably approved by the Board, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion;

 

(4) A panel of three arbitrators, one of whom is selected by the Company, another of whom is selected by the Indemnitee and the last of whom is selected by the first two arbitrators so selected.

 

(d) As soon as practicable, and in no event later than 30 days after written notice of the Indemnitee’s choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the Company shall, at its own expense, submit to the selected forum in such manner as the Indemnitee or the Indemnitee’s counsel may reasonably request, its claim that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification; and the Company shall act in the utmost good faith to assure the Indemnitee a complete opportunity to defend against such claim.

 

(e) Notwithstanding a determination by any forum listed in Section 8(c) hereof that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to a specific proceeding, the Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery of Delaware, the court in which that proceeding is or was pending or any other court of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of enforcing the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification pursuant to the Agreement.

 

 

 

(f) The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or proceeding under this Section 8 involving the Indemnitee and against all expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any other proceeding between the Company and the Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of the Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims and/or defenses of the Indemnitee in any such proceeding was frivolous or not made in good faith.

 

9. Limitation of Actions and Release of Claims. No proceeding shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary against the Indemnitee, his or her spouse, heirs, estate, executors or administrators after the expiration of one year from the act or omission of the Indemnitee upon which such proceeding is based; however, in a case where the Indemnitee fraudulently conceals the facts underlying such cause of action, no proceeding shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted after the expiration of one year from the earlier of (i) the date the Company or any subsidiary of the Company discovers such facts, or (ii) the date the Company or any subsidiary of the Company could have discovered such facts by the exercise of reasonable diligence. Any claim or cause of action of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, including claims predicated upon the negligent act or omission of the Indemnitee, shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by filing of a legal action within such period. This Section 9 shall not apply to any cause of action which has accrued on the date hereof and of which the Indemnitee is aware on the date hereof, but as to which the Company has no actual knowledge apart from the Indemnitee’s knowledge.

 

10. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to the Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145, but such indemnification or advancement of expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors finds it to be appropriate; or

 

(b) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify the Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by the Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous; or

 

(c) Unauthorized Settlements. To indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of a proceeding unless the Company consents to such settlement; or

 

(d) Claims by the Company for Willful Misconduct. To indemnify or advance expenses to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding or claim brought by the Company against the Indemnitee for willful misconduct, unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of such claims was not made in good faith or was frivolous; or

 

(e) Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute; or

 

 

 

(f) Willful Misconduct. To indemnify the Indemnitee on account of the Indemnitee’s conduct which is finally adjudged to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest, or to constitute willful misconduct; or

 

(g) Unlawful Indemnification. To indemnify the Indemnitee if a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is not lawful; or

 

(h) Forfeiture of Certain Bonuses and Profits. To indemnify Indemnitee for the payment of amounts required to be reimbursed to the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or any similar successor statute.

 

11. Nonexclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which the Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to actions in his or her official capacity and to actions in another capacity while occupying his or her position as an agent of the Company, and the Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as an agent of the Company and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the Indemnitee.

 

12. Interpretation of Agreement. It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to the Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law.

 

13. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable and to give effect to Section 12 hereof.

 

14. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

15. Successors and Assigns. The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors, heirs, executors, and administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

16. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party addressee or (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the mailing date. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

 

 

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.

 

18. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and the Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.

 

 

The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.
   
     
  By:                       
     
  Its:  
   
  INDEMNITEE:
   
   
   

 

  8  

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated effective as of January 1, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), is made and entered into by and among Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MiT”), MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Buyer”), both having their principal offices at 17760 Newhope Street, Fountain Valley, CA 92708, Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation, having its principal offices at 73850 Dinah Shore Drive #115, Palm Desert, CA 92211 (“Seller”), and the Estate of Peter Bergin (“Shareholder”).

 

WHEREAS, Buyer is a wholly-owned subsidiary of MiT;

 

WHEREAS, the Shareholder owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Seller;

 

WHEREAS, Seller is in the business of cup-holder, tray and concession accessory manufacturing (the “Business”); and

 

WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell and assign to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase and assume from Seller, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of Seller.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, in reliance on the representations and warranties herein, and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Buyer, Seller and the Shareholder hereby agree as follows:

 

Article 1

TRANSFER OF ASSETS; ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES

 

1.1              Transfer of Assets. Seller shall, at the Closing (as hereinafter defined), sell, transfer and assign to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase and acquire from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest, as of the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), in and to all properties, assets, privileges, rights, interests and claims, real and personal, tangible and intangible, of every type and description, wherever located, that are owned, used, or held for use by Seller and used in the Business, wherever the same may be located and whether or not recorded on the books and records of Seller, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances (collectively, the “Assets”), including without limitation the following:

 

(a)               all cash and cash equivalents owned by Seller;

 

(b)               all accounts or notes receivable held by Seller, and any security, claim, remedy or other right related to any of the foregoing (“Accounts Receivable”);

 

(c)               all inventory, finished goods, raw materials, work in progress, packaging, supplies, parts and other inventories (“Inventory”);

 

 

 

 

(d)               The Seller’s rights under all Contracts listed on Schedule 1(d) (collectively, the “Assumed Contracts”) provided that (i) if any Contract in existence immediately before Closing was not disclosed to Buyer as of the date of this Agreement, Buyer may, at its election and sole discretion, update such Schedule 1(d) to include such Contract, and Seller shall assign and convey such Contract to Buyer for no additional consideration l (“Assigned Contracts”);

 

(e)               all prepaid expenses, credits, advance payments and deposits;

 

(f)                all customer deposits and other related prepayments;

 

(g)               all furniture, fixtures, equipment, machinery, tools, vehicles, office equipment, supplies, computers, telephones and other tangible personal property, including but not limited to the tangible person property listed on Schedule 1(g) (“Tangible Personal Property”);

 

(h)               all rights in, arising out of, or associated with any of the following intellectual property in any jurisdiction throughout the world, including but not limited to the intellectual property listed on Schedule 1(h) (“Intellectual Property”): (i) trademarks, service marks, brands, logos, trade dress, and trade names, (ii) copyrights and works of authorship, whether or not copyrightable; (iii) internet domain names, all associated web addresses, URLs, websites and web pages, social media accounts, pages and user names, and all content and data thereon or relating thereto; (iv) computer software, programs, operating systems, firmware and other code; and (v) all other intellectual or industrial property, trade secrets and proprietary rights;

 

(i)                all permits, including but not limited to the permits listed on Schedule 1(i) (“Permits”);

 

(j)                all of Seller’s rights under warranties, indemnities and all similar rights against third parties to the extent related to any Assets;

 

(k)               all insurance benefits, including rights and proceeds, arising from or relating to the Business, the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities (as hereafter defined);

 

(l)                originals, or where not available, copies, of all books and records, including, but not limited to, books of account, ledgers and general, financial and accounting records, machinery and equipment maintenance files, customer lists, customer purchasing histories, price lists, distribution lists, supplier lists, production data, quality control records and procedures, customer complaints and inquiry files, research and development files, records and data, sales material and records (including pricing history, total sales, terms and conditions of sale, sales and pricing policies and practices), strategic plans, internal financial statements, marketing and promotional surveys, material and research and files relating to the Intellectual Property (“Books and Records”); and

 

(m)              all goodwill and going concern value associated with the Business, including all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the name “Caddy Products”.

 

2

 

 

1.2              Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding the terms of Section 1.1, the following assets (the “Excluded Assets”) shall be retained by Seller and shall not be sold, transferred or assigned to Buyer:

 

(a)               all Contracts that are not Assigned Contracts (the “Excluded Contracts”), including but not limited to the Excluded Contracts set forth on Schedule 1.2(a);

 

(b)               any owned or leased real property of Seller, including but not limited to the land and building located at 73850 Dinah Shore Drive #115, Palm Desert, CA 92211;

 

(c)               the organizational documents, minute books, stock books, tax returns, or other records having to do with the corporate organization of Seller;

 

(d)               all Employee Benefit Plans (as hereafter defined) and assets attributable thereto;

 

(e)               the assets specifically set forth on Schedule 1.2(e); and

 

(f)                all rights and privileges under this Agreement (including attorney-client privilege relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

 

1.3              Assumed Liabilities. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Buyer shall assume and agree to pay, perform and discharge only the following liabilities of Seller (collectively, the “Assumed Liabilities”), and no other liabilities:

 

(a)               all liabilities in respect of the Assigned Contracts but only to the extent that such liabilities thereunder are required to be performed after the Closing Date, were incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not relate to any failure to perform, improper performance, warranty or other breach, default or violation by Seller on or prior to the Closing;

 

(b)               severance amounts due to Natalie Dawson in the amount of $36,000 and to Cecilia Lomeli in the amount of $27,840 (the “Severance Amounts”); and

 

(c)               the current liabilities included in working capital as set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

1.4              Excluded Liabilities. Other than as specifically set forth above in Section 1.3, Seller shall retain, and Buyer shall not assume, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as an assumption by Buyer of, any liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Seller of any nature whatsoever, whether absolute, fixed or contingent, known or unknown due or to become due, unliquidated or otherwise which accrued prior to the Closing Date.

 

3

 

 

Article

PURCHASE PRICE

 

2.1              Purchase Price. The aggregate purchase price for the Assets is (the “Purchase Price”): (i) $1,700,000; minus (ii) the Severance Amounts of $63,840; plus (iii) the Working Capital Adjustment of $41,610 (for a Closing Purchase Price of $1,677,770; plus (iv) the Adjustment Payment (if any, and as hereinafter defined). Buyer will use commercially reasonable efforts to secure adequate financing to fund the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Purchase Price shall be payable as follows:

 

(a) Buyer will deliver to Seller: (i) $200,000 pursuant to a secured promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1, which Note shall be placed into escrow as described in Section 2.2(b) (the “Indemnity Promissory Note”); (ii) $300,000 (the “Adjustment Escrow Amount”) pursuant to a secured promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit A-2, which Note shall be placed into escrow as described in Section 2.2(b) (the “Adjustment Payment Promissory Note”); (iii) $377,129 pursuant to a secured promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit A-3 (the “Closing Promissory Note”); and (iv) $1,177,770 pursuant to a secured promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit A-4 (the “Balance Promissory Note”). In connection with each of the Indemnity Promissory Note, Adjustment Payment Promissory Note and the Balance Promissory Note, Buyer will grant Seller a security interest in the Assets pursuant to the terms of a security agreement between Buyer and Seller, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-5 (the “Buyer Security Agreement”), and each such note will be personally guaranteed by Phillip Rafnson pursuant to a personal guaranty, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-6 (the “Personal Guaranty”). In addition, in connection with each of the Indemnity Promissory Note, Adjustment Payment Promissory Note and the Balance Promissory Note, MiT will grant Seller a security interest in its assets pursuant to a security agreement between MiT and Seller, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-7 (the “MiT Security Agreement”). Seller agrees to subordinate its security interest in the MiT Security Agreement to a senior lender who provides funds for payment of the Closing Promissory Note and working capital.

 

(b) At the Closing, Buyer will deliver each of the Indemnity Promissory Note and the Adjustment Payment Promissory Note to law firm of Fabyanske, Westra, Hart & Thomson, P.A., who will act as escrow agent with respect to such notes (the “Escrow Agent”).

 

2.2              Purchase Price Adjustments.

 

(a)               Working Capital Adjustment. The parties hereto agree that as of January 1, 2019, Seller had excess working capital of $41,610 (the “Working Capital Adjustment”).

 

4

 

 

(b)               Further Adjustment.

 

(i)                  Adjustment Payment. As described in Sections 2.1(a) herein, at the Closing, Buyer will deliver the Adjustment Payment Promissory Note to the Escrow Agent. If the aggregate gross margin of total revenues from the sale by the Buyer of those products which are part of the Seller’s current product catalogue as set forth on Schedule 4.23, or are otherwise developed or marketed under Seller’s brand name, as calculated using the same accounting methods as used by Seller in its 2015, 2016 and 2017 financial statements (the “Gross Margin”), exceeds $1,036,398 (the “Target”) for the twelve (12) month period beginning on July 1, 2019 and continuing through June 30, 2019 (the “Adjustment Period”), then Seller will be entitled to the entire Adjustment Escrow Amount. If the Gross Margin during the Adjustment Period is 85% or less of the Target (the “Floor”), then Buyer will be entitled to the entire Adjustment Escrow Amount. If the Gross Margin during the Adjustment Period is between the Target and the Floor, then the Adjustment Escrow Amount will be distributed to Seller and Buyer in accordance with the following schedule:

 

If Gross Margin is between Adjustment Escrow Amount to Seller Adjustment Escrow Amount to Buyer
$880,939 to $912,030 $50,000 $250,000
$912,031 to $943,122 $100,000 $200,000
$943,123 to $974,214 $150,000 $150,000
$974,215 to $1,005,306 $200,000 $100,000
$1,005,037 to $1,036,397 $250,000 $50,000

 

(ii)                 Post-Closing Operations. For the Adjustment Period, Buyer shall use its reasonable efforts to operate the Business in the usual, regular, and ordinary course consistent with Seller’s past practice, , and to separately account for the results of operations of the Business so as to allow the adjustment payments contemplated by this Section 2.2(b) (each, an “Adjustment Payment”) to be calculated following the Adjustment Period in accordance with Section 2.2(b)(iii).

 

(iii)                Determination of Adjustment Payments. Buyer will deliver to Seller its calculation of the Adjustment Payment on or prior to August 15, 2020 (the “Adjustment Calculation”). The determination of the Adjustment Payment will be based on the actual results with respect to the sale by the Buyer of those products which are part of the Sellers current product catalogue as set forth on Schedule 4.23, or are otherwise developed or marketed under Seller’s brand name, for the Adjustment Period.

 

5

 

 

(iv)                Procedures Applicable to Determination of the Adjustment Payments. During the forty-five (45) days following Buyer’s delivery of the Adjustment Calculation to Seller, Seller shall be entitled to review the Adjustment Calculation and any working papers, trial balances, statements of income and similar materials relating to the Adjustment Calculation. The Adjustment Calculation shall become final and binding upon Seller and Buyer on the 46th day following delivery thereof unless Seller gives written notice to Buyer of its disagreement with the Adjustment Calculation (the “Objection Notice”) prior to such date. In such event, Seller and Buyer will attempt in good faith to resolve any objections set forth in an Objection Notice within thirty (30) days after Buyer’s receipt of the Objection Notice. If Buyer and Seller cannot resolve all such objections within such thirty (30) day period, then the parties will retain a firm of independent certified public accountants mutually acceptable to Seller and Buyer (the “Accounting Firm”) to resolve all of the outstanding items in the Objection Notice and, based on the resolution of such objections, to determine the actual Adjustment Payment. The Accounting Firm will consider only those items and amounts in Buyer’s and Seller’s respective determinations of the Adjustment Calculation that are identified as being items and amounts to which Buyer and Seller have been unable to agree. In resolving any disputed item or amount, the Accounting Firm may not assign a value to any item or amount that is higher than the highest value for each item or amount claimed by either party or lower than the lowest value for such item or amount claimed by either party. The Accounting Firm’s determination of the actual Adjustment Payment will be based solely on the written submissions of Buyer and Seller (and not on any independent review by the Accounting Firm) and on the applicable definitions and provisions of this Agreement related to the disputed items and amounts. The fees, costs and expenses of the Accounting Firm will be apportioned between Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, based upon the inverse proportion of the disputed amounts resolved in favor of such party (i.e., so that the party closest to the Accounting Firm valuation bears a lesser amount of such fees, costs and expenses). The parties will use their reasonable best efforts to cause the Accounting Firm to make its determination as promptly as possible and in any event within sixty (60) days after the Accounting Firm has been retained. Each of Buyer and Seller will be afforded the opportunity to present to the Accounting Firm any materials related to the determination and to discuss the determination with the Accounting Firm. The determination of the Accounting Firm will be conclusive and binding on the parties.

 

(v)                 Payment of Adjustment Payments. Within five (5) business days of final determination of an Adjustment Payment, Buyer and Seller shall submit a joint written instruction letter to the Escrow Agent instructing such party as to the distribution of the Adjustment Payments.

 

2.3              Allocation of Purchase Price. The Purchase Price shall be allocated as among the Assets as set forth on Schedule 2.3 attached hereto. The parties agree that any tax returns will be prepared and filed consistently with the agreed upon allocation. If any state or federal taxing authority challenges such allocated, the party receiving notice of such challenge will give the other party prompt notice of such challenge, and the parties will cooperate in good faith in responding to such challenge in order to preserve the effectiveness of the allocation.

 

6

 

 

Article 3

CLOSING

 

3.1              Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) will be held remotely via electronic exchange of signature pages and documents concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, so long as all of the conditions listed in Article 8 requiring action on or before the Closing Date have been satisfied or waived, or such other time and location as the parties mutually agree in writing. The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to herein as the “Closing Date,” and the Closing shall be deemed effective as of the Effective Date.

 

3.2              Seller Deliveries. In addition to any other documents or instruments to be delivered by Seller on or prior to the Closing Date, Seller covenants and agrees that it will, at the Closing, deliver to Buyer:

 

(a) an executed copy of a Bill of Sale, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Bill of Sale”), and such other instruments of conveyance, transfer, assignment and delivery as Buyer shall have reasonably requested;

 

(b) an executed copy of an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit C (the “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”);

 

(c) an executed copy of each of the Buyer Security Agreement and the MiT Security Agreement;

 

(e) an executed copy of resolutions of the board of directors of Seller and the Shareholder authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

(f) Seller’s Closing Certificate (as hereafter defined), duly executed by an authorized officer of Seller;

 

(g) such UCC-3 termination statements and such other documents as are necessary to effectuate a release of any liens against the Assets; and

 

(h) a certificate of good standing for Seller from the California Secretary of State dated within 30 days prior to the Closing Date; and

 

(i) such other certificates, documents and instruments as Buyer may reasonably request to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.

  

7

 

 

3.3              Buyer Deliveries. In addition to any other documents or instruments to be delivered by Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date, Buyer covenants and agrees that it will, at or before the Closing,

 

(a) deliver to Seller:

 

(i) an executed copy of the Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

 

(ii) an executed copy of the Closing Promissory Note;

 

(iii) the executed original copy of the Balance Promissory Note;

 

(iv) an executed copy of each of the Buyer Security Agreement and the MiT Security Agreement;

 

(v) an executed copy of the Personal Guaranty;

 

(vi) an executed copy of the resolutions of the board of directors of Buyer authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement;

 

(vii) Buyer’s Closing Certificate (as hereafter defined); and

 

(viii) such other certificates, documents and instruments as Seller may reasonably request to consummate the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

(b) deliver to the Escrow Agent executed original copies of the Indemnity Promissory Note and the Adjustment Payment Promissory Note.

 

3.4              MiT Deliveries. In addition to any other documents or instruments to be delivered by MiT on or prior to the Closing Date, MiT covenants and agrees that it will, at or before the Closing, deliver to Seller an executed copy of the MiT Security Agreement.

 

Article 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF SELLER

 

To induce Buyer to enter into this Agreement, Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

 

4.1              Organization. (a) Seller is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California with the corporate power and authority to conduct the Business as presently conducted and to own and lease its properties and assets (including the Assets). Seller is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in the jurisdictions where such qualification is required. (b) Seller has delivered or made available to Buyer: (i) a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Seller (collectively, the “Seller Charter Documents”) , and each such instrument is in full force and effect. Seller is not in violation of any of the provisions of the Seller Charter Documents.

 

4.2              Power and Authority. Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform this Agreement and the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by it in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and such other agreements and instruments and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement is, and the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered by Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Seller, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

8

 

 

4.3              Ownership of Seller. The authorized capital stock of Seller consists of: 100,000 shares of common stock. At the close of business on the date hereof: 1,250 shares of Seller common stock were issued and outstanding. The Shareholder owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Seller. No shares of Seller Capital Stock are owned or held by Seller. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Seller are, and all shares of capital stock of Seller which may be issued before Closing will be, when issued, duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to any preemptive rights. There are no options, warrants or rights to purchase shares of Seller Capital Stock outstanding.

 

4.4              Subsidiaries. Seller has no wholly or partially-owned subsidiary companies or other entities.

 

4.5              No Conflict. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will (i) violate or conflict with any federal, state or local law, regulation, ordinance, zoning requirement, governmental restriction, order, judgment or decree applicable to Seller or the Assets, (ii) violate or conflict with any provision of the Seller Charter Documents or other governing or organizational instrument of Seller or (iii) result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or impair Seller’s rights or alter the rights or obligations of any third party under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, or result in the creation of a lien or encumbrance on any of the Assets.

 

4.6              Contract Consents. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6 (the “Required Consents”), no approval, authorization, consent, permission, or waiver from, or notice, filing, or recording with, any person is necessary for (i) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other agreements and instruments to be executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby by Seller or the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby; or (ii) the transfer and assignment to Buyer at Closing of the Assets.

 

4.7              Financial Statements. The Statement of Assets, Liabilities & Equity – Tax Basis as of December 31, 2017 and September 30, 2018 and the Statement of Income & Expenses – Tax Basis of Seller for the twelve (12) month and nine (9) month periods, respectively, then ended (collectively the “Financial Statements,” the Statement of Assets, Liabilities & Equity – Tax Basis as of September 30, 2018 and the Statement of Income & Expenses – Tax Basis for the nine (9) month period then ended are referred to as the “Latest Financial Statements”), have been provided to Buyer and are attached as Schedule 4.7. The Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with income tax basis of accounting (OCBOA) principles consistent with the principles and procedures employed in prior periods by Seller and fairly present the results of operation and the financial position of Seller as of the dates thereof and the periods then ended in all material respects.

 

9

 

 

4.8              Title to and Condition of Assets.

 

(a)               Seller has title to the Assets free and clear of all liens, claims or encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances. Buyer at Closing will obtain title to all of the Assets, free and clear of all liens, claims or encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances. All Tangible Personal Property are in good operating condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. As used herein, “Permitted Encumbrances” means the following encumbrances: (i) statutory liens for taxes not yet due and payable; and (ii) encumbrances that will be and are released and, as appropriate, removed of record, at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(b)               All Accounts Receivable of Seller arose in the ordinary course of business and are proper and valid Accounts Receivable, and, to Seller’s knowledge, can be collected by Seller in full (without any counterclaim or setoff), subject to the reserves reflected on the Latest Financial Statements. There are no refunds, discounts, rights of setoff or assignments affecting any such Accounts Receivable.

 

4.9              Inventory. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9, all Inventory is of usable quality and includes no material amount of obsolete or discontinued items or items that cannot be used in the ordinary course of business. The quantities of each item of Inventory (whether raw materials, work-in-process or finished goods) are not excessive, but are reasonable in the present circumstances of Seller.

 

4.10            Contracts.

 

(a)               The Contracts listed on Schedule 4.10 constitute

 

i.                   any employment or consulting Contract with any executive officer or other employee of Seller, other than those that are terminable by Seller on no more than thirty (30) days’ notice without liability or financial obligation by Seller and which contain no “change in control” or similar provisions;

 

ii.                  any Contract containing any covenant (A) limiting in any respect the right of Seller to engage in any line of business or compete with any Person in any material line of business, (B) granting any exclusive rights, (C) agreeing to purchase a minimum amount of goods or services in excess of $10,000 in the aggregate in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, (D) agreeing to purchase goods or services exclusively from a certain party or (E) requiring Seller to give “most favored nation” pricing to any customers, potential customers or any class of customers or to provide exclusive or “most favored nation” access to any product features, excluding standard customizations, to any customers, potential customers or any class of customers (it being understood that agreements to provide updates, enhancements or new versions as they become available shall not be considered “most favored nation” access, nor shall agreements to provide alpha, beta or other similar restricted release versions of products);

 

10

 

 

iii.                 any dealer, distributor, joint marketing, partnership, development, reseller or similar agreement (including such agreements under which the other party has the right to manufacture or reproduce Seller’s products) under which Seller has continuing obligations to jointly market any product, technology or service and which may not be canceled without penalty upon notice of ninety (90) days or less;

 

iv.                any agreement pursuant to which Seller has continuing obligations to jointly develop any Intellectual Property that will not be owned, in whole or in part, by Seller and which may not be terminated without penalty upon notice of ninety (90) days or less;

 

v.                 any Contract containing any support, maintenance or service obligation on the part of Seller;

 

vi.                any mortgages, indentures, guarantees, loans or credit agreements, security agreements or other Contracts relating to the borrowing of money or extension of credit in a principal amount in excess of $25,000 that is outstanding or may be incurred on the terms thereof, other than accounts receivables and payables in the ordinary course of business;

 

vii.               any other individual agreement, contract or commitment that involves future expenditures or obligations by or of Seller in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate during any consecutive twelve month period;

 

viii.              any Contracts for the purchase, lease and/or maintenance of computer equipment and other equipment;

 

ix.                 Contracts for the purchase, license, lease and/or maintenance of software under which Seller is the purchaser, licensee, lessee or user and other material supplier Contracts;

 

x.                  any Contracts under which any rights in and/or ownership of any software product, technology or other Seller Intellectual Property, or any prior version thereof, or any part of the customer base, business or assets of Seller are licensed, modified, transferred, acquired, or developed;

 

xi.                 any Contract or other arrangement with an Affiliate, other than (A) advance or reimbursement for travel and entertainment expenses, (B) any standard form of invention assignment and confidentiality agreement, (C) employee benefits generally available to Employees of Seller (including stock options), and (D) “at will” employment offer letters; and

 

xii.                all other Contracts that are material to the Assets or the operation of the Business and not previously disclosed pursuant to Schedule 4.10.

 

(b)               Seller has made available to Buyer true, complete, and correct copies of each such Contract.

 

11

 

 

(c)               To Seller’s Knowledge, no Person is renegotiating, or has the right to renegotiate, any amount paid or payable to Seller under any such Contract or any other term or provision of any such Contract.

 

(d)               All such contracts are valid, binding and enforceable against Seller and, to the knowledge of Seller, against each other party thereto in accordance with their terms and are in full force and effect. There are no existing defaults by Seller or, to the knowledge of Seller, by any other party thereto under any such Contracts.

 

4.11            Real Estate.

 

(a)               Seller does not own any real property. Schedule 4.11 contains the legal address of each parcel of real property leased by Seller (the “Leased Real Property”). The Leased Real Property comprises all of the real property used in or otherwise related to the Business and is suitable for the purposes for which it is presently used. Set forth on Schedule 4.11 is a list of each lease (whether written or oral) pursuant to which Seller leases the Leased Real Property (the “Real Property Lease”). Seller has provided to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of each Real Property Lease.

 

(b)               To Seller’s knowledge, the Leased Real Property, buildings, structures, facilities, fixtures and other improvements comply in all material respects with all applicable covenants, conditions and restrictions governing and regulating the use of such property.

 

(c)               To Seller’s knowledge, there are no Permits, licenses or consents required by any government entity in connection with the use and occupancy of the Leased Real Property.

 

4.12            Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.12, there are no liabilities or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or unliquidated, whether due or to become due, whether known or unknown, and regardless of when asserted) of Seller, other than (i) any liabilities which did not have or would not have had, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on Seller, (ii) liabilities and obligations that are accrued and reserved against in the Latest Financial Statements or (ii) liabilities and obligations that have arisen or been incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Latest Financial Statements (none of which arises out of a breach of contract, tort, or violation of any statute, regulation or ordinance).

 

4.13            Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13, there are no claims, actions, suits, proceedings, inquiries, hearings, arbitrations, administrative proceedings or investigations (collectively, “Litigation”) pending, or, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, threatened against Seller affecting, involving or relating to any of the Assets of the Business. Or that seek to restrain, enjoin or prevent the consummation of the transactions referenced herein.

 

4.14            Court Orders, Decrees, and Laws. There is no outstanding or, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, threatened order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, governmental agency, or arbitration tribunal against Seller. Seller is not in violation of any applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, ordinance, zoning requirement, governmental restriction, order, judgment or decree, and Seller has received no notices of any allegation of any such violation.

 

12

 

 

4.15            Compliance with Laws; Permits.

 

(a)               Seller has complied, and is now complying, with all laws applicable to the conduct of the Business as currently conducted or the ownership and use of the Assets.

 

(b)               All Permits required for Seller to conduct the Business as currently conducted or for the ownership and use of the Assets have been obtained by Seller and are valid and in full force and effect. Schedule 4.15(b) lists all current Permits issued to Seller which are related to the conduct of the Business as currently conducted or the ownership and use of the Assets. No event has occurred that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would reasonably be expected to result in the revocation, suspension, lapse or limitation of any permit set forth on Schedule 4.15(b).

 

4.16            Environmental Matters.

 

(a)               Seller is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable government regulations relating to environmental matters, including, but not limited to, matters related to air pollution, water pollution, noise control, on site or off site hazardous substance handling, storage, discharge, transportation and disposal and no notice of violation of any government regulations have been received by Seller.

 

(b) No hazardous, dangerous or toxic materials have been illegally generated, contained, handled, located, used, manufactured, processed, buried, incinerated, deposited, stored or released on, under or about any part of the property in which Seller currently does business or has done business.

 

4.17            Taxes.

 

(a)               Seller has filed in a timely manner (taking into account all extensions of due dates) all federal, state, county, municipal and other tax returns, reports and declarations of all taxes which are required to have been filed including federal and state income tax returns, withholding tax returns, and sales and use tax returns. Seller has paid all taxes required to be paid in respect of the periods covered by such returns and all other taxes imposed by law upon Seller or any of its properties or assets.

 

(b)               Seller has not received any notice of deficiency or assessment of additional taxes which is outstanding as of the date hereof, and Seller has not granted any waiver of any statute of limitation with respect to, or any extension of a period for the assessment of, any federal, state, county, municipal or other tax.

 

(c)               Seller has withheld all required amounts from its employees for all periods in full and complete compliance with the tax withholding provisions of applicable federal and state laws; all required federal, state, local and other returns with respect to income tax withholding, social security and unemployment taxes have been filed by Seller for all periods for which returns were due; and the amounts shown on such returns to be due and payable have been paid in full.

 

13

 

 

(d)               For purposes of this Agreement the term “tax” shall be understood to include any tax or similar governmental charge, impost, levy or special assessment (including income taxes, property taxes, franchise taxes, transfer taxes or fees, sales taxes, use taxes, excise taxes, ad valorem taxes, withholding taxes, payroll taxes, special assessments, minimum taxes or windfall profit taxes, together with any related liabilities, penalties, fines, charges, additions to tax or interest) imposed by the United States or any state, county, local or other government or subdivision or agency thereof.

 

4.18            Employees and Labor Relations. As of the date hereof, all compensation, including wages, commissions, bonuses, fees and other compensation, payable to all employees, independent contractors or consultants of Seller for services performed on or prior to the date hereof have been paid in full and there are no outstanding agreements, understandings or commitments of Seller with respect to any compensation, commissions, bonuses or fees. Seller is and has been in compliance with all applicable laws pertaining to employment and employment practices to the extent they relate to employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Business, including all laws relating to labor relations, equal employment opportunities, fair employment practices, employment discrimination, harassment, retaliation, reasonable accommodation, disability rights or benefits, immigration, wages, hours, overtime compensation, child labor, hiring, promotion and termination of employees, working conditions, meal and break periods, privacy, health and safety, workers’ compensation, leaves of absence, paid sick leave and unemployment insurance. There exists no collective bargaining agreement involving Seller or its employees. No work stoppage or other labor dispute in respect of Seller is pending or, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, threatened.

 

4.19            Employee Benefits. Seller provides the employee benefits to its employees listed on Schedule 4.19. Seller is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and all other statutes, orders or governmental rules and regulations with respect to both the ERISA Plans and the Non-ERISA Arrangements. There are no actions, suits or claims pending or, to Seller’s knowledge threatened against the ERISA Plans or the Non-ERISA Arrangements. The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions referenced herein will not constitute an event under the ERISA Plans or the Non-ERISA Arrangements that will or may result in any payment (including any bonus or deferred compensation), acceleration, forgiveness of indebtedness, vesting, distribution, increase in benefits or obligation to fund benefits with respect to any Employee. Seller has not engaged in any transaction involving the ERISA Plans which is a “prohibited transaction” under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code for which an exemption does not exist or has been granted.

 

4.20            Intellectual Property.

 

(a)               Seller owns or has a valid right to use or license all Intellectual Property that it uses in the conduct of the Business. Each item of Intellectual Property owned or used by Seller will be owned or available for use by Buyer on the same terms and conditions immediately after the Closing. Seller has taken all action necessary and desirable to maintain and protect each item of Intellectual Property that it owns or uses.

 

14

 

 

(b)               Seller has not interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of any other person, and Seller has not received any charge, complaint, claim, demand or notice alleging any of the foregoing. To Seller’s knowledge, no person has interfered with, infringed upon, misappropriated, or otherwise come into conflict with any Intellectual Property rights of Seller.

 

4.21            Insurance Policies. Schedule 4.21 lists all of Seller’s insurance policies in force as of the date hereof, naming Seller as an insured or beneficiary or as a loss-payee or for which Seller has paid or is obligated to pay all or part of the premiums. Seller has not received notice of any pending or threatened termination or premium increase (retroactive or otherwise) with respect thereto; and Seller is in compliance with all conditions contained therein. There are no pending claims against such insurance by Seller as to which insurers have denied liability or are defending under any reservation of rights.

 

4.22            Customers and Suppliers. Schedule 4.22 contains a list of the ten largest customers and the ten largest suppliers of Seller for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 and the nine (9) month period ended September 30, 2018. With respect to the customers and suppliers so listed: (i) all such customers and suppliers continue to be customers and suppliers of Seller, (ii) no such customer or supplier has given Seller any notice terminating or modifying the pricing terms or any other material terms of any existing agreement between Seller and such customer or supplier or threatening to take any such actions, and (iii) to Seller’s knowledge, no customer or supplier intends to cease doing business with Seller.

 

4.23            Products. The current product catalogue of Seller is attached as Schedule 4.23.

 

4.24            Certain Payments. Prior to the Closing, (a) no director, manager or officer of Seller or (b) to Seller’s knowledge, any agent or employee of Seller or any other person associated with or acting for or on behalf of Seller has, directly or indirectly, in violation of any law (i) made any contribution, gift, bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback, or other payment to any person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property, or services (A) to obtain favorable treatment in securing business, (B) to pay for favorable treatment for business secured, or (C) to obtain special concessions or for special concessions already obtained, for or in respect of Seller, or (ii) established or maintained any fund or asset that has not been recorded in the books and records of Seller.

 

4.25            Broker’s or Finder’s Fees. Seller has not entered into and will not enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity which will result in the obligation of Buyer or Seller to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

4.26            Reliance The foregoing representations and warranties are made by Seller with the knowledge and expectation that Buyer is placing reliance thereon.

 

15

 

 

Article 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND MIT

 

Buyer and MiT hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to Seller as follows:

 

5.1              Organization and Power. Buyer is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with the requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder.

 

5.2              Execution, Delivery; Valid and Binding Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer and MiT and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action, and no other proceedings on its part are necessary to authorize the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer and MiT and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Buyer and MiT, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

5.3              No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer and MiT and the consummation by Buyer and MiT of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in any breach of any of the provisions of, constitute a default under, result in a violation of, result in the creation of a right of termination or acceleration of any lien upon any assets of Buyer or MiT or require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice to any court or other governmental body, under the provisions of the Certificate of Formation or Operating Agreement of either Buyer or MiT or any material indenture, mortgage, lease, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument by which either Buyer or MiT is bound or affected, or any governmental law, rule or regulation to which Buyer or MiT is subject.

 

5.4              No Consents. No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any person, corporation or other entity, public or private, is required to be made or received by Buyer or MiT in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation by Buyer or MiT of this transaction.

 

5.5              Broker’s or Finder’s Fees. Buyer has not entered into and will not enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity which will result in the obligation of either Buyer or Seller to pay any finder’s fee, brokerage commission or similar payment in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

16

 

 

Article 6

covenants

 

6.1              Conduct of Business Prior to the Closing

 

(i) From the date hereof until the Closing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or consented to in writing by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), Seller shall (x) conduct the Business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and (y) use reasonable best efforts to maintain and preserve intact its current Business organization, operations and franchise and to preserve the rights, franchises, goodwill and relationships of its employees, customers, lenders, suppliers, regulators and others having relationships with the Business. Without limiting the foregoing, from the date hereof until the Closing Date, Seller shall:

 

(a)               preserve and maintain all Permits required for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted or the ownership and use of the Assets;

 

(b)               pay the debts, taxes and other obligations of the Business when due;

 

(c)               continue to collect Accounts Receivable in a manner consistent with past practice, without discounting such Accounts Receivable;

 

(d)               maintain the properties and assets included in the Assets in the same condition as they were on the date of this Agreement, subject to reasonable wear and tear;

 

(e)               continue in full force and effect without modification all insurance policies, except as required by applicable law;

 

(f)               defend and protect the properties and assets included in the Assets from infringement or usurpation;

 

(g)               perform all of its obligations under all Assigned Contracts;

 

(h)               maintain the Books and Records in accordance with past practice; and

 

(i)                comply in all material respects with all laws applicable to the conduct of the Business or the ownership and use of the Assets.

 

(j)                    (ii) Required Consent. In addition, without limiting the generality of Section 6.1(i), except as permitted or contemplated by the terms of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, during the period from the date hereof and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the Closing Date, Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, do any of the following:

(i)                  Cause, permit or propose any amendments to Seller Charter Documents;

 

(ii)                 Adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution;

 

(iii)                Acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any material equity or voting interest in or a material portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any person or entity or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets that are material to its business;

 

(iv)                Sell, lease, license, encumber or otherwise dispose of any properties or assets except (A) the sale, lease or disposition (other than through licensing) of property or assets which are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to its business or (B) the sale, licensing and distribution of its current planned products and services in the ordinary course of business;

 

17

 

 

(v)                 Make any loans, advances or capital contributions to, or investments in, any other person or entity, other than employee advances for travel and entertainment expenses made in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vi)                Except as required by GAAP as concurred with by its independent auditors, make any material change in its methods or principles of accounting since the date of Latest Financial Statements;

 

(vii)               Make any tax election or accounting method change that is reasonably likely to adversely affect its tax liability or tax attributes of or settle or compromise any income tax liability or consent to any extension or waiver of any limitation period with respect to taxes;

 

(viii)              Revalue any of its assets other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(ix)                Commence or enter into any settlement of litigation other than the settlements involving the payment of money only in an amount not in excess of $25,000 individually for any one settlement or $100,000 in the aggregate for all such settlements, other than in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(x)                 Enter into or renew any Contracts containing, or otherwise subject Buyer to, any non-competition, exclusivity or other material restrictions on it or Buyer, or any of their respective businesses, following the Closing;

 

(xi)                Enter into any agreement or commitment the effect of which would be to grant to a third party following the transactions contemplated hereby any actual or potential right of license to any Intellectual Property owned by Buyer;

 

(xii)               Modify, amend or terminate any Contract currently in effect, or waive, release or assign any material rights or claims thereunder, except in the ordinary course consistent with past practice;

 

(xiii)              Agree to take any of the actions described in (i) through (xii) above.

 

6.2              Access to Information. From the date hereof until the Closing, Seller shall (a) afford Buyer and its representatives full and free access to and the right to inspect all of the real property, properties, assets, premises, Books and Records, contracts and other documents and data related to the Business; (b) furnish Buyer and its representatives with such financial, operating and other data and information related to the Business as Buyer or any of its representatives may reasonably request; and (c) instruct the representatives of Seller to cooperate with Buyer in its investigation of the Business. Any investigation pursuant to this Section 6.2 shall be conducted in such manner as not to interfere unreasonably with the conduct of the Business or any other businesses of Seller.

 

18

 

 

6.3               Notice of Certain Events. From the date hereof until the Closing, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer in writing of:

 

(a)               any fact, circumstance, event or action the existence, occurrence or taking of which (A) has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect, (B) has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, any representation or warranty made by Seller hereunder not being true and correct or (C) has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, the failure of any of the conditions set forth in Section 8.2 to be satisfied;

 

(b)               any notice or other communication from any person alleging that the consent of such person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c)               any notice or other communication from any governmental authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

(d)               any actions commenced or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting the Business, the Assets or the Assumed Liabilities that, if pending on the date of this Agreement, would have been required to have been disclosed pursuant to Section 4.14 or that relates to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

6.4              Confidentiality. From and after the Closing, Seller shall, and shall cause its affiliates to, hold, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its or their respective representatives to hold, in confidence any and all information, whether written or oral, concerning the Business, except to the extent that Seller can show that such information (a) is generally available to and known by the public through no fault of Seller, any of its affiliates or their respective representatives; or (b) is lawfully acquired by Seller, any of its affiliates or their respective representatives from and after the Closing from sources which are not prohibited from disclosing such information by a legal, contractual or fiduciary obligation. If Seller or any of its affiliates or their respective representatives are compelled to disclose any information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of law, Seller shall promptly notify Buyer in writing and shall disclose only that portion of such information which Seller is advised by its counsel in writing is legally required to be disclosed, provided that Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.

 

6.5              Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation.

 

(a)               For a period of five (5) years commencing on the Closing Date (the “Restricted Period”), Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its affiliates to, directly or indirectly, (i) engage in or assist others in engaging in a business similar to the Business (“Restricted Business”) in North America (the “Territory”); (ii) have an interest in any entity that engages directly or indirectly in the Restricted Business in the Territory in any capacity, including as a partner, shareholder, member, employee, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or (iii) cause, induce or encourage any material actual or prospective client, customer, supplier or licensor of the Business (including any existing or former client or customer of Seller and any person or entity that becomes a client or customer of the Business after the Closing), or any other person or entity who has a material business relationship with the Business, to terminate or modify any such actual or prospective relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (Seller may own, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, securities of any entity traded on any national securities exchange if Seller is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and does not, directly or indirectly, own 5% or more of any class of securities of such entity.

 

19

 

 

(b)               During the Restricted Period, Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its affiliates to, directly or indirectly, hire or solicit any person who is offered employment by Buyer or is or was employed in the Business during the Restricted Period, or encourage any such employee to leave such employment or hire any such employee who has left such employment, except pursuant to a general solicitation which is not directed specifically to any such employees.

 

(c)               Seller acknowledges that a breach or threatened breach of this Section 6.5 would give rise to irreparable harm to Buyer, for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy, and hereby agrees that in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Seller of any such obligations, Buyer shall, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies that may be available to it in respect of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including a temporary restraining order, an injunction, specific performance and any other relief that may be available from a court of competent jurisdiction (without any requirement to post bond).

 

(d)               Seller acknowledges that the restrictions contained in this Section 6.5 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of Buyer and constitute a material inducement to Buyer to enter into this Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In the event that any covenant contained in this Section 6.5 should ever be adjudicated to exceed the time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable law in any jurisdiction, then any court is expressly empowered to reform such covenant, and such covenant shall be deemed reformed, in such jurisdiction to the maximum time, geographic, product or service or other limitations permitted by applicable Law. The covenants contained in this Section 6.5 and each provision hereof are severable and distinct covenants and provisions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any such covenant or provision as written shall not invalidate or render unenforceable the remaining covenants or provisions hereof, and any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such covenant or provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

6.6              Required Consents. Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts (and Buyer shall cooperate reasonably with such efforts of Seller) to obtain, as soon as possible and at its expense, all Required Consents.

 

20

 

 

6.7              Employment Matters.

 

(a)               Except as to the Severance Amounts, Seller shall pay (i) to all of its employees all compensation, including salaries, commissions, bonuses, deferred compensation, severance, insurance, pensions profit sharing, vacation, sick pay and other compensation or benefits to which they are entitled for periods prior to Closing; and (ii) any “success fees,” bonuses, severance payments, change-of-control payments, retention payments, “stay around” payments or similar amounts payable to any employee, officer, manager, director, consultant or other service provider of Seller arising from pre-Closing obligations of Seller which are triggered by the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby and all payroll and employment taxes, social insurance contributions and other similar costs and expenses that are payable in relation to the payment of any of the foregoing to such persons.

 

(b)               Buyer may offer employment to certain employees of Seller at Closing, although it shall be under no obligation to do so, subject to Buyer’s customary employment screening procedures and pursuant to Buyer’s customary terms and conditions of employment.

 

(c)               Seller shall be responsible for maintenance and distribution of benefits accrued under the ERISA Plans. Buyer assumes neither any liability for any such accrued benefits nor any fiduciary or administrative responsibility to account for or dispose of any such accrued benefits under any ERISA Plans, nor any other liability under or with respect to the ERISA Plans. Seller shall ensure that all ERISA Plans that are subject to COBRA are in compliance with COBRA in all respects as of the Closing Date.

 

(d)               (i) all claims and obligations under, pursuant to or in connection with any ERISA Plan or arising under any legal requirement affecting any of the employees incurred before Closing, or resulting or arising from events or occurrences occurring or commencing prior to Closing, shall remain the responsibility of Seller, whether or not such employees are hired by Buyer after Closing and (ii) Buyer shall have and assume no obligation or liability under or in connection with any ERISA Plans and shall assume no obligation with respect to any preexisting condition of any employee who is hired as an employee of Buyer.

 

6.8              Employment Offers. Prior to the Closing, Buyer shall offer employment to the current employees of Seller listed on Schedule 6.8. Such offers of employment shall be conditioned upon each such employee’s successful completion of the pre-employment screening required of all of Buyer’s employees. To the extent that any employee who is offered employment by Buyer or one of its affiliates is a party to any Contract that would in act way restrict such Employee’s ability to work for Buyer or one of its affiliates, Seller agrees to release the employee from such Contract.

 

6.9              Name Change. Seller shall, no later than five (5) days following the Closing Date, secure the filing of Articles of Amendment to the Seller’s Articles of Incorporation changing Seller’s name to a name substantially dissimilar to “Caddy Products”. If Seller fails to change the Seller’s name as required in the prior sentence, then the Buyer may, in addition to exercising all other rights and remedies available in law, equity or otherwise, take all actions to change the Seller’s name.

 

21

 

 

6.10            Public Announcements. Seller shall not issue any press release or make any public announcement relating to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior consent of Buyer.

 

6.11            Receivables. From and after the Closing, if Seller receives or collects any funds relating to any Accounts Receivable or any other, Seller shall remit such funds to Buyer within five (5) business days after its receipt thereof. From and after the Closing, if Buyer receives or collects any funds relating to any Excluded Asset, Buyer shall remit any such funds to Seller within five (5) business days after its receipt thereof.

 

6.12            Books and Records. Buyer and Seller agree that so long as any books, records and files retained by Seller relating to the business of Seller, or the books, records and files delivered to the control of Buyer pursuant to this Agreement to the extent they relate to the operations of Seller prior to the Closing Date, remain in existence and available, each party (at its expense) shall have the right upon prior notice to inspect and to make copies of the same at any time during business hours for any proper purpose. Buyer and Seller shall use reasonable efforts not to destroy or allow the destruction of any such books, records and files without first offering in writing to deliver them to the other.

 

6.13            Further Assurances. Following the Closing, each of the parties hereto shall, and shall cause their respective affiliates to, execute and deliver such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and take such further actions as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Article 7 

indemnification

 

7.1              Survival. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement or in any writing or certificate delivered in connection with this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Buyer, MiT nor Seller shall not be entitled to recover for any Losses (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to this Article 7 unless written notice of a claim thereof is delivered to the other party prior to the Applicable Limitation Date (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Applicable Limitation Date” shall mean twelve (12) months following the Closing Date; provided, however, that the Applicable Limitation Date with respect to the following Losses shall be as follows: (i) with respect to any Loss arising from or related to a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.17, 4.18 and 4.20, the Applicable Limitation Date shall be the 90th day after expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the statute, regulation or other authority which gave rise to such Loss, and (ii) with respect to any Loss arising from or related to a fraud or breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.25, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.5 there shall be no Applicable Limitation Date (i.e., such representations and warranties shall survive forever). “Losses” means any losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, actions, judgments, interest, awards, penalties, fines, costs or expenses of whatever kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and the cost of enforcing any right to indemnification hereunder and the cost of pursuing any insurance providers; provided, however, that Losses shall not include punitive damages, except to the extent actually awarded to a governmental authority or other third party.

 

22

 

 

7.2              Indemnification.

 

(a)               Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2(c), Seller shall indemnify Buyer and hold Buyer harmless from and against and pay on behalf of or reimburse Buyer in respect of the entirety of any Losses, on a dollar for dollar basis, Buyer may suffer, sustain or become subject to, through and after the date of the claim for indemnification resulting from, arising out of or caused by any of the following:

 

(i)                 the breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller contained in this Agreement;

 

(ii)                the breach of any covenant made by Seller contained in this Agreement;

 

(iii)               the ownership or operation of the Business or the use of the Assets prior to the Closing Date;

 

(iv)               any legal proceeding against Buyer by any person or entity arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, any act or omission of Seller, or any of its stockholders, directors, officers, employees, agents or representatives, occurring at any time on or before the Closing Date;

 

(v)               any Tax liability or asserted tax liability of Seller;

 

(vi)              any fraudulent transfer or bulk sales law or act;

 

(vii)             any liability to current or former employees or consultants of Seller anywhere in the world;

 

(viii)            the Excluded Assets and the Excluded Liabilities; or

 

(ix)               any failure to obtain any legally required consent or approval relating to the transfer of the Assets.

 

(b)               Buyer and MiT shall jointly and severally indemnify Seller and hold Seller harmless from and against and pay on behalf of or reimburse Seller in respect of the entirety of any Losses, on a dollar for dollar basis, Seller may suffer, sustain or become subject to, through and after the date of the claim for indemnification resulting from, arising out of or caused by any of the following:

 

(i)                 the breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer or MiT contained in this Agreement;

 

23

 

 

 

(ii)              the breach of any covenant made by Buyer or MiT contained in this Agreement; or

 

(iii)             matters arising solely after the Closing Date regarding the Assumed Liabilities.

 

(c)        The indemnification obligations provided for in Section 7.2(a) above are subject to the following limitations:

 

(i)               Seller will be liable to Buyer with respect to claims referred to in Section 7.2(a) only if Buyer gives Seller written notice thereof prior to the Applicable Limitation Date in good faith and with reasonable specificity (to the extent known);

 

(ii)              Seller will have no obligation to indemnify Buyer from claims pursuant to Section 7.2(a) until the total amount of all such Losses exceeds $20,000 in the aggregate (at which point Seller shall be required to pay or be liable for all such Losses from the first dollar (the “Basket”). The aggregate amount of all payments made by Seller in satisfaction of all claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 7.2(a) shall not exceed $200,000 (the “Cap”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the limitations set forth in this Section 7.2(c)(ii) shall not apply to Losses based upon, arising out of, or with respect to with respect to (A) breaches of representations or warranties contained in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.16, 4.17, 4.19 and 4.25, (B) any breach by Seller of any of its representations, warranties, and covenants contained in the Non-Compete Agreement to which it is a party or (C) fraud, willful breach, or intentional misrepresentation or omission by Seller. No information or knowledge obtained by Buyer not contained in this Agreement will affect or be deemed to modify any representation or warranty in this Agreement, any right of Buyer to indemnification with respect to such matter under this Article 7, or the conditions to the obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions referenced herein.

 

(d)       If either party seeks indemnification under this Article 7 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give written notice to the other party (the “Indemnifying Party”) after receiving written notice of any action, lawsuit, proceeding, investigation or other claim against it (if by a third party) or discovering the liability, obligation or facts giving rise to such claim for indemnification, specifically describing the claim, the amount thereof (if known and quantifiable), and the basis thereof; provided that the failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent such failure shall have materially prejudiced the Indemnifying Party. In that regard, if any action, lawsuit, proceeding, investigation or other claim shall be brought or asserted by any third party which, if adversely determined, would entitle the Indemnified Party to indemnity pursuant to this Article 7, the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the same in writing, specifying in detail the basis of such claim and the facts pertaining thereto (provided that the failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of his obligations hereunder except to the extent such failure shall have materially prejudiced the Indemnifying Party) and the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such action, lawsuit, proceeding, investigation or other claim giving rise to the Indemnified Party’s claim for indemnification at its expense, and at its option (subject to the limitations set forth below) shall be entitled to appoint lead counsel of such defense with reputable counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume control of such defense, if the claim which the Indemnifying Party seeks to assume control (i) seeks non-monetary relief, (ii) involves criminal or quasi-criminal allegations, (iii) involves a claim to which the Indemnified Party reasonably believes an adverse determination would be detrimental to or injure the Indemnified Party’s reputation or future business prospects, (iv) seeks recourse which could reasonably be expected to adversely and materially affect the ongoing business or operations (including customer, supplier or employee relationships) of Buyer or (v) involves a claim which, upon petition by the Indemnified Party, the appropriate court rules that the Indemnifying Party failed or is failing to vigorously prosecute or defend.

 

24 

 

 

If the Indemnifying Party is permitted to assume and control the defense and elects to do so, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ counsel separate from counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel employed by the Indemnified Party shall be at the expense of the Indemnified Party unless (i) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized by the Indemnifying Party in writing, or (ii) the Indemnifying Party has been advised by counsel that a reasonable likelihood exists of a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party.

 

If the Indemnifying Party shall control the defense of any such claim, the Indemnifying Party shall obtain the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) before entering into any settlement of a claim or ceasing to defend such claim, if pursuant to or as a result of such settlement or cessation, injunction or other equitable relief will be imposed against the Indemnified Party or if such settlement does not expressly unconditionally release the Indemnified Party from all liabilities and obligations with respect to such claim, without prejudice.

 

(e)       All indemnification payments made under this Agreement shall be treated by the parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for tax purposes, unless otherwise required by law.

 

(f)        Once a Loss is agreed to by the Indemnifying Party or finally adjudicated to be payable pursuant to this Article 7, the Indemnifying Party shall satisfy its obligations within 15 days of such final, non-appealable adjudication by wire transfer of immediately available funds. The parties hereto agree that should an Indemnifying Party not make full payment of any such obligations within such 15 day period, any amount payable shall accrue interest from and including the date of agreement of the Indemnifying Party or final, non-appealable adjudication to but excluding the date such payment has been made at a rate per annum equal to 5%. Such interest shall be calculated daily on the basis of a 365 day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding the forgoing, any payment that Seller is obligated to make to Buyer pursuant to this Article 7 shall first be offset against the Indemnity Promissory Note by the amount of such payment by the Escrow Agent within five (5) business days after the date notice of any sums due and owing is given to Seller (with a copy to the Escrow Agent) by Buyer, to the extent Seller does not deliver a written objection to Buyer (with a copy to the Escrow Agent), which offset shall accordingly and automatically reduce the principal amount of the Indemnity Promissory Note.

 

25 

 

 

7.3           Exclusive Remedies. Subject to Section 6.5, the parties acknowledge and agree that their sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any and all claims (other than claims arising from intentional fraud on the part of a party hereto in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, shall be pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7. In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted under law, any and all rights, claims and causes of action for any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation set forth herein or otherwise relating to the subject matter of this Agreement it may have against the other parties hereto and their affiliates and each of their respective representatives arising under or based upon any law, except pursuant to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Article 7. Nothing in this Section 7.3 shall limit any party’s right to seek and obtain any equitable relief to which such party shall be entitled pursuant to Section 6.5 or to seek any remedy on account of any intentional fraud by any party hereto.

 

Article 8
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

8.1           Conditions to Obligations of All Parties. The obligations of each party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)       No governmental authority shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any governmental order which is in effect and has the effect of making the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal, otherwise restraining or prohibiting consummation of such transactions.

 

(b)       This Agreement shall not have been terminated pursuant to Article 9.

 

8.2           Conditions to Obligations of Buyer. The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or Buyer’s waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)        The representations and warranties of Seller and Shareholder contained in this Agreement, and any other agreements or instruments to be delivered to Buyer in connection with this Agreement, shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all respects as of that specified date), without giving effect to any materiality or similar qualifiers contained in any such representation or warranty.

 

26 

 

 

(b)       Seller shall have duly performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement, and any other agreements or instruments to be delivered to Buyer in connection with this Agreement, to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date.

 

(c)       Satisfactory completion of Buyer’s due diligence.

 

(d)       All Required Consents shall have been received, and executed counterparts thereof shall have been delivered to Buyer at or prior to the Closing.

 

(e)       From the date of this Agreement through the Closing Date, there shall not have occurred any material adverse effect with respect to the Business or the Assets, nor shall any event or events have occurred that, individually or in the aggregate, with or without the lapse of time, could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect.

 

(f)        Seller and Shareholder shall have delivered to Buyer duly executed counterparts to the agreements and such other documents and deliveries set forth in Section 3.2.

 

(g)       Buyer shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an authorized officer of Seller, that each of the conditions set forth in Section 8.2(a) and Section 8.2(b) have been satisfied.

 

8.3           Conditions to Obligations of Seller. The obligations of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or Seller’s waiver, at or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)       The representations and warranties of Buyer and MiT contained in this Agreement, and any other agreements or instruments to be delivered to Seller in connection with this Agreement, shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at and as of such date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a specified date, which shall be true and correct in all respects as of that specified date).

 

(b)       Buyer and MiT shall have duly performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement, and any other agreements or instruments to be delivered to Seller in connection with this Agreement, to be performed or complied with by it prior to or on the Closing Date.

 

(c)       Buyer and MiT shall have delivered to Seller duly executed counterparts to the agreements and such other documents and deliveries set forth in Section 3.3(a).

 

(d)       Buyer shall have delivered to the Escrow Agent the deliveries set forth in Section 3.3(b).

 

27 

 

 

(e)       Seller shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by duly authorized officer of Buyer, that each of the conditions set forth in Section 8.3(a) and Section 8.3(b) have been satisfied.

 

(e)           If necessary, Seller shall have obtained the formal written approval of that Probate Court having jurisdiction over the Shareholder to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Article 9
TERMINATION

 

9.1           Termination. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a)       by the mutual written consent of Seller and Buyer;

 

(b)       by Buyer by written notice to Seller if:

 

(i)               Buyer is not then in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and there has been a material breach, inaccuracy in or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by Seller pursuant to this Agreement that would give rise to the failure of any of the conditions specified in Article 8 and such breach, inaccuracy or failure cannot be cured by Seller by July 31, 2019 (the “Drop Dead Date”) or, if capable of being cured, has not been cured within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of such written notice from Buyer; or

 

(ii)              The Closing shall not have occurred by the Drop Dead Date, unless such failure shall be due to (x) any inaccuracy in or breach of any of the representations or warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement or (y) the failure of Buyer to perform or comply with any of the covenants, agreements or conditions hereof to be performed or complied with by it prior to the Closing, in each case of clauses (x) or (y), which would give rise to the failure of any of the conditions specified in Article 8.

 

(c)       by Seller by written notice to Buyer if:

 

(i)               Seller is not then in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and there has been a material breach, inaccuracy in or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement that would give rise to the failure of any of the conditions specified in Article 8 and such breach, inaccuracy or failure cannot be cured by Buyer by the Drop Dead Date or, if capable of being cured, has not been cured within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt of such written notice from Seller; or

 

(ii)              Seller is not then in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and there has been a material breach, inaccuracy in or failure to perform any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement made by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement that would give rise to the failure of any of the conditions specified in Article 8 and such breach, inaccuracy or failure cannot be cured by Buyer by the Drop Dead Date or, if capable of being cured, has not been cured within thirty (30) calendar days after the receipt of such written notice from Seller.

 

28 

 

 

(d)       by Seller or Buyer in the event that:

 

(i)               there shall be any law that makes consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise prohibited; or

 

(ii)              any governmental authority shall have issued a governmental order restraining or enjoining the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such governmental order shall have become final and non-appealable.

 

9.2           Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement in accordance with this Article, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto except:

 

(a)       as set forth in this Article 9 and Article 10 hereof; and

 

(b)       that nothing herein shall relieve any party hereto from liability for any willful and intentional material breach of any provision hereof.

 

Article 10
miscellaneous

 

10.1         Expenses. Seller and Buyer will pay all of their own expenses (including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees) incurred in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, the performance of their respective obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (whether consummated or not). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that either party commences a legal proceeding in connection with enforcing its rights under this Agreement, and it is the prevailing party in any such legal proceeding, the other party shall be responsible for all reasonable costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by such prevailing party.

 

10.2         Amendment and Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended or waived except in a writing executed by the party against which such amendment or waiver is sought to be enforced. No course of dealing between or among any persons having any interest in this Agreement will be deemed effective to modify or amend any part of this Agreement or any right or obligations of any person under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

10.3         Notices. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested); (c) on the date sent by facsimile or e-mail of a PDF document (with confirmation of transmission) if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next business day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the addresses set forth on the signature page hereto (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 10.3).

 

29 

 

 

10.4         Interpretation. For purposes of this Agreement, (a) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”; (b) the word “or” is not exclusive; and (c) the words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto” and “hereunder” refer to this Agreement as a whole. Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein: (x) to Articles, Sections, Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits mean the Articles and Sections of, and Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits attached to, this Agreement; (y) to an agreement, instrument or other document means such agreement, instrument or other document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the provisions thereof and (z) to a statute means such statute as amended from time to time and includes any successor legislation thereto and any regulations promulgated thereunder. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Disclosure Schedules and Exhibits referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.

 

10.5         Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

10.6         Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. Except as provided in Section 6.4(d), upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

10.7         Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the ancillary documents to be delivered herewith constitute the sole and entire agreement of the parties to this Agreement with respect to the subject matter contained herein and therein, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous understandings and agreements, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the ancillary documents, the Exhibits and Disclosure Schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Schedules), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

 

10.8         Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither party may assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that prior to the Closing Date, Buyer may, without the prior written consent of Seller, assign all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to one or more of its direct or indirect affiliates.

 

30 

 

 

10.9         No Third-party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Article 7, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person or entity any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

10.10       Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

(a)       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction).

 

(b)       ANY LEGAL SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY MAY BE INSTITUTED IN THE FEDERAL COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OR THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA IN EACH CASE LOCATED IN THE CITY OF FOUNTAIN VALLEY AND COUNTY OF ORANGE AND EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. SERVICE OF PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR OTHER DOCUMENT BY MAIL TO SUCH PARTY'S ADDRESS SET FORTH HEREIN SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT. THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR ANY PROCEEDING IN SUCH COURTS AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

 

(c)       EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES AND, THEREFORE, EACH SUCH PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE ANCILLARY DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (A) NO REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER IN THE EVENT OF A LEGAL ACTION, (B) SUCH PARTY HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (C) SUCH PARTY MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (D) SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.10(c).

 

31 

 

 

10.11       Specific Performance. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

 

10.12       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement. A signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission shall be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement.

 

[signature page follows]

 

32 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of January 1, 2019.

 

BUYER:
   
  MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC
   
   
  By: /s/ Glenn Sherman
  Its: President & CEO

 

 

  SELLER:
   
  Caddy Products, Inc.
   
   
  By: /s/ Scott L. Anderson
  Its: CFO
   
   
  SHAREHOLDER:
   
   
    /s/ Natalie Dawson
  Natalie Dawson, as the Special Administrator of the Estate of Peter Bergin
   
   
  MIT:
   
  Moving iMage Technologies, LLC
   
   
  By: /s/ Glenn Sherman
  Its: President & CEO
   

 

33 

 

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

EXHIBITS 

 

Exhibit A-1   Indemnity Promissory Note
Exhibit A-2   Adjustment Payment Promissory Note
Exhibit A-3   Closing Promissory Note
Exhibit A-4   Balance Promissory Note
Exhibit A-5   Buyer Security Agreement
Exhibit A-6   Personal Guaranty
Exhibit A-7   MiT Security Agreement
Exhibit B   Bill of Sale
Exhibit C   Assignment and Assumption Agreement

 

34 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

 

INDEMNITY PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$200,00.00 Dated effective January 1, 2019
  Palm Desert, CA

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (“Holder”), the principal amount of Two Hundred Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($200,000.00), payable as follows:

 

(a)           a single payment of accrued interest only, due and payable on September 1, 2019 for the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on August 1, 2019;

 

(b)           consecutive equal monthly installments of $2,453.05 each, such installments shall be due and payable on the first day of each calendar month, commencing on September 1, 2019, and continuing through, to and including July 1, 2024; provided, however, that: (i) because the principal balance of this Note accrues interest at a variable rate, the above installment amount has been calculated as of the date hereof as the amount necessary to amortize the original principal balance hereof accruing interest at the interest rate in effect on the date hereof over a hypothetical 120 consecutive month amortization period, commencing on August 1, 2019. The amount of each subsequent monthly principal and interest payment shall be adjusted (rounded to the nearest $0.01) on the first day of each calendar quarter, commencing October 1, 2019 (each such date being an “Adjustment Date”), to be equal to the amount necessary to fully amortize the then outstanding principal balance of this Note accruing interest thereon at the Interest Rate (hereinafter defined) in effect on such Adjustment Date over the unexpired portion of the original hypothetical 120 months after giving effect to any reduction in the principal amount hereof in accordance with Section 7.2(f) of the Purchase Agreement hereinafter described; and

 

(c)           a final installment equal to the entire remaining principal balance hereof and accrued interest hereon shall be due and payable on August 1, 2024.

 

The Maker promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof for each day from and including the date hereof until maturity at a fluctuating annual rate (the “Interest Rate”) equal to 2.75% (such percentage being the “Interest Rate Margin”) per annum above the Prime Rate of Interest (hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interest Rate Margin shall increase by 1.00% on the January 1, 2020 Adjustment Date (e.g. the Interest Rate Margin on January 1, 2020 shall be 3.75%) and on every other subsequent Adjustment Date, thereafter (for the sake of clarity, meaning the Interest Rate Margin would so increase twice in any twelve month period) . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

The term “Prime Rate of Interest” shall mean the prime rate of interest published on the business day that immediately precedes each Adjustment Date in the Wall Street Journal as the prime rate; provided, however that if the Wall Street Journal does not publish the Prime Rate of Interest, then the term “Prime Rate of Interest” shall mean the rate of interest publicly announced by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as its Prime Rate, Base Rate, Reference Rate or the equivalent of such rate, whether or not such bank makes loans to customers at, above, or below said rate. Interest shall be due and payable on the principal and interest installment payment dates described above and at the maturity hereof. The Prime Rate of Interest currently is 5.50% per annum resulting in an initial Interest Rate of 8.25%, which rate shall remain in effect until the next Adjustment Date on which there is a change in the Prime Rate of Interest.

 

1 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

 

Any overdue principal shall bear interest at the higher of (i) the Interest Rate or (ii) the rate of 12% per annum, payable on demand, for each day until paid. All payments of principal and interest hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds to such bank account or accounts as the Holder may hereafter notify the Maker in writing.

 

The principal amount due hereunder is subject to reduction pursuant to Section 7.2(f) of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

The Maker shall have the right to prepay the whole or any part of the unpaid principal or interest hereon at any time without premium or penalty. Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to the Holder at Desert Caddy Shack, c/o Natalie Dawson, 41704 Pescara St., Indio, CA 92203 (or other location specified by the Holder) in immediately available funds.

 

If one or more of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(a)           any indebtedness under this Note (or any of the Adjustment Payment Promissory Note, the Balance Promissory Note or the Closing Promissory Note, as those terms are defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) is not paid when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, and any such amount shall remain unpaid for a period of five (5) days after the due date thereof – provided, however, that a pending claim for indemnity further to Article VII of the Asset Purchase Agreement by Maker against Holder which results in any indebtedness due hereunder being delayed shall not be deemed an Event of Default hereunder unless such unpaid indebtedness remains unpaid for a period of five (5) days after that date upon which there is a determination of a payment due or not due, as the case may be, by Holder to Maker further to Article VII of the Asset Purchase Agreement;

 

(b)           the Maker shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

2 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

 

(c)           an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Maker seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Maker under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;

 

then, and in the case of each such Event of Default, the Holder may, without notice to the Maker, declare the Note (together with accrued interest thereon) to be, and the Note (together with such interest) shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Maker.

 

Maker and Holder agree that no payment of interest or other consideration made or agreed to be made by Maker to Holder pursuant to this Note shall, at any time, be in excess of the maximum rate of interest permissible by applicable law. In the event such payments of interest or other consideration provided for in this Note shall result in an effective rate of interest which, for any period of time, is in excess of the limit of the usury or any other law applicable to the loan evidenced hereby, all sums in excess of those lawfully collectible as interest for the period in question shall, without further agreement or notice between or by any party hereto, be applied to the unpaid principal balance and not to the payment of interest; if a surplus remains after full payment of principal and lawful interest, the surplus shall be remitted by Holder to Maker, and Maker hereby agrees to accept such remittance. This provision shall control every other obligation of the Maker and Holder relating to this Note.

 

No failure or delay by the Holder in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

Any provision of this Note may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Holder and the Maker.

 

This Note shall be binding upon the Maker and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder, and each of their permitted successors and assigns, except that neither the Holder nor the Maker may transfer or assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without prior written consent of the other.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Maker agrees to pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Holder in the exercise of any right or remedy available to it under this Note, whether or not an action is commenced by Holder.

 

This Note is secured by: (i) those assets of Holder purchased by Maker further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain Buyer Security Agreement by and between Maker and Holder dated effective as of even date herewith; (ii) those assets of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MiT”) further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain MiT Security Agreement by and MiT and Holder dated effective as of even date herewith; and (iii) the personal guaranty of Philip L. Rafnson, an individual resident of the State of Minnesota, further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain Guaranty by and between Holder and Philip L. Rafnson dated effective as of even date herewith.

 

3 

 

 

Exhibit A-1

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

 

  MAKER:
   
  MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC
   
   
  By:                 
  Its:  

 

4 

 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

ADJUSTMENT PAYMENT PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$300,00.00 Dated effective January 1, 2019
  Palm Desert, CA

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (“Holder”), the principal amount of Three Hundred Thousand and No/100ths Dollars ($300,000.00). The principal amount due under this Note shall also be known as the “Adjusted Escrow Amount”.

 

If the aggregate gross margin of total revenues from the sale by Maker of those products which are part of the Holder’s current product catalogue as set forth on Schedule 4.23 of that certain the Asset Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among Maker, Holder and the Estate of Peter Bergin (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”, as calculated using the same accounting methods as used by Holder in its 2015, 2016 and 2017 financial statements (the “Gross Margin”), exceeds $1,036,398 (the “Target”) for the twelve (12) month period beginning on July 1, 2019 and continuing through June 30, 2020 (the “Adjustment Period”), then Holder will be entitled to the entire Adjustment Escrow Amount. If the Gross Margin during the Adjustment Period is 85% or less of the Target (the “Floor”), then the Adjustment Escrow Amount will be $0.00. If the Gross Margin during the Adjustment Period is between the Target and the Floor, then the Adjustment Escrow Amount will be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

(i)               If Gross Margin is between (ii)           Adjustment Escrow Amount
(iii)             $880,939 to $912,030 (iv)          $50,000
(v)              $912,031 to $943,122 (vi)          $100,000
(vii)            $943,123 to $974,214 (viii)        $150,000
(ix)             $974,215 to $1,005,306 (x)           $200,000
(xi)             $1,005,037 to $1,036,397 (xii)         $250,000

 

The Maker promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof for each day from and including the date hereof until maturity at a fluctuating annual rate (the “Interest Rate”) equal to 2.75% (such percentage being the “Interest Rate Margin”) per annum above the Prime Rate of Interest (hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interest Rate Margin shall increase by 1.00% on the January 1, 2021 Adjustment Date (e.g. the Interest Rate Margin on January 1, 2021 shall be 3.75%) and on every other subsequent Adjustment Date, thereafter (for the sake of clarity, meaning the Interest Rate Margin would so increase twice in any twelve month period) . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

1 

 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

The term “Prime Rate of Interest” shall mean the prime rate of interest published on the business day that immediately precedes each Adjustment Date in the Wall Street Journal as the prime rate; provided, however that if the Wall Street Journal does not publish the Prime Rate of Interest, then the term “Prime Rate of Interest” shall mean the rate of interest publicly announced by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as its Prime Rate, Base Rate, Reference Rate or the equivalent of such rate, whether or not such bank makes loans to customers at, above, or below said rate. Interest shall be due and payable on the principal and interest installment payment dates described above and at the maturity hereof. The Prime Rate of Interest currently is 5.50% per annum resulting in an initial Interest Rate of 8.25%, which rate shall remain in effect until the next Adjustment Date on which there is a change in the Prime Rate of Interest.

 

Maker shall make equal payments of principal and interest based upon the Adjusted Escrow Amount beginning on the date upon which Buyer delivers to Seller the Adjustment Calculation (the “Determination Date”) and continuing in equal monthly installments of principal and interest thereafter based over a hypothetical 120 consecutive month amortization period; provided, however, that because the principal balance of this Note accrues interest at a variable rate, the initial monthly payments calculated hereunder shall be calculated as of the Determination Date as the amount necessary to amortize the original principal balance hereof accruing interest at the interest rate in effect on the Determination Date over a hypothetical 120 consecutive month amortization period, commencing on September 1, 2020. The amount of each subsequent monthly principal and interest payment shall be adjusted (rounded to the nearest $0.01) on the first day of each calendar quarter, commencing October 1, 2020 (each such date being an “Adjustment Date”), to be equal to the amount necessary to fully amortize the then outstanding principal balance of this Note accruing interest thereon at the Interest Rate (hereinafter defined) in effect on such Adjustment Date over the unexpired portion of the original hypothetical 120 months.

 

Any overdue principal shall bear interest at the higher of (i) the Interest Rate or (ii) the rate of 12% per annum, payable on demand, for each day until paid. All payments of principal and interest hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds to such bank account or accounts as the Holder may hereafter notify the Maker in writing.

 

The Maker shall have the right to prepay the whole or any part of the unpaid principal or interest hereon at any time without premium or penalty. Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to the Holder at Desert Caddy Shack, c/o Natalie Dawson, 41704 Pescara St., Indio, CA 92203 (or other location specified by the Holder) in immediately available funds.

 

2 

 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

To the extent that there is a payment due to Maker further to Section 2.2(b)(i) of the Asset Purchase Agreement, amounts owing under this Note shall be offset by the amount of such payment, which offset shall accordingly and automatically reduce the principal amount of this Note. Any remaining balance of the Note shall be due and payable within five (5) business days of final determination of an Adjustment Payment (as that term is defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) as set forth in Section 2.2(b)(v) of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

If one or more of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(a)           any indebtedness under this Note (or any of the Balance Promissory Note, the Indemnity Promissory Note, or the Closing Promissory Note as those terms are defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) is not paid when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, and any such amount shall remain unpaid for a period of five (5) days after the due date thereof;

 

(b)           the Maker shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(c)           an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Maker seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Maker under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect;

 

then, and in the case of each such Event of Default, the Holder may, without notice to the Maker, declare the Note to be, and the Note shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Maker.

 

Maker and Holder agree that no payment of interest or other consideration made or agreed to be made by Maker to Holder pursuant to this Note shall, at any time, be in excess of the maximum rate of interest permissible by applicable law. In the event such payments of interest or other consideration provided for in this Note shall result in an effective rate of interest which, for any period of time, is in excess of the limit of the usury or any other law applicable to the loan evidenced hereby, all sums in excess of those lawfully collectible as interest for the period in question shall, without further agreement or notice between or by any party hereto, be applied to the unpaid principal balance and not to the payment of interest; if a surplus remains after full payment of principal and lawful interest, the surplus shall be remitted by Holder to Maker, and Maker hereby agrees to accept such remittance. This provision shall control every other obligation of the Maker and Holder relating to this Note.

 

3 

 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

No failure or delay by the Holder in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

Any provision of this Note may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Holder and the Maker.

 

This Note shall be binding upon the Maker and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder, and each of their permitted successors and assigns, except that neither the Holder nor the Maker may transfer or assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without prior written consent of the other.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Maker agrees to pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Holder in the exercise of any right or remedy available to it under this Note, whether or not an action is commenced by Holder.

 

This Note is secured by: (i) those assets of Holder purchased by Maker further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain Buyer Security Agreement by and between Maker and Holder dated effective as of even date herewith; and (ii) those assets of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MiT”) further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain MiT Security Agreement by and MiT and Holder dated effective as of even date herewith.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

 

  MAKER:
   
  MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC
   
   
  By:                   
  Its:  

 

4 

 

 

Exhibit A-3

 

CLOSING PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$377,129.00 Dated effective January 1, 2019
  Palm Desert, CA

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (“Holder”), the principal amount of Three Hundred Seventy Seven Thousand One Hundred Twenty Nine and No/100ths Dollars ($377,129.00), subject to further adjustment as set forth below.

 

The Maker promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof for each day from and including the date hereof until maturity at a fluctuating annual rate (the “Interest Rate”) equal to 2.75% per annum above the Prime Rate of Interest (hereinafter defined). Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interest Rate shall increase 3.75% over the Prime Rate of Interest beginning on January 1, 2020.

 

The term “Prime Rate of Interest” shall mean the prime rate of interest published on the business day that immediately precedes each Adjustment Date in the Wall Street Journal as the prime rate; provided, however that if the Wall Street Journal does not publish the Prime Rate of Interest, then the term “Prime Rate of Interest” shall mean the rate of interest publicly announced by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as its Prime Rate, Base Rate, Reference Rate or the equivalent of such rate, whether or not such bank makes loans to customers at, above, or below said rate. Interest shall be due and payable on the principal and interest installment payment dates described above and at the maturity hereof. The Prime Rate of Interest currently is 5.50% per annum resulting in an initial Interest Rate of 8.25%, which rate shall remain in effect until the next Adjustment Date on which there is a change in the Prime Rate of Interest.

 

The entire principal amount plus any interest accrued thereon shall be due and payable on or prior to October 24, 2019 (the “Initial Maturity Date”). In the event that the entire principal amount plus any interest accrued thereon is not paid to Holder on or prior to the Initial Maturity Date, the term of this note shall be extended for an additional six months, and the then-outstanding principal balance of the Note shall automatically increase by $25,000 on the day following the Initial Maturity Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire principal amount plus any interest accrued thereon shall be due and payable on or prior to April 25, 2020 with no further extensions thereof.

 

Any overdue principal shall bear interest at the higher of (i) the Interest Rate or (ii) the rate of 12% per annum, payable on demand, for each day until paid. All payments of principal and interest hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds to such bank account or accounts as the Holder may hereafter notify the Maker in writing.

 

5 

 

 

Exhibit A-3

 

The Maker shall have the right to prepay the whole or any part of the unpaid principal or interest hereon at any time without premium or penalty. Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to the Holder at Desert Caddy Shack, c/o Natalie Dawson, 41704 Pescara St., Indio, CA 92203 (or other location specified by the Holder) in immediately available funds.

 

If one or more of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(a)           any indebtedness under this Note (or any of the Indemnity Promissory Note, the Balance Promissory Note or the Adjustment Payment Promissory Note, as those terms are defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) is not paid when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, and any such amount shall remain unpaid for a period of five (5) days after the due date thereof;

 

(b)           the Maker shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(c)           an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Maker seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Maker under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect.

 

then, and in the case of each such Event of Default, the Holder may, without notice to the Maker, declare the Note (together with accrued interest thereon) to be, and the Note (together with such interest) shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Maker.

 

Maker and Holder agree that no payment of interest or other consideration made or agreed to be made by Maker to Holder pursuant to this Note shall, at any time, be in excess of the maximum rate of interest permissible by applicable law. In the event such payments of interest or other consideration provided for in this Note shall result in an effective rate of interest which, for any period of time, is in excess of the limit of the usury or any other law applicable to the loan evidenced hereby, all sums in excess of those lawfully collectible as interest for the period in question shall, without further agreement or notice between or by any party hereto, be applied to the unpaid principal balance and not to the payment of interest; if a surplus remains after full payment of principal and lawful interest, the surplus shall be remitted by Holder to Maker, and Maker hereby agrees to accept such remittance. This provision shall control every other obligation of the Maker and Holder relating to this Note.

 

6 

 

 

Exhibit A-3

 

No failure or delay by the Holder in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

Any provision of this Note may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Holder and the Maker.

 

This Note shall be binding upon the Maker, its permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder and its successors and assigns except that the Maker may not transfer or assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without prior written consent of the Holder. The Maker further agrees that it will not assert any setoff or counterclaim with respect to this Note in connection with any assertion of rights by the Holder or any of its affiliates.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Maker agrees to pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Holder in the exercise of any right or remedy available to it under this Note, whether or not an action is commenced by Holder.

 

This Note is secured by: (i) those assets of Holder purchased by Maker further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain Buyer Security Agreement by and between Maker and Holder dated effective as of even date herewith; (ii) those assets of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MiT”) further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain MiT Security Agreement by and MiT and Holder dated effective as of even date herewith; and (iii) the personal guaranty of Philip L. Rafnson, an individual resident of the State of Minnesota, further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain Guaranty by and between Holder and Philip L. Rafnson dated effective as of even date herewith.

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

 

  MAKER:
   
  MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC
   
   
  By:                 
  Its:  

 

7 

 

 

Exhibit A-4

 

BALANCE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$1,177,770.00 Dated effective January 1, 2019
  Palm Desert, CA

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (“Holder”), the principal amount of One Million One Hundred Seventy Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy Seven and No/100ths Dollars ($1,177,770.00), payable as follows:

 

(a)           a single payment of accrued interest only, due and payable on September 1, 2019 for the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on August 1, 2019;

 

(b)           consecutive equal monthly installments of $15,155.36 each, such installments shall be due and payable on the first day of each calendar month, commencing on September 1, 2019, and continuing through, to and including July 1, 2024; provided, however, that: (i) because the principal balance of this Note accrues interest at a variable rate, the above installment amount has been calculated as of the date hereof as the amount necessary to amortize the original principal balance hereof accruing interest at the interest rate in effect on the date hereof over a hypothetical 120 consecutive month amortization period, commencing on August 1, 2019. The amount of each subsequent monthly principal and interest payment shall be adjusted (rounded to the nearest $0.01) on the first day of each calendar quarter, commencing October 1, 2019 (each such date being an “Adjustment Date”), to be equal to the amount necessary to fully amortize the then outstanding principal balance of this Note accruing interest thereon at the Interest Rate (hereinafter defined) in effect on such Adjustment Date over the unexpired portion of the original hypothetical 120 months; and

 

(c)           a final installment equal to the entire remaining principal balance hereof and accrued interest hereon shall be due and payable on August 1, 2024.

 

The Maker promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof for each day from and including the date hereof until maturity at a fluctuating annual rate (the “Interest Rate”) equal to 2.75% (such percentage being the “Interest Rate Margin”) per annum above the Prime Rate of Interest (hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Interest Rate Margin shall increase by 1.00% on the January 1, 2020 Adjustment Date (e.g. the Interest Rate Margin on January 1, 2020 shall be 3.75%) and on every other subsequent Adjustment Date, thereafter (for the sake of clarity, meaning the Interest Rate Margin would so increase twice in any twelve month period) . Interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and paid for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

The term “Prime Rate of Interest” shall mean the prime rate of interest published on the business day that immediately precedes each Adjustment Date in the Wall Street Journal as the prime rate; provided, however that if the Wall Street Journal does not publish the Prime Rate of Interest, then the term “Prime Rate of Interest” shall mean the rate of interest publicly announced by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as its Prime Rate, Base Rate, Reference Rate or the equivalent of such rate, whether or not such bank makes loans to customers at, above, or below said rate. Interest shall be due and payable on the principal and interest installment payment dates described above and at the maturity hereof. The Prime Rate of Interest currently is 5.50% per annum resulting in an initial Interest Rate of 8.25%, which rate shall remain in effect until the next Adjustment Date on which there is a change in the Prime Rate of Interest.

 

1 

 

 

Exhibit A-4

 

Any overdue principal shall bear interest at the higher of (i) the Interest Rate or (ii) the rate of 12% per annum, payable on demand, for each day until paid. All payments of principal and interest hereunder shall be made in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds to such bank account or accounts as the Holder may hereafter notify the Maker in writing.

 

The Maker shall have the right to prepay the whole or any part of the unpaid principal or interest hereon at any time without premium or penalty. Both principal and interest are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to the Holder at Desert Caddy Shack, c/o Natalie Dawson, 41704 Pescara St., Indio, CA 92203 (or other location specified by the Holder) in immediately available funds.

 

If one or more of the following events (each an “Event of Default”) shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(a)           any indebtedness under this Note (or any of the Indemnity Promissory Note, the Closing Promissory Note or the Adjustment Payment Promissory Note, as those terms are defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement) is not paid when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise, and any such amount shall remain unpaid for a period of five (5) days after the due date thereof;

 

(b)           the Maker shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(c)           an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Maker seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 60 days; or an order for relief shall be entered against the Maker under the Federal bankruptcy laws as now or hereafter in effect.

 

2 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-4

 

then, and in the case of each such Event of Default, the Holder may, without notice to the Maker, declare the Note (together with accrued interest thereon) to be, and the Note (together with such interest) shall thereupon become, immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Maker.

 

Maker and Holder agree that no payment of interest or other consideration made or agreed to be made by Maker to Holder pursuant to this Note shall, at any time, be in excess of the maximum rate of interest permissible by applicable law. In the event such payments of interest or other consideration provided for in this Note shall result in an effective rate of interest which, for any period of time, is in excess of the limit of the usury or any other law applicable to the loan evidenced hereby, all sums in excess of those lawfully collectible as interest for the period in question shall, without further agreement or notice between or by any party hereto, be applied to the unpaid principal balance and not to the payment of interest; if a surplus remains after full payment of principal and lawful interest, the surplus shall be remitted by Holder to Maker, and Maker hereby agrees to accept such remittance. This provision shall control every other obligation of the Maker and Holder relating to this Note.

 

No failure or delay by the Holder in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.

 

Any provision of this Note may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the Holder and the Maker.

 

This Note shall be binding upon the Maker, its permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Holder and its successors and assigns except that the Maker may not transfer or assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without prior written consent of the Holder. The Maker further agrees that it will not assert any setoff or counterclaim with respect to this Note in connection with any assertion of rights by the Holder or any of its affiliates.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Maker agrees to pay the reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by the Holder in the exercise of any right or remedy available to it under this Note, whether or not an action is commenced by Holder.

 

This Note is secured by: (i) those assets of Holder purchased by Maker further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain Buyer Security Agreement by and between Maker and Holder dated effective as of even date herewith; (ii) those assets of Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MiT”) further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain MiT Security Agreement by and MiT and Holder dated effective as of even date herewith; and (iii) the personal guaranty of Philip L. Rafnson, an individual resident of the State of Minnesota, further to the Asset Purchase Agreement in accordance with that certain Guaranty by and between Holder and Philip L. Rafnson dated effective as of even date herewith.

 

  3  

 

 

Exhibit A-4

 

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

 

 

  MAKER:
   
  MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC
   
   
  By:                    
  Its:  

 

  4  

 

 

Exhibit A-5

 

BUYER SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Security Agreement”) is dated effective as of the 1st day of January, 2019, by MIT Acquisition Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Debtor”), in favor of Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (“Secured Party” and together with Debtor, the “Parties”, and each, a “Party”). Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2019, by and among the Parties, Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Estate of Peter Bergin (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Debtor has agreed, among other things, to grant Secured Party a security interest in the Assets; and

 

WHEREAS, this Security Agreement is being executed and delivered pursuant to Section 3.2(c) and Section 3.3(a)(iv) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties as follows:

 

1.            Security. As and for security for the payment of the amounts set forth in (a) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $200,000, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Indemnity Promissory Note”); (b) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $300,000, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Adjustment Payment Promissory Note”; (c) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $377,129, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Closing Promissory Note”); and (d) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $1,177,770, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-4 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Balance Promissory Note”; and together with the Indemnity Promissory Note, Adjustment Payment Promissory Note and the Closing Promissory Note being sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Seller Notes”), Debtor hereby pledges and grants a security interest to the Secured Party in all of its personal property assets (including, but not limited to, fixtures, equipment, trade fixtures, vehicles, machines, trailers, tools, inventory, products, accounts receivable, business machines, furniture, computers, shelving and related assets), together with all proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds) from the sale or other disposition of such collateral (hereinafter referred to as the “Collateral”).

 

Debtor shall have the right to the use of the Collateral in any lawful manner consistent with this Agreement, until a default occurs. Debtor shall also have the right to sell the Collateral and use the proceeds in the ordinary course of its business, so long as it is not in default hereunder.

 

  1  

 

 

Exhibit A-5

 

2.            Debtor Covenants. Debtor hereby warrants and covenants as follows:

 

(a) Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to prepare and file such financing statements (including continuation statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or other instruments as the Secured Party may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain the security interests granted hereunder in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

(b) Debtor will keep the Collateral in good order and will not waste or destroy the Collateral or any part thereof;

 

(c) Debtor will keep and maintain the Collateral in good condition, will at all times keep the Collateral insured against loss, damage, or other risk, and shall cause Secured Party to be named as lender loss payee on each such policy of insurance;

 

(d) The Collateral is or will be kept at the locations set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, and will not be removed from such locations, other than in the ordinary course of its business unless, prior to any such removal, Debtor has given written notice to the Secured Party of the location or locations to which Debtor desires to remove the same;

 

(e) Debtor will promptly notify Secured Party of any material loss or material damage to the Collateral; and

 

(f) Debtor has full power and authority to execute this Agreement, to perform Debtor’s obligations hereunder and subject the Collateral to the security interest created hereby; Debtor will pay all fees, assessments, charges or taxes arising with respect to the Collateral.

 

3.            Default. Debtor shall be in default under this Agreement upon the happening of any of the following events or conditions:

 

(a) Any “event of default” as separately defined in the each of the Seller Notes, a default of Debtor in its obligations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, or a material default in Debtor’s obligations under the Purchase Agreement;

 

(b) The dissolution, consolidation, or merger, or transfer of a substantial part of the property of Debtor;

 

(c) The conveyance, sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Collateral, whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions;

 

  2  

 

 

Exhibit A-5

 

(d) Loss, theft, substantial damage, or destruction to a substantial portion of the Collateral, which loss, theft, damage or destruction of the Collateral is not covered by insurance;

 

(e) Entry of judgment against Debtor that remains unsatisfied in excess of sixty (60) days, and attachment, sale, or encumbrance of any of the Collateral;

 

(f) The appointment of a receiver for any part of the property of the Debtor, including the Collateral, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency statutes by or against the Debtor, which proceedings are not dismissed with sixty (60) days; and

 

(g) Provided, however, Debtor shall not be deemed in default under Subsections (c)-(f) herein if such defaults by Debtor have been remedied by Debtor within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof by the Secured Party to Debtor, and in the event remedies for non-monetary/payment defaults cannot reasonably be undertaken within thirty (30) days, Debtor shall be entitled to sufficient time as reasonably necessary to remedy the default as long as Debtor is reasonably and verifiably acting to cure such default.

 

4.            Remedies. Upon a default, each of the Seller Notes or any other obligations of the Debtor to Secured Party, may, at the option of the Secured Party, and without demand or notice of any kind, be declared, and thereupon shall immediately become due and payable in full. Secured Party shall then have the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation thereto, the right to take possession of the Collateral summarily, and for that purpose, Secured Party may enter upon the premises on which the Collateral or any part thereof may be situated and take possession of the same, and acquire the property. Secured Party may require Debtor to assemble at Debtor’s expense, all the Collateral at a convenient place acceptable to Secured Party. Secured Party will give Debtor at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale of the Collateral or of the time after which any private sale or any other intended disposition thereof is to be made. Such notice shall be deemed reasonably and properly given. Further, upon a default, Secured Party may notify any account debtor or other entity obligated to make payment of any amount due Debtor, that such account or right to payment has been assigned to Secured Party and shall be paid directly to Secured Party. Secured Party shall be entitled to the recovery of its reasonable attorney fees and costs incurred in enforcing its rights under this Agreement.

 

5.            Notice. Any notice from Secured Party to the Debtor, if mailed, shall be deemed given when dispatched by U.S. certified mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to Debtor at Debtor’s then existing business address.

 

6.            Waiver. No delay on the part of the Secured Party in the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by Secured Party of any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

  3  

 

 

Exhibit A-5

 

7.            Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, with any dispute venued or heard in the State of California.

8.            Severability and Construction. Each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any such provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.            Assigns. The parties’ rights under this Agreement shall not be assigned unless agreed in writing between the parties, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The rights and privileges of the Secured Party hereunder shall inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns, and all the obligations of the Debtor shall bind their successors and assigns.

 

10.          Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Seller Notes, the Purchase Agreement and documents/exhibits referenced therein constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the specific subject matter hereof. No amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both parties.

 

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

  4  

 

 

Exhibit A-5

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Secured Party and Debtor acknowledge receipt of this Agreement and have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

  DEBTOR:
   
  MIT Acquisition Co. LLC
   
   
  By:                   
  Its:  
   
   
   
  SECURED PARTY:
   
  CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
   
   
  By:  
  Its:  

 

[Signature Page to Security Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-5

 

SCHEDULE A TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

LOCATIONS

 

1.       

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-6

 

GUARANTY

 

 

THIS GUARANTY, dated as of ____________, 2019, is executed by PHILIP L. RAFNSON, an individual residing in the State of Minnesota (the “Guarantor”), in favor of Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (the “Lender”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

 

WHEREAS, Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), as “Buyer”, Lender, as “Seller”, and the Estate of Peter Bergin, as “Shareholder” have entered into that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, modified, extended, replaced or restated from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”; terms used but not defined herein are used herein as defined in the Purchase Agreement), pursuant to which the Buyer has agreed to purchase substantially all of the assets of Seller;

 

WHEREAS, Lender has agreed to accept, as payment of a portion of the Purchase Price, (a) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $200,000, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Indemnity Promissory Note”); (b) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $300,000, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Adjustment Payment Promissory Note”; (c) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $377,129, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Closing Promissory Note”); and (d) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $1,177,770, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-4 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Balance Promissory Note”; and together with the Indemnity Promissory Note, Adjustment Payment Promissory Note and the Closing Promissory Note being sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Seller Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, Guarantor is the holder, directly or indirectly, of a portion of the membership interests in Borrower and Guarantor expects to derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the consummation of the transactions described in the Purchase Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery by Guarantor of this Guaranty to Lender is a condition precedent to the Closing.

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and to induce the Lender to enter into the Purchase Agreement and accept the Seller Notes as a portion of the Purchase Price, the Guarantor, for himself, his successors and assigns, hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Lender the full and prompt payment when due, whether at maturity or earlier by reason of acceleration or otherwise, of indebtedness then outstanding under the Seller Notes (such debt being hereinafter referred to as the “Indebtedness”).

 

  1  

 

 

Exhibit A-6

 

The Guarantor further acknowledges and agrees with the Lender that:

 

1.             No act or thing need occur to establish the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder, and no act or thing except full payment and discharge of the Indebtedness shall in any way exonerate the Guarantor or modify, reduce, limit or release the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder.

 

2.             This is an absolute, unconditional and continuing guaranty of payment of the Indebtedness and shall continue to be in force and be binding upon the Guarantor until all Indebtedness is paid in full.

 

3.             The Guarantor hereby waives any right of contribution, reimbursement, recourse or subrogation available to the Guarantor against the Borrower, any other person liable to payment of the Indebtedness, or as to any collateral security therefor, until the Indebtedness has been paid in full.

 

4.             Whether or not any existing relationship between the Guarantor and Borrower has been changed or ended and whether or not this guaranty has been revoked, the Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into transactions resulting in the creation or continuance of Indebtedness, without any consent or approval by the Guarantor and without any notice to the Guarantor. The liability of the Guarantor shall not be affected or impaired by any of the following acts or things: (i) any acceptance of collateral security, guarantors, accommodation parties or sureties for any or all Indebtedness; (ii) any one or more extensions or renewals of Indebtedness (whether or not for longer than the original period) or any modification of the interest rates, maturities or other contractual terms applicable to any Indebtedness; (iii) any waiver or forbearance granted to Borrower, any delay or lack of diligence in the enforcement of Indebtedness, or any failure to institute proceedings, file a claim, give any required notices or otherwise protect any Indebtedness; (iv) any full or partial release of, settlement with, or agreement not to sue, Borrower or any other guarantor or other person liable in respect of any Indebtedness; (v) any discharge of any evidence of Indebtedness or the acceptance of any instrument in renewal thereof or substitution therefor; (vi) any failure to obtain collateral security (including rights of setoff) for Indebtedness, or to see to the proper or sufficient creation and perfection thereof, or to establish the priority thereof, or to protect, insure, or enforce any collateral security; or any modification, substitution, discharge, impairment, or loss of any collateral security; (vii) any foreclosure or enforcement of any collateral security; (viii) any transfer of any Indebtedness or any evidence thereof; (ix) any order of application of any payments or credits upon Indebtedness; (x) any election by the Lender under § 1111(b)(2) of the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

  2  

 

 

Exhibit A-6

 

5.             The Guarantor waives any and all defenses and claims of Borrower, or any other obligor pertaining to Indebtedness, except the defense of discharge by payment in full. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Guarantor will not assert, plead or enforce against the Lender any defense of waiver, release, discharge in bankruptcy, statute of limitations, res judicata, statute of frauds, anti-deficiency statute, fraud, incapacity, minority, usury, illegality or unenforceability which may be available to Borrower or to any other person liable for any Indebtedness. The Guarantor expressly agrees that the Guarantor shall be and remain liable for any deficiency remaining after foreclosure of any security interest securing Indebtedness, whether or not the liability of Borrower or any other obligor for such deficiency is discharged pursuant to statute or judicial decision.

 

6.             The Guarantor waives presentment, demand for payment, notice of dishonor or nonpayment and protest of the Seller Notes or any other instrument evidencing Indebtedness.

 

7.             If any payment applied by the Lender to Indebtedness is thereafter set aside. recovered, rescinded or required to be returned for any reason (including, without limitation, the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Borrower or any other obligor), the Indebtedness to which such payment was applied shall for the purposes of this guaranty be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such application, and this guaranty shall be enforceable as to such Indebtedness as fully as if such application had never been made.

 

  3  

 

 

Exhibit A-6

 

8.             The Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that the Lender (a) has not made any representations or warranties with respect to, (b) does not assume any responsibility to the Guarantor for, and (c) has no duty to provide information to the Guarantor regarding, the enforceability of any of the Indebtedness or the financial condition of the Borrower or any guarantor. The Guarantor has independently determined the creditworthiness of the Borrower and the enforceability of the Indebtedness and until the Indebtedness is paid in full will independently and without reliance on the Lender continue to make such determinations.

 

9.             This guaranty shall be binding upon the Guarantor and Guarantor’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors and assigns. The obligations of Guarantor under this guaranty shall be enforceable in all events against Guarantor, its successors and assigns, and each of them, jointly and severally, and shall be enforceable in the event of the death of a Guarantor, as a claim against his estate or otherwise against the representatives of his estate, his heirs-at-law, the devisees and beneficiaries of his total estate and each of them. The use of any gender herein shall include all other genders. Any invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or application of this guaranty shall not affect other lawful provisions and application hereof, and to this end the provisions of this guaranty are declared to be severable. This guaranty may not be waived, modified, amended, terminated, released or otherwise changed except by a writing signed by the Guarantor and the Lender. THE VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF MINNESOTA, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF

 

10.           The Guarantor waives notice of the Lender's acceptance hereof.

 

11.           AT THE OPTION OF THE LENDER, THIS GUARANTY MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN MINNEAPOLIS OR ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA; AND THE GUARANTOR CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY ARGUMENT THAT VENUE IN SUCH FORUMS IS NOT CONVENIENT. IN THE EVENT THE GUARANTOR COMMENCES ANY ACTION IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION OR VENUE UNDER ANY TORT OR CONTRACT THEORY ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM THE RELATIONSHIP CREATED BY THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, THE LENDER, AT ITS OPTION, SHALL BE ENTITLED TO HAVE THE CASE TRANSFERRED TO ONE OF THE JURISDICTIONS AND VENUES ABOVE-DESCRIBED, OR IF SUCH TRANSFER CANNOT BE ACCOMPLISHED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, TO HAVE SUCH CASE DISMISSED WITHOUT PREJUDICE.

 

  4  

 

 

Exhibit A-6

 

12.          Wherever possible, each provision of this guaranty shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this guaranty shall be prohibited by or invalid under such law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this guaranty. In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate law, or any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder would otherwise be held or determined to be void, invalid or unenforceable on account of the amount of the Guarantor's liability under this guaranty, then, notwithstanding any other provision of this guaranty to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by the Guarantor, the Lender or any other person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount which is valid and enforceable as determined in such action or proceeding.

 

13.           EACH OF THE GUARANTOR AND LENDER, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF THIS GUARANTY, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS (a) UNDER THIS GUARANTY OR UNDER ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH, OR (b) ARISING FROM ANY RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

  5  

 

 

Exhibit A-6

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this guaranty has been duly executed by the Guarantor to be effective as of the as of the day and year first above written.

 

   
  Philip L. Rafnson
   
   
Guarantor Address:  
   
     
     

 

  

 

 

Exhibit A-7

 

MiT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “Security Agreement”) is dated effective as of the 1st day of January, 2019, by Moving iMage Technologies, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Debtor”), in favor of Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (“Secured Party” and together with Debtor, the “Parties”, and each, a “Party”). Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2019, by and among the Parties, MIT Acquisition Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Estate of Peter Bergin (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Debtor has agreed, among other things, to grant Secured Party a security interest in the Assets; and

 

WHEREAS, this Security Agreement is being executed and delivered pursuant to Section 3.2(c) and Section 3.4 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties as follows:

 

1.            Security. As and for security for the payment of the amounts set forth in (a) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $200,000, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Indemnity Promissory Note”); (b) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $300,000, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-2 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Adjustment Payment Promissory Note”; (c) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $377,129, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Closing Promissory Note”); and (d) a secured promissory note, in the original principal amount of $1,177,770, in substantially the form of Exhibit A-4 to the Purchase Agreement (the “Balance Promissory Note”; and together with the Indemnity Promissory Note, Adjustment Payment Promissory Note and the Closing Promissory Note being sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “Seller Notes”), Debtor hereby pledges and grants a security interest to the Secured Party in all of its personal property assets (including, but not limited to, fixtures, equipment, trade fixtures, vehicles, machines, trailers, tools, inventory, products, accounts receivable, business machines, furniture, computers, shelving and related assets), together with all proceeds (including, without limitation, insurance proceeds) from the sale or other disposition of such collateral (hereinafter referred to as the “Collateral”).

 

Debtor shall have the right to the use of the Collateral in any lawful manner consistent with this Agreement, until a default occurs. Debtor shall also have the right to sell the Collateral and use the proceeds in the ordinary course of its business, so long as it is not in default hereunder.

 

  1  

 

 

Exhibit A-7

 

2.            Debtor Covenants. Debtor hereby warrants and covenants as follows:

 

(a) Debtor hereby authorizes the Secured Party to prepare and file such financing statements (including continuation statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or other instruments as the Secured Party may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain the security interests granted hereunder in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

(b) Debtor will keep the Collateral in good order and will not waste or destroy the Collateral or any part thereof;

 

(c) Debtor will keep and maintain the Collateral in good condition, will at all times keep the Collateral insured against loss, damage, or other risk, and shall cause Secured Party to be named as lender loss payee on each such policy of insurance;

 

(d) The Collateral is or will be kept at the locations set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, and will not be removed from such locations, other than in the ordinary course of its business unless, prior to any such removal, Debtor has given written notice to the Secured Party of the location or locations to which Debtor desires to remove the same;

 

(e) Debtor will promptly notify Secured Party of any material loss or material damage to the Collateral; and

 

(f) Debtor has full power and authority to execute this Agreement, to perform Debtor’s obligations hereunder and subject the Collateral to the security interest created hereby; Debtor will pay all fees, assessments, charges or taxes arising with respect to the Collateral.

 

3.            Default. Debtor shall be in default under this Agreement upon the happening of any of the following events or conditions:

 

(a) Any “event of default” as separately defined in the each of the Seller Notes, a default of Debtor in its obligations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, or a material default in Debtor’s obligations under the Purchase Agreement;

 

(b) The dissolution, consolidation, or merger, or transfer of a substantial part of the property of Debtor;

 

(c) The conveyance, sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Collateral, whether in a single transaction or a series of transactions;

 

  2  

 

 

Exhibit A-7

 

(d) Loss, theft, substantial damage, or destruction to a substantial portion of the Collateral, which loss, theft, damage or destruction of the Collateral is not covered by insurance;

 

(e) Entry of judgment against Debtor that remains unsatisfied in excess of sixty (60) days, and attachment, sale, or encumbrance of any of the Collateral;

 

(f) The appointment of a receiver for any part of the property of the Debtor, including the Collateral, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency statutes by or against the Debtor, which proceedings are not dismissed with sixty (60) days; and

 

(g) Provided, however, Debtor shall not be deemed in default under Subsections (c)-(f) herein if such defaults by Debtor have been remedied by Debtor within thirty (30) days following written notice thereof by the Secured Party to Debtor, and in the event remedies for non-monetary/payment defaults cannot reasonably be undertaken within thirty (30) days, Debtor shall be entitled to sufficient time as reasonably necessary to remedy the default as long as Debtor is reasonably and verifiably acting to cure such default.

 

4.            Remedies. Upon a default, each of the Seller Notes or any other obligations of the Debtor to Secured Party, may, at the option of the Secured Party, and without demand or notice of any kind, be declared, and thereupon shall immediately become due and payable in full. Secured Party shall then have the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, including without limitation thereto, the right to take possession of the Collateral summarily, and for that purpose, Secured Party may enter upon the premises on which the Collateral or any part thereof may be situated and take possession of the same, and acquire the property. Secured Party may require Debtor to assemble at Debtor’s expense, all the Collateral at a convenient place acceptable to Secured Party. Secured Party will give Debtor at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale of the Collateral or of the time after which any private sale or any other intended disposition thereof is to be made. Such notice shall be deemed reasonably and properly given. Further, upon a default, Secured Party may notify any account debtor or other entity obligated to make payment of any amount due Debtor, that such account or right to payment has been assigned to Secured Party and shall be paid directly to Secured Party. Secured Party shall be entitled to the recovery of its reasonable attorney fees and costs incurred in enforcing its rights under this Agreement.

 

5.            Notice. Any notice from Secured Party to the Debtor, if mailed, shall be deemed given when dispatched by U.S. certified mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to Debtor at Debtor’s then existing business address.

 

6.            Waiver. No delay on the part of the Secured Party in the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by Secured Party of any right or remedy shall preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy.

 

  3  

 

 

Exhibit A-7

 

7.            Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, with any dispute venued or heard in the State of California.

8.            Severability and Construction. Each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any such provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.            Assigns. The parties’ rights under this Agreement shall not be assigned unless agreed in writing between the parties, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The rights and privileges of the Secured Party hereunder shall inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns, and all the obligations of the Debtor shall bind their successors and assigns.

 

10.          Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Seller Notes, the Purchase Agreement and documents/exhibits referenced therein constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the specific subject matter hereof. No amendment or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by both parties.

 

[Signature Page Follows.]

 

  4  

 

 

Exhibit A-7

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Secured Party and Debtor acknowledge receipt of this Agreement and have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

  DEBTOR:
   
  Moving iMage Technologies, LLC
   
   
  By:                   
  Its:  
   
   
   
  SECURED PARTY:
   
  CADDY PRODUCTS, INC.
   
   
  By:  
  Its:  

 

[Signature Page to Security Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A-7

 

SCHEDULE A TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

LOCATIONS

 

1.       

 

[Signature Page to Security Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

BILL OF SALE

 

THIS BILL OF SALE (the “Bill of Sale”) is made effective as of January 1, 2019, by Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (“Seller”), in favor of MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Buyer” and together with Seller, the “Parties”, and each, a “Party”). Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement dated effective as of January 1, 2019, by and among the Parties and certain other parties thereto (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Seller has agreed, among other things, to sell to Buyer, and Buyer has agreed to purchase from Seller, the Assets; and

 

WHEREAS, this Bill of Sale is being executed and delivered pursuant to Section 3.2(a) of the Purchase Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Seller agrees as follows:

 

1.            Sale and Transfer of the Assets. Seller for itself and its successors and assigns hereby irrevocably sells, assigns, conveys, transfers and delivers to Buyer, its successors and assigns, to have and to hold forever, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in, to and under the Assets, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, other than Permitted Encumbrances, wherever located. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to transfer any Excluded Asset.

 

2.            Further Assurances. Seller for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees that, at any time and from time to time upon the written request of Buyer, Seller will do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, all such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney and assurances as may be reasonably required by Buyer in order to assign, transfer, set over, convey, assure and confirm unto and vest in Buyer, its successors and assigns, title to the Assets.

 

3.            Terms of the Purchase Agreement. The terms of the Purchase Agreement, including the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities relating to the Assets, are incorporated herein by this reference. Seller acknowledges and agrees that the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities contained in the Agreement shall not be superseded hereby but shall remain in full force and effect to the full extent provided therein. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit, terminate or expand any terms and conditions contained in the Purchase Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Bill of Sale and the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the terms of the Purchase Agreement shall govern, supersede and prevail.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller has caused this Bill of Sale to be executed as of the date first written above.

 

  SELLER:
   
  Caddy Products, Inc.
   
   
  By:                     
     
  Its:  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit C

 

EXHIBIT C

 

assignment and assumption agreement

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (this “Assignment and Assumption Agreement”) is made effective as of January 1, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Caddy Products, Inc., a California corporation (“Assignor”), and MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Assignee” and together with Assignor, the “Parties”, and each, a “Party”). Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated effective as of January 1, 2019, by and among the Parties and certain other parties thereto (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Assignor has agreed, among other things, to transfer and assign to Assignee, and Assignee desires to accept and assume from Assignor, all of Assignor’s right, title and interest in and to the Assumed Contracts; and

 

WHEREAS, this Assignment and Assumption Agreement is being executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 3.2(b) and 3.3(a)(i) of Purchase Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and agreements set forth in this Assignment and Assumption Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article 11Assignment and Assumption. Seller hereby sells, assigns, grants, conveys and transfers to Buyer all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Assumed Contracts. Buyer hereby accepts such assignment and assumes all of Seller’s duties and obligations under the Assumed Contracts and agrees to pay, perform and discharge, as and when due, all of the obligations of Seller under the Assumed Contracts accruing on and after the Effective Date, but only to the extent that such liabilities thereunder are required to be performed after the Closing Date, were incurred in the ordinary course of business and do not relate to any failure to perform, improper performance, warranty or other breach, default or violation by Seller on or prior to the Closing.

 

Article 12Terms of the Purchase Agreement. The terms of the Purchase Agreement, including the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities relating to the Assumed Contracts, are incorporated herein by this reference. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements and indemnities contained in the Purchase Agreement shall not be superseded hereby but shall remain in full force and effect to the full extent provided therein. Nothing herein shall be construed to limit, terminate or expand any terms and conditions contained in the Purchase Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Assignment and Assumption Agreement and the terms of the Purchase Agreement, the terms of the Purchase Agreement shall govern, supersede and prevail.

 

  1  

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Article 13Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver, at the reasonable request of the other party hereto, such additional documents, instruments, conveyances and assurances and take such further actions as such other party may reasonably request to carry out the provisions hereof and give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

  2  

 

 

Exhibit C

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Assignment and Assumption Agreement on the date first written above.

 

  ASSIGNOR:
   
  Caddy Products, Inc.
   
   
  By:                       
  Its:  
   
   
   
  ASSIGNEE:
   
  MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC
   
   
  By:  
  Its:  

 

[Signature Page to Assignment and Assumption Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of October 24, 2019
(the “Closing Date”)

 

by and between

 

AGILITY CAPITAL III, LLC

(“Agility” or “Lender”)

 

and

 

MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
(“MIT”)

 

and

 

MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC

(“Caddy”)

 

TOTAL CREDIT AMOUNT: Up to $1,000,000

 

Maturity Date: October 1, 2020
Formula:    75% of the Eligible Accounts of MIT.  “Eligible Accounts” means accounts receivable arising from the ordinary course of MIT’s business, net after all offsets, and excluding the following: (i) Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay within ninety (90) days of invoice date; (ii) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, twenty-five percent (25%) of whose Accounts the account debtor has failed to pay within ninety (90) days of invoice date; (iii) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of MIT; (iv) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, demo or promotional, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the account debtor may be conditional; (v) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States; (vi) Accounts with respect to which MIT is liable to the account debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the account debtor to MIT; (vii) Accounts with respect to an account debtor (including its subsidiaries and affiliates), whose total obligations to MIT exceed forty percent (40%) of all Accounts, to the extent such obligations exceed the aforementioned percentage; (viii) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim with respect thereto, or is subject to any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, becomes insolvent, or goes out of business; and (ix) Accounts which Lender reasonably determines to be unsatisfactory for inclusion as an Eligible Account.
Facility Origination Fee:   $25,000
Interest:      13% per annum; fixed
Warrants:   See Warrant for coverage

 

MIT and Caddy (each, a “Borrower” and together, the “Borrowers”) wish to obtain credit from time to time from Lender, and Lender desires to extend credit to Borrowers in accordance with the information set forth above and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the balance of this Agreement. Borrowers and Lender agree as follows:

 

  1.  

 

 

1.             Advance and Payments.

 

(a)               Advances. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request one or more cash advances (each, an “Advance”) up to an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the lesser of (i) One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) (the “Revolving Line”) or (ii) seventy five percent (75%) of Eligible Accounts (the “Borrowing Base”). Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, Borrower will notify Lender by delivery of a written request no later than 11:00 a.m. Pacific Time, on the Business Day that is one day before the Business Day the Advance is to be made. Any request by Borrower for an Advance shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such request as to the truth and accuracy of all of the representations and warranties contained in Section 3 in all material respects on and as of the date of Borrower’s request for such Advance and on the funding date of each Advance as though made at and as of each such date. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 1(a) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Maturity Date, at which time all Advances shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may prepay any Advances without penalty or premium.

 

(b)                Use of Proceeds. The proceeds from the Advance shall be used for working capital purposes, and up to $383,310.00 of the proceeds from the initial Advance to be used to repay in full the amount owing to Seller under the Closing Promissory Note (as defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 1, 2019, by and among Borrowers, Seller and the Estate of Peter Bergin (the “Acquisition Agreement”)).

 

(c)                Conditions to Advances. Agility’s obligation to make any portion of the Advance under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent: (i) no Event of Default has occurred that is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the funding of such Advance; (ii) Agility’s determination that there has not been any Material Adverse Effect, and there has not occurred a circumstance or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) the representations and warranties contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of Borrower’s request for such Advance and on the effective date of each funding date as though made at and as of each such date; (iv) if requested by Lender, receipt by Lender of a Borrowing Base Certificate in substantially similar form as Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Borrowing Base Certificate”); and (v) with respect to the initial Advance, the execution, delivery and filing of such certificates, instruments and agreements, as Agility deems appropriate, in form and substance satisfactory to Agility, including but not limited to (A) a deposit account control agreement with any bank with which a Borrower maintains an account, including but not limited to those accounts in Exhibit B; (B) a subordination agreement with Desert Caddy Shack, Inc. (“Seller”); (C) intellectual property security agreements executed by Borrowers; (D) personal guaranty by Philip L. Rafnson, (E) pledge agreement executed by Sound Management Investors, LLC; (F) corporate resolutions and incumbency certificates of each Borrower, and (G) filed copies of UCC-3 financing statements terminating the liens in favor of Marquette Commercial Finance.

 

(d)                Interest. Borrowers shall pay interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Advances at a fixed rate per annum equal to thirteen percent (13.0%). Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed, shall accrue from the date of an Advance and continue until such Advance has been repaid, and shall be payable in arrears on the first day of each month until such Advance has been repaid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the minimum interest due and payable with respect to any month shall be least $8,000.

 

(e)                Payments. Borrowers shall make interest-only payments on the first day of each month as set forth in Section 1(b) above. Any partial month shall be prorated on the basis of a 30-day month based on the actual number of days outstanding. All payments made to Agility shall be made via wire transfer per wire transfer instructions separately provided by Agility to Borrowers or by automated clearing house (ACH) transfer. All payments received by Agility shall be applied first to outstanding fees and expenses owing to Agility, then to accrued and unpaid interest, then to principal. Any fees or interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such fees or interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the applicable interest rate.

 

(f)                Overadvances. If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrowers shall immediately pay to Lender, in cash, the amount of such excess.

 

  2.  

 

 

(g)                Maturity Date. All amounts outstanding hereunder are due and payable on October 1, 2020 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

(h)                Closing Fee; Management Fees. On the date hereof, Borrowers shall pay to Agility an origination fee of $25,000, which is fully earned and nonrefundable, and shall be deducted from the initial proceeds of the Advance made to Borrower on the Closing Date. On the first day of each month, Borrowers shall pay Agility a loan management fee of $1,000, each of which are fully earned and nonrefundable on each such date.

 

(i)                 Late Payments; Default Interest; Default Fees. After the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 5(a) of this Agreement, the Obligations shall bear interest at a rate equal to 18%. In addition, upon the occurrence of such Event of Default, Borrowers shall pay Agility a default fee of $5,000. For each 30 day period in which the Event of Default remains outstanding and uncured to Agility’s satisfaction, Borrowers shall pay Agility an additional default fee of $5,000 for the first 30 day period, and an additional $5,000 for each 30 day period thereafter, until such Event of Default is cured to Agility’s satisfaction or waived in writing by Agility. The terms of this paragraph shall not be construed as Agility’s consent to Borrowers’ failure to pay any amounts in strict accordance with this Agreement, and Agility’s charging any fees and/or acceptance of any payments shall not restrict Agility’s exercise of any remedies arising out of any such failure.

 

(j)                 Success Fee. Upon (A) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Borrower, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of a Borrower where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction (“Acquisition”) or (B) any time during the ninety (90) day period that follows the third anniversary of the Closing Date, upon Agility’s written request, Borrowers shall pay to Agility a cash fee in the amount of $125,000 (the “Success Fee”). Borrowers will give Agility at least 15 days’ prior written notice of an Acquisition (the “Acquisition Notice”) and, if exercised, Agility’s election to receive the Success Fee (the “Election Notice”) shall be delivered to Borrowers within 10 days following Agility’s receipt of the Acquisition Notice, and shall be deemed conditional upon the closing of the Acquisition, and the Success Fee shall be paid immediately prior to or concurrently with the closing of such Acquisition. With respect to clause (B), the Election Notice shall be delivered to MIT within said ninety (90) day period for the aforementioned right to put to be effective, and the Success Fee shall be paid within five (5) days following MIT’s receipt of the Election Notice. Borrowers’ obligations under this Section 1(j) shall survive the termination of this Agreement. Upon Agility’s receipt of the Success Fee, the Warrant (if issued to Agility) shall automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Agility has exercised its rights under the Warrant to receive all of the Shares (as defined in the Warrant) issuable thereunder (pursuant to Section 1.1 or Section 1.2 of the Warrant), then no Success Fee shall be due or payable to Agility and this Section 1(j) shall be of no further force or effect.

 

(k)               Prepayment Fee upon Early Termination. Borrowers may prepay all of the Advances and terminate this Agreement with written notice to Lender at least fifteen (15) days prior to such repayment, and payment to the Lender of an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Advances plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) a fee equal to $40,000 minus the aggregate amount of interest paid by Borrowers prior to the prepayment date (the “Prepayment Fee”), plus (C) all of Lender’s fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement. Upon such prepayment in full, Lender’s obligations to make credit extensions to Borrowers and this Agreement shall terminate, except for any provision(s) by their terms survive the termination of this Agreement, which remain as outstanding obligations in accordance with their respective terms.

 

2.            Security Interest.

 

(a)                As security for all present and future indebtedness, guarantees, liabilities, and other obligations of Borrowers to Agility under this Agreement and any other present or future agreement, document, or instrument entered into by Borrowers or any third parties in connection herewith, including those referenced in Section 1(c)(v) of this Agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”), including all fees specified in Section 1 and any fees payable under any warrant to purchase stock issued to Lender (collectively, the “Obligations”), Each Borrower grants Agility a security interest in all of each Borrower’s personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, including without limitation the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto, and all products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of the foregoing (collectively, the “Collateral”). Borrower authorizes Agility to execute such documents and take such actions as Agility reasonably deems appropriate from time to time to perfect or continue the security interest granted hereunder.

 

  3.  

 

 

(b)                Pledge of Shares. Each Borrower hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Lender, a security interest in all of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities or ownership interests in any entity owned or held of record by a Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower (the “Shares”), together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the performance of the Obligations. Upon an Event of Default, the certificate or certificates for the Shares, if certificated, will be delivered to Lender, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by Borrower. To the extent required by the terms and conditions governing the Shares, Borrower shall cause the books of each entity whose Shares are part of the Collateral and any transfer agent to reflect the pledge of the Shares. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Lender may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Collateral (including but not limited to the Shares) into the name of Lender and cause new (as applicable) certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Lender or its transferee. Borrower will execute and deliver such documents, and take or cause to be taken such actions, as Lender may reasonably request to perfect or continue the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Shares. Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights with respect to the Shares and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms. All such rights to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall terminate upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

 

3.           Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Each Borrower represents to Agility as follows (which shall be deemed continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, including the dates each portion of the Advance is made):

 

(a)                Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrowers of the Transaction Documents, and all other documents contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not violate any Borrower’s Certificate of Formation or operating agreement, or any law or any material agreement or instrument which is binding upon such Borrower or its property.

 

(b)               State of Incorporation; Places of Business; Locations of Collateral. Each Borrower is and will continue to be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation. Each Borrower is and will continue to be qualified and licensed to do business in all jurisdictions in which it is required to do so, except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The address set forth in this Agreement under Borrowers’ signature is Borrowers’ chief executive office. Other than the chief executive office, the Collateral is located at the address(es) set forth on Exhibit B.

 

(c)                Title to Collateral; Permitted Liens. Each Borrower is now, and will at all times in the future be, the sole owner of all the Collateral. The Collateral now is and will remain free and clear of any and all liens, security interests, encumbrances and adverse claims, except for (i)  purchase money security interests in specific items of equipment; (ii) leases of specific items of equipment; (iii) liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided the same have no priority over any of Lender’s security interests; (iv) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, carriers, or other similar liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not delinquent; (v) the liens on Borrower’s property in favor of Seller; and (vi) the liens set forth on Exhibit B.

 

(d)                Financial Condition, Statements and Reports. The financial statements provided to Agility by Borrowers have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied (“GAAP”). All financial statements now or in the future delivered to Agility will fairly reflect the financial condition of Borrowers, at the times and for the periods therein stated. Between the last date covered by any such statement provided to Agility and the date hereof, there has been no circumstance that could constitute or give rise to a Material Adverse Effect. Each Borrower has timely filed, and will timely file, all tax returns and reports required by applicable law, and each Borrower has timely paid, and will timely pay, all applicable taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions now or in the future owed by Borrowers.

  

(e)                Compliance with Law. Each Borrower has complied, and will comply, in all material respects, with all provisions of all material applicable laws and regulations.

 

  4.  

 

 

(f)                 Information. All written information provided to Agility by or on behalf of each Borrower on or prior to the date of this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects, and no representation or warranty made by any Borrower herein or in any other written information provided to Agility contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make any such statements not misleading at the time made.

 

(g)                Litigation. Except as disclosed on Exhibit B, there is no claim or litigation pending or (to best of Borrowers’ knowledge) threatened against any Borrower. Borrowers will promptly inform Agility in writing of any claim or litigation in the future.

 

(h)                Subsidiaries; Investments. Except as disclosed on Exhibit B, no Borrower has any wholly-owned or partially owned subsidiaries, and Exhibit B sets forth all loans by any Borrower to, and all investments by any Borrower in, any person, entity, corporation partnership or joint venture.

 

(i)                 Deposit and Investment Accounts. Borrowers maintain only the operating, savings, deposit, securities and investment accounts listed on Exhibit B.

 

(j)                 Shares. Each Borrower has full power and authority to create a first priority lien on the Shares and no disability or contractual obligation exists that would prohibit such Borrower from pledging the Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Shares have been and will be duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable. As of the Closing Date, the Shares are not in certificated form. To Borrowers’ knowledge, the Shares are not the subject of any present or threatened suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and Borrower knows of no reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings. To Borrowers’ knowledge, there are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer relative to, or options exercisable with respect to the Shares, and Borrowers shall not grant any such rights.

 

4.            Other Covenants.

 

(a)                Reports. Borrowers will provide to Agility in form and substance acceptable to Agility (i)  at all times prior to Parent’s initial, underwritten public offering and sale of its securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “IPO”), within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, monthly financial statements of MIT, prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with a Compliance Certificate signed by an officer of MIT in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto; (ii) after the IPO, within forty five (45) days after the last day of each quarter, quarterly financial statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with a Compliance Certificate signed by an officer of Parent in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto; (iii) within fifteen (15) days after the last day of each month, copies of all reports and statements received by a Borrower from any of its banks or other financial institutions (in lieu of such requirement, Borrowers may grant Agility on-line “view only” access to all of its accounts on terms acceptable to Agility); (iv) Borrowers’ annual financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, by an independent certified public accountant acceptable to Agility, and copies of Borrowers’ tax returns for such year, within one hundred twenty (120) days of the last day of such year; (v) within five (5) days of the 15th day and the last day of each month, a Borrowing Base Certificate, along with aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable of MIT; and (vi) upon request, such other information relating to Borrowers’ operations and condition, as Agility may reasonably request from time to time. Agility shall have the right to review and copy each Borrower’s books and records and audit and inspect the Collateral, from time to time, upon reasonable notice to such Borrower. Agility or its officers, employees, or agents shall have a right to visit a Borrower’s premises and interview each Borrower’s officers at such Borrower’s expense.

 

(b)                Insurance. Borrowers will maintain insurance on the Collateral and Borrowers’ business, in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrowers’ business, and Agility will be named in a lender’s loss payable endorsement in favor of Agility, in form reasonably acceptable to Agility.

 

(c)                Financial Covenants.

 

(i)                  MIT’s quarterly EBITDA (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for the quarter ending December 31, 2019 shall be at least in the amount set forth on Exhibit D.

 

  5.  

 

 

(ii)                MIT’s net income/loss, measured on a quarterly basis (as determined in accordance with GAAP), beginning with quarter ending March 31, 2020, shall be at least in the amounts set forth on Exhibit D.

 

(d)                Board Meetings and Materials. Borrowers shall give Agility copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials the Borrowers provide to its directors in connection with such meetings that occur prior to the IPO at the same time and in the same manner as it gives to its directors.

 

(e)                 Negative Covenants. Without Agility’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), Borrowers shall not do any of the following: (i)  acquire any assets outside the ordinary course of business, or enter into or consummate any merger or acquisition (other than the “Reorganization Transaction” as defined and contemplated in the Form S-1 Registration Statement, Number 333-234159, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 11, 2019); (ii)  sell, lease, license, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of any Collateral except for sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (iii) pay or declare any dividends or distributions on any membership interests of MIT at any time prior to the IPO, other than distributions to each of MIT’s members (collectively, “Tax Distributions”) in an amount not greater than the actual current income tax payments required to be made by each such member based upon the income of such member accruing due to the election of MIT to be taxed as a limited liability company under the United States Internal Revenue Code, as long as no Event of Default has occurred that is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such Tax Distributions; (iv) redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, any Borrower’s membership interests; (v) make any investments in, or loans or advances to, any person (including without limitation any investments in, capital contributions or downstreaming of funds to, any subsidiary or affiliate of a Borrower); (vi)  incur any indebtedness, including any guaranties or other contingent liabilities, other than trade debt and capital lease obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business and indebtedness owing to Seller pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement; (vii) make any deposits or investments into any investment or depository accounts unless they are subject to an account control agreement acceptable to Agility; (viii) make any payment on any Borrower’s indebtedness that is subordinate to the Obligations, other than in accordance with a subordination agreement, if any, in favor of Lender relating thereto; (ix) permit or suffer a merger or other transaction which results in any change in control of either Borrower, or an acquisition of all or any substantial part of any Borrower’s assets; (x) use any part of the Advances to repay loans or pay deferred salaries or other amounts owing to any officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates of any Borrower, other than reimbursement to officers of credit card expenses incurred on behalf of Borrower in the normal course of business and consistent with past practices; (xi) agree to do any of the foregoing; or (xii) or without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Lender, relocate its chief executive office or state of incorporation or change its legal name or experience any change in corporate form.

 

(f)                  IPO Matters. If IPO has not consummated by June 30, 2020, then on or before July 15, 2020, Borrowers shall deliver to Lender updated financial projections satisfactory to Lender indicating sufficient cash flow to satisfy Borrower’s payment obligations to Lender hereunder. Notwithstanding the prohibition in Sections 4(e) (ix) and 4(e)(xii), MIT’s acquisition by NLM Holding Co., Inc. (“Parent”) in connection with IPO as contemplated in the Reorganization Transaction shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder as long as, within one (1) day of the consummation of the Reorganization Transaction, Parent executes and delivers to Lender (i) the joinder agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F to join as a coborrower under this Agreement, (ii) a Corporate Resolutions and Incumbency Certificate duly executed by an authorized officer of Parent, along with copies of Parent’s certificate of incorporation certified by the Delaware secretary of state and its bylaws, and (iii) a warrant to purchase stock of Parent in substantially similar form as Exhibit E attached hereto (the “Warrant”). The obligations to deliver the Warrant to Lender under this Section 4(f)(iii) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

5.            Events of Default. Any one or more of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

(a)                (i) Borrowers shall fail to pay any overadvance, as required under Section 1(f), within two business days of the occurrence of such overadvance; or (ii) Borrowers shall fail to pay any principal or interest due hereunder within ten days after the date due, provided that any amounts due on the Maturity Date shall be paid on that date, with no grace period; or

 

(b)                Any Borrower fails to comply with Section 3(b), 3(e), or 4(d) and fails to cure such default within fifteen (15) days after a Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of a Borrower becomes aware thereof, or any Borrower fails to comply with any other provision of this Agreement, or there occurs any breach or default under any other Transaction Document;

 

  6.  

 

 

(c)                 Any warranty or representation made hereunder or any other written statement, report or certificate delivered to Agility by any Borrower shall be untrue or misleading in a material respect as of the date given or made, or shall become untrue or misleading in a material respect after the date hereof; or

 

(d)                A default or event of default occurs under the Acquisition Agreement (or any other document, instrument, agreement, note or security agreement entered into in connection therewith), or a default or event of default occurs under any other material agreement to which a Borrower is subject or by which a Borrower is bound (i) resulting in a right by the other party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any indebtedness or exercise any remedies against a Borrower or any property of a Borrower, or (ii) that could have a Material Adverse Effect, as defined below; or

 

(e)                 Any portion of a Borrower’s assets is attached, seized or levied upon, or a judgment for more than $75,000 is awarded against a Borrower and is not stayed within ten days; or

 

(f)                  Dissolution or termination of existence of a Borrower; or appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian, for all or any material part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the commencement of any proceeding by or against a Borrower under any reorganization, bankruptcy, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction, now or in the future in effect (except that, in the case of a proceeding commenced against a Borrower, such Borrower shall have 30 days after the date such proceeding was commenced to have it dismissed, provided Agility shall have no obligation to make any Advances during such period); or

 

(g)                 The occurrence of any circumstance with respect to any of the Borrowers that could reasonably be expected to have a “Material Adverse Effect”, which shall mean (i) a material adverse change in the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or financial or other condition of Borrowers, (ii) the material impairment of Borrowers’ ability to perform its Obligations or of Agility’s ability to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral, or (iii) a material adverse change in the value of the Collateral; or

 

(h)                If any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations (a “Guaranty”) ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any guarantor fails to perform any obligation, or any event of default occurs, under the Guaranty, or if any of the circumstances described in clauses (c) through (g) above with respect to any guarantor or any guarantor dies or becomes subject to any criminal prosecution; or

 

(i)                  If any security or pledge agreement entered into in connection herewith (including the pledge agreement executed by Sound Management Investors, LLC), ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any grantor or pledgor fails to perform any obligation, or any event of default occurs, under such agreement, or if any of the circumstances described in clauses (c) through (g) above with respect to any such pledgor or grantor.

 

6.            Remedies.

 

(a)                Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Agility, at its option, may do any one or more of the following: (i) Accelerate and declare the Obligations to be immediately due, payable, and performable; (ii) Take possession of any or all of the Collateral wherever it may be found, and for that purpose each Borrower hereby authorizes Agility to enter such Borrower’s premises without interference to search for, take possession of, keep, store, or remove any of the Collateral, and remain on the premises or cause a custodian to remain on the premises in exclusive control thereof, without charge by Borrowers for so long as Agility reasonably deems it necessary in order to complete the enforcement of its rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; provided, however, that should Agility seek to take possession of any of the Collateral by Court process, Each Borrower hereby waives: (A) any bond and any surety or security relating thereto; (B) any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any suit or action to recover possession thereof; and (C) any requirement that Agility retain possession of, and not dispose of, any such Collateral until after trial or final judgment; (iii) Require Borrowers to assemble any or all of the Collateral and make it available to Agility at places designated by Agility; (iv) Complete the processing of any Collateral prior to a disposition thereof and, for such purpose and for the purpose of removal, Agility shall have the right to use each Borrower’s premises, equipment and all other property without charge by such Borrower; (v) Collect and dispose of and realize upon any investment property, including withdrawal of any and all funds from any deposit or securities accounts; (vi) Dispose of any of the Collateral, at one or more public or private sales, in lots or in bulk, for cash, exchange or other property, or on credit, and to adjourn any such sale from time to time without notice other than oral announcement at the time scheduled for sale; and (vii) Demand payment of, and collect any accounts, general intangibles or other Collateral and, in connection therewith, each Borrower irrevocably authorizes Agility to endorse or sign such Borrower’s name on all collections, receipts, instruments and other documents, and, in Agility’s good faith business judgment, to grant extensions of time to pay, compromise claims and settle accounts, general intangibles and the like for less than face value; each Borrower grants Agility a license, exercisable from and after an Event of Default has occurred, to use and copy any trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property in which any Borrower has an interest to effect any of the foregoing remedies. All reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, costs, liabilities and obligations incurred by Agility with respect to the foregoing shall be added to and become part of the Obligations, and shall be due on demand.

 

  7.  

 

 

(b)                Borrower recognizes that Lender may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Shares, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in federal securities laws and applicable state and provincial securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Borrower acknowledges and agree that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. Lender shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Shares for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under federal securities laws or under applicable state and provincial securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which continues, Lender shall have the right to exercise all such rights as a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as it, in its sole judgment, shall deem necessary or appropriate, including without limitation the right to liquidate the Shares and apply the proceeds thereof to reduce the Obligations. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Lender (and any of Lender’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to enforce Borrower’s rights against any Subsidiary, including the right to compel any Subsidiary to make payments or distributions owing to Borrower.

 

(c)                 Application of Proceeds. All proceeds realized as the result of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral shall be applied by Agility first to the reasonable costs, expenses, liabilities, obligations and attorneys’ fees incurred by Agility in the exercise of its rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, second to any fees and Obligations other than interest and principal, third to the interest due upon any of the Obligations, and fourth to the principal of the Obligations, in such order as Agility shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrowers or other persons legally entitled thereto; Borrowers shall remain liable to Agility for any deficiency.

 

(d)                Remedies Cumulative. In addition to the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, Agility shall have all the other rights and remedies accorded a secured party under the California Uniform Commercial Code and under all other applicable laws, and under any other instrument or agreement now or in the future entered into between Agility and a Borrower, and all of such rights and remedies are cumulative and none is exclusive. Exercise or partial exercise by Agility of one or more of its rights or remedies shall not be deemed an election, nor bar Agility from subsequent exercise or partial exercise of any other rights or remedies. The failure or delay of Agility to exercise any rights or remedies shall not operate as a waiver thereof, but all rights and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until all of the Obligations have been fully paid and performed.

 

(e)                 Power of Attorney. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Borrower irrevocably appoints Agility (and any of Agility’s designated employees or agents) as such Borrower’s true and lawful attorney in fact to: endorse such Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment; make, settle and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to such Borrower’s policies of insurance; settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting accounts, general intangibles and other Collateral; execute and deliver all notices, instruments and agreements in connection with the perfection of the security interest granted in this Agreement; sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral; and take any other action or sign any other documents required to be taken or signed by a Borrower, or reasonably necessary to enforce Agility’s rights or remedies or otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. The appointment of Agility as each Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each of Agility’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations owing to Agility have been paid and performed in full.

 

  8.  

 

 

7.             Waivers. The failure of Agility at any time or times to require Borrowers to strictly comply with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document between a Borrower and Agility shall not waive or diminish any right of Agility later to demand and receive strict compliance therewith. Any waiver of any default shall not waive or affect any other default, whether prior or subsequent, and whether or not similar. None of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement shall be deemed to have been waived except by a specific written waiver signed by an authorized officer of Agility. Each Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any commercial paper, instrument, account, general intangible, document or guaranty at any time held by Agility on which a Borrower is or may in any way be liable, and notice of any action taken by Agility, unless expressly required by this Agreement.

 

8.            Indemnity. Borrowers shall indemnify Agility for any costs or liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Agility in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

9.            Confidentiality. In handling any confidential non-public information provided to Agility by Borrowers, Agility shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of the same, except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to subsidiaries or affiliates of Agility in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrowers, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Obligations, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement with respect thereto, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Agility, and (v) as Agility may deem appropriate in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain, or becomes part of the public domain, after disclosure to Agility through no fault of Agility; or (b) is disclosed to Agility by a third party, provided Agility does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

 

10.          Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue. The Transaction Documents, all acts and transactions under the Transaction Documents, and all rights and obligations of Agility and Borrowers shall be governed by the internal laws (and not the conflict of laws rules) of the State of California. As a material part of the consideration to Agility to enter into this Agreement, each Borrower (i) agrees that all actions and proceedings relating directly or indirectly to the Transaction Documents shall, at Agility’s option, be litigated in courts located within California, and, at Agility’s option, the venue therefor shall be Santa Barbara County; (ii) consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court and consents to service of process in any such action or proceeding by personal delivery or any other method permitted by law; and (iii) waives any and all rights a Borrower may have to object to the jurisdiction of any such court, or to transfer or change the venue of any such action or proceeding.

 

11.           MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. BORROWER AND AGILITY EACH WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER PRESENT OR FUTURE INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN AGILITY AND BORROWER INCLUDING ALL OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, OR ANY CONDUCT, ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF AGILITY OR BORROWER OR ANY OF THEIR DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS OR ANY OTHER PERSONS AFFILIATED WITH AGILITY OR BORROWER, IN ALL OF THE FOREGOING CASES, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. IF THIS JURY WAIVER IS FOR ANY REASON UNENFORCEABLE, THE PARTIES AGREE TO RESOLVE ALL CLAIMS, CAUSES AND DISPUTES THROUGH JUDICIAL REFERENCE PURSUANT TO CODE OF CIVIL PROCEDURE SECTION 638 ET SEQ BEFORE A MUTUALLY ACCEPTABLE REFEREE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY OR, IF NO AGREEMENT ON THE REFEREE IS REACHED, BEFORE A REFEREE SELECTED BY THE PRESIDING JUDGE OF THE CALIFORNIA SUPERIOR COURT FOR SANTA BARBARA COUNTY. THIS PROVISION SHALL NOT RESTRICT A PARTY FROM EXERCISING NONJUDICIAL REMEDIES UNDER THE CODE.

 

  9.  

 

 

12.          Co-Borrowers.

 

(a)                Co-Borrowers. Borrowers are jointly and severally liable for the Obligations and Lender may proceed against one Borrower to enforce the Obligations without waiving its right to proceed against any other Borrower. This Agreement and the Loan Documents are a primary and original obligation of each Borrower and shall remain in effect notwithstanding future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or irregularity in the creation or acquisition of any Obligations or in the execution or delivery of any agreement between Lender and any Borrower. Each Borrower shall be liable for existing and future Obligations as fully as if all of the Credit Extensions were advanced to such Borrower. Lender may rely on any certificate or representation made by any Borrower as made on behalf of, and binding on, all Borrowers, including without limitation advance request forms, borrowing base certificates and other certificates. Each Borrower appoints each other Borrower as its agent with all necessary power and authority to give and receive notices, certificates or demands for and on behalf of all Borrowers, to act as disbursing agent for receipt of any Credit Extensions on behalf of each Borrower and to apply to Lender on behalf of each Borrower for any Credit Extensions, any waivers and any consents. This authorization cannot be revoked, and Lender need not inquire as to one Borrower’s authority to act for or on behalf of another Borrower.

 

(b)                Subrogation and Similar Rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, each Borrower irrevocably waives, until all obligations are paid in full and Lender has no further obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrowers, all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating a Borrower to the rights of Lender under the Loan Documents) to seek contribution, indemnification, or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by a Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by a Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Documents or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Lender and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Lender for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

(c)                 Waivers of Notice. Each Borrower waives, to the extent permitted by law, notice of acceptance hereof; notice of the existence, creation or acquisition of any of the Obligations; notice of an Event of Default except as set forth herein; notice of the amount of the Obligations outstanding at any time; notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any other Borrower or of any other fact that might increase a Borrower’s risk; presentment for payment; demand; protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; and all other notices and demands to which a Borrower would otherwise be entitled by virtue of being a co-borrower or a surety. Each Borrower waives any defense arising from any defense of any other Borrower, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of any other Borrower. Lender’s failure at any time to require strict performance by any Borrower of any provision of the Loan Documents shall not waive, alter or diminish any right of Lender thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Each Borrower also waives any defense arising from any act or omission of Lender that changes the scope of a Borrower’s risks hereunder. Each Borrower hereby waives any right to assert against Lender any defense (legal or equitable), setoff, counterclaim, or claims that such Borrower individually may now or hereafter have against another Borrower or any other Person liable to Lender with respect to the Obligations in any manner or whatsoever.

 

(d)                Subrogation Defenses. Until all Obligations are paid in full and Lender has no further obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrowers, each Borrower hereby waives any defense based on impairment or destruction of its subrogation or other rights against any other Borrower and waives all benefits which might otherwise be available to it under California Civil Code Sections 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2848, 2849, 2850, 2899, and 3433 and California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, as those statutory provisions are now in effect and hereafter amended, and under any other similar statutes now and hereafter in effect.

 

(e)                 Right to Settle, Release.

 

(i)                  The liability of Borrowers hereunder shall not be diminished by (i) any agreement, understanding or representation that any of the Obligations is or was to be guaranteed by another Person or secured by other property, or (ii) any release or unenforceability, whether partial or total, of rights, if any, which Lender may now or hereafter have against any other Person, including another Borrower, or property with respect to any of the Obligations.

 

  10.  

 

 

(ii)                Without notice to any given Borrowers and without affecting the liability of any given Borrowers hereunder, Lender may (i) compromise, settle, renew, extend the time for payment, change the manner or terms of payment, discharge the performance of, decline to enforce, or release all or any of the Obligations with respect to any other Borrower by written agreement with such other Borrower, (ii) grant other indulgences to another Borrower in respect of the Obligations, (iii) modify in any manner any documents relating to the Obligations with respect to any other Borrower by written agreement with such other Borrower, (iv) release, surrender or exchange any deposits or other property securing the Obligations, whether pledged by a Borrower or any other Person, or (v) compromise, settle, renew, or extend the time for payment, discharge the performance of, decline to enforce, or release all or any obligations of any guarantor, endorser or other Person who is now or may hereafter be liable with respect to any of the Obligations.

 

(f)                Subordination. All indebtedness of a Borrower now or hereafter arising held by another Borrower is subordinated to the Obligations and a Borrower holding the indebtedness shall take all actions reasonably requested by Lender to effect, to enforce and to give notice of such subordination.

 

13.          General. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are the final, entire and complete agreement between Borrowers and Agility and supersede all prior and contemporaneous negotiations and oral representations and agreements, all of which are merged and integrated in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. There are no oral understandings, representations or agreements between the parties which are not set forth in the Transaction Documents. The terms and provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document may not be waived or amended, except in a writing executed by Borrowers and a duly authorized officer of Agility, provided however Parent may be joined as a Borrower hereunder pursuant to its execution of the Joinder Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F without any further action or writing by Borrowers or Agility. Agility may assign all or any part of its interest in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document and the Obligations to any person or entity, or grant a participation in, or security interest in, any interest in this or any other Transaction Document, without notice to or consent of Borrowers. No Borrower may assign any rights under or interest in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document without Agility’s prior written consent.

 

14.          Publicity. Each Borrower authorizes Agility to use such Borrower’s tradenames and logos in Agility’s marketing materials in respect of the transactions evidenced by this Agreement.

 

15.          Lender’s License. This loan is made pursuant to the California Finance Lenders Law, Division 9 (commencing with Section 22000) of the Financial Code. Agility Capital III, LLC, 10 East Figueroa Street, Suite 204, Santa Barbara, CA 93101, License Number 60DBO-74608. FOR INFORMATION CONTACT THE DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS, STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

 

[remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

  11.  

 

 

AGILITY CAPITAL III, LLC   MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC
         
         
By: /s/ Jeff Carmody   By: /s/ Glenn H. Sherman
       
Name: Jeff Carmody   Name:  Glenn H. Sherman
         
Title: Managing Director   Title: President and CEO
         
Address for notices:   MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC
       
10 East Figueroa Street, Suite 204   By: /s/ Glenn H. Sherman
Santa Barbara, CA 93101      
Attn: Jeff Carmody   Name: Glenn H. Sherman
Email: jeff@agilitycap.com      
      Title: President and CEO
         
      17760 Newhope Street
      Fountain Valley, CA 92708
      Attn: Glenn H. Sherman  
      FAX: 714-429-7717  

 

  12.  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT
TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

All personal property of each Borrower (also referred to herein as “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

 

(a)           all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), commercial tort claims, deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including copyrights, patents, trademarks, goodwill and all intellectual property, payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records; and

 

(b)          any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

  13.  

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Places of Business and Locations of Collateral (Section 3(b)):

 

 

 

Permitted Liens (Section 3(c))

 

 

 

Litigation (Section 3(g)):

 

 

 

Subsidiaries and partnerships and joint ventures (Section 3(h)):

 

 

 

Accounts (Section 3(i))

  

     

 

  

Exhibit C
Borrowing Base Certificate

 

Borrower:    MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC    Lender: Agility Capital III, LLC  
Commitment Amount: $1,000,000   Period:      
                         
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE                
  1 Accounts Receivable Book Value as of:   _________           $0  
  2 Additions                 $0  
  3 Total Accounts Receivable:               $0  
                         
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS                  
  4 A/R Aged over 90 Days from invoice date         $0        
  5 Contra Accounts           $0        
  6 Concentrations (40%)           $0        
  7 Cross aging over 25%           $0        
  8 Foreign Accounts         $0        
  9 Affiliate/Employee/Officer Accounts         $0        
  10 Accounts subject to offset; conditional payments                  
  11 Accounts with insolvent account debtors     $0        
  12 Accounts under dispute   $0        
  13 Other Deductions   $0        
  14 Total Ineligible Accounts:           $0        
  15 Total Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #14)         $0  
  16 Borrowing Base Rate                 75%  
  17 Borrowing Base (#15 multiplied by #16)         $0  
                         
BALANCES                    
  18 Maximum Loan Amount   $1,000,000        
  19 Total Borrowing Capacity (lesser of #17 and #18)       $0  
  20 Less: Aggregate sum of outstanding Advances       $0  
  21 Remaining Availability (#18 minus #19 & #20)       $0  
                         
If line #21 is a negative number, this amount must be remitted to the Lender immediately to bring loan balance into compliance. By signing this form you authorize Lender to initiate an ACH payment of any overadvance amounts directly from Borrower’s accounts in the event there is an overadvance.

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Agreement between the undersigned and Lender.
 
   
                         
                         
By (Authorized Signer):   Title:       Date:      
                                               

 

     

 

 

EXHIBIT D
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWERS: MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC and MIT ACQUISITION CO. LLC

 

The undersigned authorized officer of MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES, LLC hereby certifies, on behalf of all Borrowers, that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement between Borrowers and Agility Capital III, LLC (the “Agreement”), (i) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrowers stated in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The undersigned further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenants Required Complies
A/R & A/P Agings Within 5 days of 15th and last day of each month Yes No
Borrowing Base Certificate Within 5 days of 15th and last day of each month Yes No
Monthly financial statements + Compliance Certificate Monthly within 30 days (prior to IPO) Yes No
Quarterly financial statements + Compliance Certificate Quarterly within 45 days (after IPO) Yes No
Copies of reports/statements from banks/financial institutions Monthly within 15 days Yes No
Annual financial statements FYE within 120 days Yes No
Tax returns FYE within 120 days Yes No
Financial Covenants Required Actual Complies
MIT’s Quarterly EBITDA for quarter ending 12/31/19 [$ to be updated following Lender’s receipt of updated projections prior to closing] $_____________ Yes No
MIT’s Minimum Net Income / Profitability (for quarter ending March 31, 2020 and each quarter thereafter) [$ to be updated following Lender’s receipt of updated projections prior to closing] $_____________ Yes

No

 

 

Comments Regarding Exceptions:  See Attached.
 
Sincerely,
 
 
   
SIGNATURE
 
 
   
TITLE
 
   
DATE

 

     

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

WARRANT

 

     

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment No. 1 to Share Exchange Agreement, dated effective as of October 29, 2019 (this “Agreement”), is made by and among Moving Image Technologies LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“MiT”), the members of MiT set forth on Schedule 1 hereto (the “Members”), and NLM Holding Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“NLM”).

  

WHEREAS, the parties hereto executed a Share Exchange Agreement dated effective as of January 2 , 2019 (the Share Exchange Agreement”) whereby (i) MiT agreed to exchange 100% of the membership interests of MiT (the “Membership Interests”) for newly-issued shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of NLM (“Common Stock”), which, at the time of issuance would represent approximately 88% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock of NLM on a fully-diluted basis; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto believe it is in their best interests to amend the Share Exchange Agreement such that MiT will exchange the Membership Interests for Common Stock of NLM, which, at the time of issuance will represent approximately 87% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Common Stock of NLM on a fully-diluted basis.

 

 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and other agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. The fourth Whereas clause of the Share Exchange Agreement is amended to read in full as follows:

 

WHEREAS, it is a further condition to the Share Exchange that a firm commitment initial public offering of NLM be effected further to a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed by NLM with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “IPO Transaction”);

 

2. Section 1.1  of the Share Exchange Agreement is amended to read in full as follows:

 

Agreement to Exchange Membership Interests for shares of NLM Common Stock. On the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Members shall assign, transfer, convey, and deliver the Membership Interests to NLM.  In consideration and exchange for the Membership Interests, NLM shall issue, and deliver shares of NLM Common Stock to the Members. As of the date hereof, it is the intention of the parties that there be outstanding on a fully-diluted, post-Share Exchange basis 5,000,000 shares of NLM Common Stock and that the Members would own an aggregate of 4,350,000 shares of NLM Common Stock and stockholders and warrantholders of NLM would own 650,000 shares of NLM Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis (582,478 shares of Common Stock and warrants to acquire 17,504 shares of Common Stock); based on 97,635,482 shares of NLM Common Stock outstanding pre-Share Exchange on a fully-diluted basis (94,784,166 shares of Common Stock and warrants to acquire 2,851,316 shares of Common Stock), this would require and result in a Reverse Split at a ratio of 1-for-150.20843. The parties acknowledge that market conditions may dictate a Reverse Split ratio different than this (but in no event would any change result in any ownership percentage other than 87% of the shares of NLM Common Stock post-Share Exchange fully-diluted being owned by the Members and 13% of the shares of NLM Common Stock post-Share Exchange fully-diluted being owned by the existing stockholders of NLM – the number of shares set forth opposite each Member’s name on Schedule A hereto assumes a Reverse Split ratio of 1-for-161.8508 to occur prior to the Share Exchange with the proviso that the actual number of shares of NLM Common Stock issued to the Members to be predicate on the ultimate Reverse Split ratio.

 

 

 

3. Section 2.2 of the Share Exchange Agreement  is amended to read in full as follows:

 

Capitalization of NLM. The authorized capital stock of NLM consists of one hundred million (100,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001, and ten million (10,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock. As of the date hereof, there are 94,784,166 shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, and outstanding warrants to purchase 2,851,316 shares of Common Stock. As stated above, as of the date hereof, it is the intention of the parties that there be outstanding on a fully-diluted, post-Share Exchange basis 5,000,000 shares of NLM Common Stock and that the Members would own an aggregate of 4,400,000 shares of NLM Common Stock and stockholders and warrantholders of NLM would own 650,000 shares of NLM Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis (582,478 shares of Common Stock and warrants to acquire 17,504 shares of Common Stock); based on 97,635,482 shares of NLM Common Stock outstanding pre-Share Exchange on a fully-diluted basis (94,784,166 shares of Common Stock and warrants to acquire 2,851,316 shares of Common Stock), this would require and result in a Reverse Split at a ratio of 1-for-150.20843. The parties acknowledge that market conditions may dictate a Reverse Split ratio different than this (but in no event would any change result in any ownership percentage other than 87% of the shares of NLM Common Stock post-Share Exchange fully-diluted being owned by the Members and 13% of the shares of NLM Common Stock post-Share Exchange fully-diluted being owned by the existing stockholders of NLM.

 

4. Section 5.2 of the Share Exchange Agreement  is amended to read in full as follows: 

 

IPO Transaction. The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC and the underwriters and MiT have agreed to cause the initial public offering of NLM to become effective.

 

5. Section 6.6  of the Share Exchange Agreement  is amended to read in full as follows: 

 

Reverse Stock Split.   NLM shall have effected the Reverse Split such that there shall be no more than 650,000 shares of NLM Common Stock outstanding on a fully-diluted basis immediately prior to the Closing. Evidence of the Reverse Split shall be delivered to MiT. As noted above, as of the date hereof, it is the intention of the parties that there be outstanding on a fully-diluted, post-Share Exchange basis 5,000,000 shares of NLM Common Stock and that the Members would own an aggregate of 4,350,000 shares of NLM Common Stock and stockholders and warrantholders of NLM would own 650,000 shares of NLM Common Stock on a fully-diluted basis (582,478 shares of Common Stock and warrants to acquire 17,504 shares of Common Stock); based on 97,635,482 shares of NLM Common Stock outstanding pre-Share Exchange on a fully-diluted basis (94,784,166 shares of Common Stock and warrants to acquire 2,851,316 shares of Common Stock), this would require and result in a Reverse Split at a ratio of 1-for-150.20843. The parties acknowledge that market conditions may dictate a Reverse Split ratio different than this (but in no event would any change result in any ownership percentage other than 87% of the shares of NLM Common Stock post-Share Exchange fully-diluted being owned by the Members and 13% of the shares of NLM Common Stock post-Share Exchange fully-diluted being owned by the existing stockholders of NLM.

 

6. All other terms and conditions of the Share Exchange Agreement remain in full force and effect.

 

(Signature Page to follow)

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

NLM HOLDING CO., INC.  
   
/s/David H. Clarke  
Name: David H. Clarke  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

MOVING IMAGE TECHNOLOGIES LLC  
   
/s/ Glenn Sherman  
Name: Glenn Sherman  
Title: Managing Member  

 

MEMBERS  
   
Sound Management Investments LLC  
   
   
By: /s/ Philip Rafnson  
Philip Rafnson, Manager  
   
/s/ Joe Delgado  
Joe Delgado  
   
/s/ Bevan Wright  
Bevan Wright  
   
/s/ David Richards  
David Richards  
   
/s/ Jerry Vanderydt  
Jerry Vanderydt  
   
/s/ Glenn Sherman  
Glenn Sherman  
   
   
/s/ Tom Lipiec  
Tom Lipiec  
   
   
/s/ Frank Tees  
Frank Tees  

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

  

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the inclusion of our reports appearing in this Registration Statement on Amendment No.4 to Form S-1 (file no. 333-234159) of Moving iMage Technologies, Inc.,

 

(1) Our report dated October 8, 2019, except for the effects of matters disclosed in first paragraph of Note 5 which is as of October 28, 2019, with respect to our audits of the Moving iMage Technologies, LLC balance sheets as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity(deficit) and cashflows for the years then ended;
(2) Our report dated June 10, 2019, except for the effects of matters discussed in the third paragraph of Note 1 which is as of July 28, 2019, with respect to our audits of the Caddy Products, Inc., balance sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended; and
(3) Our report dated February 19, 2020 with respect to our audits of the NLM Holding Co. Inc., consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the years then ended, which includes an explanatory paragraph related to NLM Holding Co. Inc.’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts.”

 

/s/ CohnReznick LLP

 

Roseland, New Jersey 
February 19, 2020